雜阿含經 卷第十六Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 16

〔T02 0108c24〕
心要Essence

須達長者問四聖諦漸次無間等還是一頓無間等,世尊答:「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」〔T02 0112c24〕。這一卷四十八經,前三十七經說諦,後十一經說界;諦從苦起,界從心起。

一、漸次

食堂裡的比丘論世間、論諸見、論王事、論宿命,世尊一一遮之,可論的只有四句:「此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦」〔T02 0109a05〕。深嶮巖、大熱地獄、大闇地獄、千世界中間闇冥,都有過於此者,「謂諸沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知」〔T02 0111a29〕。擲杖還墮,五節輪速轉;黠慧只是「於四聖諦如實知者」〔T02 0112c14〕。不先知苦而欲知集滅道,「無有是處」〔T02 0113a01〕;「要由初階,然後次登第二、第三、第四階得昇殿堂」〔T02 0113a16〕。

二、爪上土

知四諦者「如我手中所執土石」〔T02 0113c06〕,不知者如雪山土石。人道、中國、聖慧眼、知法律、持戒、善趣,一層一層都如爪上土。而見諦者所斷的苦如大湖水,「餘不盡者」〔T02 0113c23〕如髮毛指端所渧之水。知者少,所得大。世尊自述「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」〔T02 0114c21〕;已生之後要今生、當生,要習、要修、要觸、要證。

三、與界俱

「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕:不善心時與不善界俱,善心時與善界俱。十三位尊者各領一群同類的比丘,提婆達多也領一群同類的比丘;「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,相似共和合,增長亦復然」〔T02 0115a22〕。十八界生觸,觸生受,受生愛,順生不逆:「非緣種種愛生種種受,非緣種種受生種種觸,非緣種種觸生種種界」〔T02 0116a15〕。

善種種界:與什麼界俱,就成什麼類;從一念善心起,與善界俱者才知四諦,知四諦者從苦起。所以界段的勸與諦段的勸是一句:「當善界學,善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕,「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」〔T02 0110a15〕。

The householder Sudatta asks whether the four noble truths are comprehended gradually or all at once, and the World-Honored One answers: “These four noble truths are comprehended gradually, not all at once.” The forty-eight discourses of this fascicle speak of the truths in the first thirty-seven and of the elements in the last eleven; the truths begin from suffering, the elements from the mind.

Gradually

The bhikṣus in the dining hall discuss the world, the views, the affairs of kings, former lives, and the World-Honored One forbids each in turn; what may be discussed is four sentences: “This is the noble truth of suffering, this the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” The deep precipice, the great hot hell, the great dark hell, the darkness between a thousand worlds, each has something worse than it, “namely, that ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know as it really is the noble truth of suffering.” The thrown stick falls back, the wheel of five spokes spins fast; wisdom is only “one who knows the four noble truths as they really are.” To wish to know arising, cessation, and the way without first knowing suffering “is impossible”; “one must go by the first step, and then climb the second, third, and fourth steps in turn to reach the hall.”

The Soil on the Nail

Those who know the four truths are “like the earth and stones I hold in my hand,” those who do not like the earth and stones of the Snow Mountains. The human realm, the middle country, the noble eye of wisdom, knowing the Dharma and Discipline, keeping the precepts, the good destinations, layer after layer are like the soil on the nail. But the suffering cut off by one who has seen the truths is like the water of the great lake, and “what remains unended” is like a drop taken with a hair, a strand of fur, or a fingertip. Those who know are few; what they obtain is great. The World-Honored One says of himself, “when I had not yet heard the Dharma, I attained right reflection on this noble truth of suffering, and right view arose”; after it has arisen it must arise now and arise again, be practised, cultivated, touched, realized.

Together with the Elements

“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”: with an unwholesome mind one goes with an unwholesome element, with a wholesome mind with a wholesome element. Thirteen venerable ones each lead a group of bhikṣus of their own kind, and Devadatta too leads a group of bhikṣus of his own kind; “conch and milk are one in colour: beings go together with the elements, join with what is like them, and grow alike.” The eighteen elements give rise to contact, contact to feeling, feeling to craving, forward and not in reverse: “it is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings, not that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various contacts, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements.”

Skilled in the various elements: with whatever element one goes, that kind one becomes; beginning from a single wholesome thought, one goes with a wholesome element, and only one who goes with a wholesome element knows the four truths, and one who knows the four truths begins from suffering. So the urging in the section on the elements and the urging in the section on the truths are one sentence: “train well in the elements; be skilled in the various elements,” and “one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.”

原典Canonical · verbatim

宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈緣起食諦界相應·卷第十六〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0108c24〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷48經)。

〔T02 0108c24〕雜阿含經卷第十六 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 雜因誦第三品之四 〔T02 0108c28〕(四〇七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,思惟世間 〔T02 0109a01〕而思惟。爾時,世尊知諸比丘心之所念,往詣食堂,敷座而坐,告諸比丘:「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟。所以者何?世間思惟非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非覺,不順涅槃。汝等當正思惟:『此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦。』所以者何?如此思惟則義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益,正智、正覺、正向涅槃。「過去世時,有一士夫出王舍城,於拘絺羅池側正坐思惟——世間思惟。當思惟時,見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中。見已,作是念:『我狂失性,世間所無,而今見之。』爾時,去池不遠,更有大眾一處聚集。時,彼士夫詣大眾所語言:『諸人,我今發狂,我今失性,世間所無,而我今見,如上廣說。』時,彼大眾皆謂士夫狂發失性,世間所無,而彼見之。」佛告比丘:「然彼士夫非狂失性,所見真實。所以者何?爾時,去拘絺羅池不遠,有諸天阿修羅興四種軍,戰於空中。時,諸天得勝,阿修羅軍敗,退入彼池一藕孔中。是故,比丘!汝等慎莫思惟世間。所以者何?世間思惟非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非覺,非正向涅槃,當思惟四聖諦。何等為四?苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0109a27〕(四〇八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是論:或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常、世間有常無常、世間非有常非無常,世間有邊、世間無邊、世間有邊無邊、世間非有邊非無邊,是命是身、命異身異,如來死後有、如來死後無、如來死後有無、如來死後非有非無。爾時,世尊一處坐禪,以天耳聞諸比丘集於食堂論議之聲。聞已,往詣食堂,於大眾前敷座而坐,告諸比丘:「汝等比丘眾多聚集,何所言說?」時,諸比丘白佛言:「世尊!我等眾多比丘集此食堂,作如是論:或說有常,或說無常……」如上廣說。佛告比丘:「汝等莫作如是論議。所以者何?如此論者,非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非正覺,非正向涅槃。汝等比丘應如是論議:『此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦。』所以者何?如是論議,是義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、正智、正覺、正向涅槃。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0109b19〕(四〇九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,或有貪覺覺者,或瞋覺覺者,或害覺覺者。爾時,世尊知諸比丘心之所念,往詣食堂,敷坐具於眾前坐,告諸比丘:「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺。所以者何?此諸覺非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非正覺,不向涅槃。汝等當起苦聖諦覺、苦集聖諦覺、苦滅聖諦覺、苦滅道跡聖諦覺。所以者何?此四聖諦覺,義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、正智、正覺、向於涅槃。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦當勤方便,起增上欲,正智正念,精進修學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0109c04〕(四一〇) 如是我聞:一時……如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺,乃至聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0109c07〕(四一一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是論:或論王事、賊事、鬪戰事、錢財事、衣被事、飲食事、男女事、世間言語事、事業事、說諸海中事。爾時,世尊於禪定中,以天耳聞諸比丘論說之聲,即從座起,往詣食堂,敷坐具於眾前坐,告諸比丘:「汝等比丘眾多聚集,為何所說?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊!我等於此聚集,或論說王事……」如上廣說。佛告比丘:「汝等莫作是論,論說王事,乃至不向涅槃。若論說者,應當論說:『此苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』所以者何?此四聖諦以義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、正智、正覺、正向涅槃。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0109c22〕(四一二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是說:「我知法、律,汝等不知我所說成就,我等所說與理合;汝等所說不成就,不與理合,應前說者,則在後說;應後說者,則在前說,而共諍論言。我論是汝等不如,能答者當答。」爾時,世尊於禪定中,以天耳聞諸比丘諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至「於四聖諦未無間 〔T02 0110a01〕等者,當勤起方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110a03〕(四一三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是論:「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」爾時,世尊於禪定中,以天耳聞諸比丘論說之聲,即從座起,往詣食堂,敷坐具於眾前坐,問諸比丘:「汝等何所論說?」時,諸比丘即以上事具白世尊。佛告比丘:「汝等用說諸王大力、大富為?汝等比丘莫作是論。所以者何?此非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非正覺,不向涅槃。汝等當說:『此苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』所以者何?此四聖諦是義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、正智、正覺、正向涅槃。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110a19〕(四一四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是論:「汝等宿命作何等業?為何工巧?以何自活?」爾時,世尊於禪定中,以天耳聞諸比丘論說之聲,即從座起,往詣食堂,敷坐具於眾前坐,問諸比丘:「汝說何等?」時,諸比丘以上所說具白世尊。佛告比丘:「汝等比丘莫作是說:『宿命所作。』所以者何?此非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非正覺,不向涅槃。汝等比丘當共論說:『此苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』所以者何?此義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益、正智、正覺、正向涅槃。是故,比丘!依於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110b05〕(四一五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,作如是說論:「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力,我等不如捨彼麁食,而行乞食。所以者何?比丘乞食時得好食,又見好色,時聞好聲,多人所識,亦得衣被、臥具、醫藥。」爾時,世尊於禪定中,以天耳聞諸比丘論說之聲,即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至「正向涅槃。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110b15〕(四一六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」時,有異比丘從座起,正衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛:「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持。」佛告比丘:「汝云何受持四聖諦?」比丘白佛言:「世尊說言:『此是苦聖諦,我即受持,此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦。』如是世尊說四聖諦,我即受持。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!我說苦聖諦,汝真實受持;我說苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,汝真實受持。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110b27〕(四一七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」時,有比丘從座起,整衣服,偏袒右肩,為佛作禮,合掌白佛:「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持。」佛告比丘:「汝云何持我所說四聖諦?」比丘白佛言:「世尊說苦聖諦,我悉受持。如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦,是名苦聖諦。世尊說苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦,是為世尊說四聖諦,我悉受持。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!汝真實持我所說四聖諦,如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是名比丘真實持我四聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0110c13〕(四一八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「汝持我所說四聖諦不?」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉持之。云何四諦?世尊說苦聖諦,我悉持之,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,我悉持之。」佛告彼比丘:「善哉!善哉!如我所說四聖諦,汝悉持之。諸比丘!若沙門、婆羅門作如是說,如沙門瞿曇所說苦聖諦,我當捨,更立苦聖諦者,但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故。苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,我今當捨,更立餘四聖諦者,彼但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111a01〕(四一九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若比丘於佛有疑者,則於苦聖諦有疑,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦則有疑惑;若於法、僧有疑者,則於苦聖諦疑惑,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦疑惑;若於佛不疑惑者,則於苦聖諦不疑惑,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不疑惑;若於法、僧不疑惑者,則於苦聖諦不疑惑,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不疑惑。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111a12〕(四二〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑,於法、僧有疑;若於集、滅、道疑者,則於佛有疑,於法、僧有疑。若於苦聖諦無疑者,則於佛無疑,於法、僧無疑;於集、滅、道聖諦無疑者,則於佛無疑,於法、僧無疑。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111a20〕(四二一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「汝等共行至深嶮巖。」諸比丘白佛:「唯然,世尊!」爾時,世尊與諸大眾至深嶮巖,敷座而坐,周匝觀察深嶮巖已,告諸比丘:「此巖極大深嶮。」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「世尊!此極深嶮,然復有一極深嶮極嶮於此,甚可怖畏者不?」佛知其意,即告言:「如是,比丘!此極深嶮,然復有大深嶮嶮於此者,甚可怖畏,謂諸沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,彼於生本諸行樂著,於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦生本諸行樂著,而作是行;老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦行,轉增長故,墮於生深嶮之處;墮於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦深嶮之處。如是,比丘!此則大深嶮嶮於此者。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111b10〕(四二二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然。」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「如世尊說,此則大熱。世尊!唯此大熱,復有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上。」「如是,比丘!此則大熱,亦更有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上。何等為更有大熱,甚可怖畏,過於此者?謂沙門、婆羅門此苦聖諦不如實知,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知。如是乃至生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然,甚可怖畏,無有過者。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111b25〕(四二三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有大闇地獄,彼諸眾生,生彼中者,不見自身分。」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「世尊!此則大闇,唯此大闇,復更有餘大闇,甚可怖畏,過於此不?」佛告比丘:「如是,更有大闇,甚可怖畏,過於此者,謂沙門、婆羅門於四聖諦不如實知,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇之中。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111c08〕(四二四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如日遊行,照諸世界,乃至千日千月照千世界、千須彌山、千弗婆提、千閻浮提、千拘耶尼、千欝單越、千四天王、千三十三天、千炎魔天、千兜率天、千化樂天、千他化自在天、千梵天,是名小千世界。此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見,其有眾生,生彼中者,不見自身分。」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「世尊!如世尊說,是大闇冥,復更有餘大闇冥處過於此耶?」佛告比丘:「有大闇冥過於此者,謂沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇冥中,是名比丘有大闇冥過於世界中間闇冥。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,時諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0111c26〕(四二五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「從小千世界數滿至千,是名中千世界。於是中千世界,中間闇冥,如前所說,乃至於四聖諦未無間等 〔T02 0112a01〕者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112a03〕(四二六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「從中千世界數滿至千,是名三千大千世界。世界中間闇冥之處,日月遊行,普照世界,而彼不見,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇冥中。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112a11〕(四二七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說四聖諦。諦聽!諦聽!善思念之。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,是名四聖諦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說。 〔T02 0112a18〕(四二八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘禪思,內寂其心成就已,如實顯現。云何如實顯現?謂此苦聖諦如實顯現,此苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112a25〕(四二九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修無量三摩提,專心正念。所以者何?修無量三摩提,專心正念已。如是如實顯現。云何如實顯現?謂此苦聖諦如實顯現,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112b03〕(四三〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,佛告諸比丘:「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地。如是,沙門、婆羅門於此苦聖諦不如實知,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112b12〕(四三一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地。如是,沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知,於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知;以不如實知故,或生善趣,或生惡趣。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112b21〕(四三二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,佛告諸比丘:「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉。如是,沙門、婆羅門於此苦聖諦不如實知,此苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,輪迴五趣,而速旋轉,或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼,或人、或天,還墮惡道,長夜輪轉。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112c02〕(四三三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露。何等為四?謂苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112c10〕(四三四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「何等為黠慧?為此苦聖諦如實知,此苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知、為不知耶?」諸比丘白佛:「如我解世尊所說,於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧。」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!於苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知者,是則黠慧。是故,諸比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0112c21〕(四三五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,須達長者往詣佛所,稽首佛足,於一面坐。白佛言:「世尊!此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」佛告長者:「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等。」佛告長者:「若有說言於苦聖諦未無間等,而於彼苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,此說不應。所以者何?若於苦聖諦未無間等,而欲於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖 〔T02 0113a01〕諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。「猶如有人,兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處。如是於苦聖諦未無間等,而欲於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。「譬如有人,取蓮華葉連合為器,盛水遊行,斯有是處。如是,長者!於苦聖諦無間等已,而欲於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,斯有是處。是故,長者!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0113a12〕(四三六) 如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別:「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂,若有說言不登初階,而登第二、第三、第四階昇堂殿者,無有是處。所以者何?要由初階,然後次登第二、第三、第四階得昇殿堂。如是,比丘!於苦聖諦未無間等,而欲於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。「譬如,比丘!若有人言:『以四階道昇於殿堂,要由初階,然後次登第二、第三、第四階得昇殿堂,應作是說。』所以者何?要由初階,然後次登第二、第三、第四階昇於殿堂,有是處故。如是,比丘!若言於苦聖諦無間等已,然後次第於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,應作是說。所以者何?若於苦聖諦無間等已,然後次第於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,有是處故。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0113b02〕(四三七) 如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別。佛告阿難:「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂。若有說言不由初隥,而登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,無有是處。如是,阿難!若於苦聖諦未無間等,而欲苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,此不應說。所以者何?若於苦聖諦未無間等,而於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處。「譬如,阿難!由四隥梯昇於殿堂。若有人言要由初隥,然後次登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,此所應說。所以者何?要由初隥,然後次登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,有是處故。如是,阿難!於苦聖諦無間等已,然後次第苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,斯有是處。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0113b19〕(四三八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」比丘白佛:「不能。世尊!所以者何?大海諸虫,種種形類,或於細不可貫,或極大不可貫。」佛告比丘:「如是,如是。眾生界無數無量。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0113b28〕(四三九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊手執土石,問諸比丘:「於意云何:此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」比丘白佛言:「世尊手中土石甚少少耳,雪山土石甚多無量,百千巨億,算數譬類不可為比。」佛告比丘:「其諸眾生於苦聖諦如實知者,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知者,如我手中所執土石;其諸眾生於苦聖諦不如實知,於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知者,如彼雪山土石,其數無量。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0113c13〕(四四〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿。若有士夫以髮以毛,或以指端渧彼湖水,乃至再三。云何,比丘!如彼士夫所渧水多?湖池水多?」比丘白佛:「如彼士夫毛髮指端再三渧水,甚少少耳,彼湖大水,其量無數,乃至算數譬類不可為比。」佛告比丘:「如大湖水甚多無量,如是多聞聖弟子具足見諦,得聖道果,斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法。餘不盡者,如彼士夫髮毛指端所渧之水。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,及四大海,其譬亦如上說。 〔T02 0114a01〕(四四一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊手捉團土,大如梨果,告諸比丘:「云何,比丘!我手中此團土為多?大雪山中土石為多?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊手中團土少少耳,彼雪山王,其土石甚多,百千億那由他,乃至算數譬類不得為比。」佛告諸比丘:「如我所捉團土,如是眾生於苦聖諦如實知,於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知者,亦復如是。如大雪山王土石者,如是眾生於苦聖諦不如實知,於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知者,亦復如是。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山、馬耳山、善見山、佉提羅迦山、伊沙陀羅山、由揵陀羅山、須彌山王,及大地土石,亦復如是。如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果、跋陀羅果、迦羅迦果、豆果,乃至蒜子譬,亦復如是。 〔T02 0114a21〕(四四二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊以爪甲擎土已,告諸比丘:「於意云何:我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊甲上土甚少少耳,此大地土甚多無量,乃至算數譬類不可為比。」佛告比丘:「如甲上土者,若諸眾生,形可見者,亦復如是。其形微細,不可見者,如大地土。是故,比丘!於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,學無間等。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如陸地,如是水性亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生、人道者,亦復如是。如大地土,如是非人亦爾。如甲上土,如是生中國者亦爾。如大地土,如是生邊地者亦爾。如甲上土,如是成就聖慧眼者,亦復如是。如大地土,如是不成就聖慧眼者亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生知此法、律者,亦復如是。如大地土,如是眾生不知法、律者亦爾。如知,如是等知、普知,正想、正覺、正解、法無間等亦如是。如甲上土,如是眾生知有父母亦爾。如大地土,如是眾生不知有父母亦爾。如甲上土,如是知有沙門、婆羅門家之尊長,作所應作作福,此世他世畏罪行施,受齋持戒亦爾。如大地土,不知有沙門、婆羅門家之尊長,作所應作作福,此世他世畏罪行施,受齋持戒,亦如是說。如甲上土,如是眾生不殺、不盜、不邪婬、不妄語、不兩舌、不惡口、不綺語亦爾。如大地土,如是眾生不持諸戒者亦爾。如是離貪、恚、邪見,及不離貪、恚、邪見,亦如是說。如甲上土,如是不殺、不盜、不邪婬、不妄語、不飲酒。如大地土,如是不持五戒者亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生持八戒者亦如是。如大地土,如是眾生不持八戒者亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生持十善者亦如是。如大地土,如是眾生不持十善者亦如是。如甲上土,如是眾生從地獄命終生人中者亦如是。如大地土,如是眾生從地獄命終還生地獄者亦如是。如地獄,如是畜生、餓鬼亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生從地獄命終生天上者亦如是。如大地土,如是眾生從地獄命終還生地獄者亦如是。如地獄,如是畜生、餓鬼亦爾。如甲上土,如是眾生人道中沒還生人道中者亦如是。如大地土,其諸眾生從人道中沒生地獄中者亦如是。如地獄,如是畜生、餓鬼亦爾。如甲上土,其諸眾生從天命終還生天上者亦如是。如大地土,其諸眾生天上沒生地獄中者亦如是。如地獄,畜生、餓鬼亦如是。 〔T02 0114c20〕(四四三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生;此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,正見已生。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如已生,如是今生、當生。如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是。 〔T02 0114c27〕(四四四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如眼藥丸,深廣一由旬,若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置, 〔T02 0115a01〕能速令盡,於彼界界,不得其邊。當知諸界,其數無量。是故,比丘!當善界學,善種種界,當如是學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0115a05〕(四四五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合。云何眾生常與界俱?謂眾生行不善心時與不善界俱,善心時與善界俱,勝心時與勝界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱。是故,諸比丘!當作是學,善種種界。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0115a12〕(四四六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言: 「常會故常生,相離生則斷, 如人執小木,而入於巨海, 人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。 當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進, 賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。 慇懃精進禪,超度生死流, 膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。 珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱, 相似共和合,增長亦復然。」 〔T02 0115a24〕(四四七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合。云何與界俱?謂眾生不善心時與不善界俱,善心時與善界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱,勝心時與勝界俱。「時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是上座多聞大德,出家已久,具修梵行。「復有尊者大迦葉與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是少欲知足,頭陀苦行,不畜遺餘。「尊者舍利弗與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是大智辯才。「時,尊者大目揵連與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是神通大力。「時,阿那律陀與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是天眼明徹。「時,尊者二十億耳與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是勇猛精進,專勤修行者。「時,尊者陀驃與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是能為大眾修供具者。「時,尊者優波離與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是通達律行。「時,尊者富樓那與眾多比丘於近處經行,皆是辯才善說法者。「時,尊者迦旃延與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆能分別諸經,善說法相。時,尊者阿難與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是多聞總持。「時,尊者羅睺羅與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是善持律行。「時,提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是習眾惡行,是名比丘常與界俱,與界和合,是故,諸比丘!當善分別種種諸界。」佛說是經時。諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0115b24〕(四四八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園……如上廣說已,即說偈言: 「常會故常生,相離生則斷, 如人執小木,而入於巨海, 人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。 當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進, 賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。 慇懃精進禪,超度生死流, 膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。 珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱, 相似共和合,增長亦復然。」 〔T02 0115c06〕(四四九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合……」如是廣說,乃至「勝心生時與勝界俱,鄙心生時與鄙界俱,殺生時與殺界俱,盜婬、妄語、飲酒心時,與,飲酒界俱;不殺生時與不殺界俱,不盜、不婬、不妄語、不飲酒,與,不飲酒界俱。是故,諸比丘!當善分別種種界。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0115c15〕(四五〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合。不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱,無慚無愧時與無慚無愧界俱;信心時與信界俱,持戒時與持戒界俱,慚愧心時與慚愧界俱。是故,諸比丘!當善分別種種諸界。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如信、不信,如是精進、不精進,失念、不失念,正受、不正受,多聞、少聞,慳者、施者,惡慧、善慧,難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足,攝受、不攝受界俱,如上經如是廣說。 〔T02 0115c27〕(四五一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說種種諸界。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何為種種 〔T02 0116a01〕界?謂眼界、色界、眼識界,耳界、聲界、耳識界,鼻界、香界、鼻識界,舌界、味界、舌識界,身界、觸界、身識界,意界、法界、意識界,是名種種界。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0116a05〕(四五二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛。云何種種界?謂十八界,眼界、色界、眼識界,乃至意界、法界、意識界,是名種種界。「云何緣種種界生種種觸,乃至云何緣種種受生種種愛?謂緣眼界生眼觸,緣眼觸生眼觸生受,緣眼觸生受生眼觸生愛。耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,緣意觸生意觸生受,緣意觸生受生意觸生愛。「諸比丘!非緣種種愛生種種受,非緣種種受生種種觸,非緣種種觸生種種界,要緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛,是名比丘緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0116a22〕(四五三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛。云何種種界?謂十八界,眼界、色界、眼識界,乃至意界、法界、意識界,是名種種界。「云何緣種種界生種種觸?緣種種觸生種種受?緣種種受生種種愛?謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸;緣眼觸生眼受,非緣眼受生眼觸,但緣眼觸生眼受;緣眼受生眼愛,非緣眼愛生眼受,但緣眼受生眼愛。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,非緣意觸生意界,但緣意界生意觸;緣意觸生意受,非緣意受生意觸,但緣意觸生意受;緣意受生意愛,非緣意愛生意受,但緣意受生意愛。「是故,比丘!非緣種種愛生種種受,非緣種種受生種種觸,非緣種種觸生種種界;但緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛,是名比丘當善分別種種界。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0116b14〕(四五四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種想,緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求。「云何種種界?謂十八界,眼界,乃至法界。「云何緣種種界生種種觸?乃至緣種種熱生種種求?謂緣眼界生眼觸,緣眼觸生眼受,緣眼受生眼想,緣眼想生眼欲,緣眼欲生眼覺,緣眼覺生眼熱,緣眼熱生眼求。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,緣意觸生意受,緣意受生意想,緣意想生意覺,緣意覺生意熱,緣意熱生意求,是名比丘緣種種界故生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱生種種求。「比丘!非緣種種求生種種熱,非緣種種熱生種種覺,非緣種種覺生種種想,非緣種種想生種種受,非緣種種受生種種觸,非緣種種觸生種種界,但緣種種界生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱生種種求。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第十六

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第十六,屬緣起食諦界相應;自經四百零七至經四百五十四,凡四十八經。前三十七經皆就四聖諦而說:或說諸比丘在食堂思惟世間、論說世間有常無常等見、起貪覺瞋覺害覺、起親里覺國土人民覺不死覺、論王事賊事等世間言語、互相諍論、論二王之大力大富、論宿命作何等業、論檀越麁食而欲乞食,世尊或知其心念、或以天耳聞其聲,往詣食堂,告以此等非義饒益、非法饒益、非梵行饒益,當思惟、當論說四聖諦,其中經四百零七說過去一士夫在拘絺羅池側見四種軍入一藕孔,人以為狂,佛說其所見真實;或說世尊問諸比丘持四聖諦否,比丘答以受持,經四百一十七更說如如、不離如、不異如,經四百一十八更說他人欲捨此四聖諦而更立者但有言數;或說於佛、法、僧有疑則於四聖諦有疑;或以深嶮巖、大熱地獄、大闇地獄、千世界中間闇冥為譬,異比丘問更有過於此者否,佛說於四聖諦不如實知者墮於生、老、病、死等之深嶮、大熱、大闇;或說當說四聖諦、禪思與無量三摩提則四聖諦如實顯現;或以擲杖於虛空、五節相續輪為譬,說不如實知者墮於惡趣、輪迴五趣;或說如來增上說法七種,及如實知四聖諦名為黠慧;或須達長者問四聖諦漸次無間等抑一頓無間等,佛以細樹葉與蓮華葉盛水為譬,並以四登階道、四隥梯為譬答異比丘與阿難;或以大地草木為鏘不能盡貫大海水虫、手中土石與雪山土石、士夫以毛髮渧湖水、手中團土與雪山王、爪甲上土與大地土為譬,說眾生界無量、如實知者少;或說佛本未聞法時正見已生。後十一經就界而說:或以眼藥丸界界安置不得其邊,說諸界無量,當善種種界;或說眾生常與界俱、與界和合,善心、不善心、勝心、鄙心、殺生與不殺、信與不信等,各與其界俱,二經說偈,以人執小木入巨海、膠漆、火風、珂乳為譬;或說十八界名種種界;或說緣種種界生種種觸、受、愛,乃至想、欲、覺、熱、求,非逆而緣。說者多為世尊告諸比丘;經四百零八·四百一十一·四百一十三·四百一十四,世尊問、諸比丘白佛;經四百一十六至四百一十八,世尊先問,比丘答;經四百二十一至四百二十四,異比丘問、佛答;經四百三十四,佛問、諸比丘答;經四百三十五,須達長者問、佛答;經四百三十八至四百四十二,佛問、比丘答,佛乃說之;經四百四十七,佛語之中述十三位尊者與眾多比丘於近處經行,各隨其德類,提婆達多一眾習眾惡行,白話照其所述。本卷有偈二首,經四百四十六與經四百四十八,二偈文字相同,各十八句,白話皆以偈體逐句譯之;無攝頌。往返問答與譬喻之長經,經內依問答回合、譬文與解譬分段。底本略說之處——經四百一十、四百二十五、四百二十六、四百三十六、四百三十七、四百四十六、四百四十八、四百四十九之略說,與經四百零七、四百零八、四百一十一、四百一十二、四百一十五經內之省文——白話依底本之語照省,不代為補出;經四百二十七、四百四十、四百四十一、四百四十二、四百四十三、四百五十經末之『如……,如是……』為結集者省文之列舉,白話照譯其列舉,不展為諸經。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。

〔0·題署〕(0108c24)經名是「雜阿含經」〔T02 0108c24〕,這是「卷第十六」〔T02 0108c24〕。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0108c26〕——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。卷首又題「雜因誦第三品之四」〔T02 0108c27〕——雜因誦第三品的第四分。本卷收經四十八部,自經四百零七至經四百五十四;有偈二首,在經四百四十六、經四百四十八,二偈文字相同;卷末以「雜阿含經卷第十六」〔T02 0116c06〕作結。

〔407·慎莫思惟世間思惟〕(0108c28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,思惟世間而作種種思惟。那時,世尊知道諸比丘心中所想的,前往食堂,鋪設座位而坐,告訴諸比丘:『你們比丘,切莫思惟世間的思惟。為什麼呢?世間的思惟,不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是覺,不順向涅槃。你們應當正確地思惟:這是苦聖諦,這是苦集聖諦,這是苦滅聖諦,這是苦滅道跡聖諦。為什麼呢?像這樣思惟,就是饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,正向涅槃。

『過去世的時候,有一位士夫走出王舍城,在拘絺羅池邊端正而坐,作思惟——思惟世間。正在思惟的時候,他看見四種軍隊——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,全都進入一個藕孔之中。看見之後,他這樣想:我發狂了,失了本性;世間所沒有的,而今天我卻看見了。那時,離池不遠,另有一大群人聚集在一處。當時,那位士夫來到大眾那裡,對他們說:諸位,我現在發狂了,我現在失了本性;世間所沒有的,而我現在卻看見了——如上面所廣說的。當時,那大眾都認為這士夫發狂失性,世間所沒有的,而他卻看見了。』

佛告訴比丘:『然而那位士夫並不是發狂失性,他所見的是真實的。為什麼呢?那時,離拘絺羅池不遠,有諸天與阿修羅興起四種軍隊,在空中交戰。當時,諸天得勝,阿修羅的軍隊戰敗,退入那池中的一個藕孔裡。所以,比丘!你們切莫思惟世間。為什麼呢?世間的思惟,不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是覺,不是正向涅槃;應當思惟四聖諦。哪四種呢?苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔408·或謂世間有常〕(0109a27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,作這樣的議論:有的說世間是常,有的說世間是無常、世間是常而又無常、世間非常非無常;世間有邊、世間無邊、世間有邊而又無邊、世間非有邊非無邊;命就是身、命與身相異;如來死後有、如來死後無、如來死後有而又無、如來死後非有非無。那時,世尊在一處坐禪,以天耳聽到諸比丘聚集在食堂議論的聲音。聽到之後,前往食堂,在大眾面前鋪設座位而坐,告訴諸比丘:『你們比丘眾多聚集在這裡,說的是什麼?』當時,諸比丘對佛說:『世尊!我們眾多比丘聚集在這食堂,作這樣的議論:有的說是常,有的說是無常……』如上面所廣說。

佛告訴比丘:『你們不要作這樣的議論。為什麼呢?這樣的議論,不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是正覺,不是正向涅槃。你們比丘應當這樣議論:這是苦聖諦,這是苦集聖諦,這是苦滅聖諦,這是苦滅道跡聖諦。為什麼呢?像這樣議論,就是饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,正向涅槃。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔409·莫起貪覺覺〕(0109b19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,有的生起貪覺而起覺想,有的生起瞋覺而起覺想,有的生起害覺而起覺想。那時,世尊知道諸比丘心中所想的,前往食堂,在大眾面前鋪設坐具而坐,告訴諸比丘:『你們不要生起貪覺的覺想,不要生起恚覺的覺想,不要生起害覺的覺想。為什麼呢?這些覺想,不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是正覺,不趣向涅槃。你們應當生起苦聖諦之覺、苦集聖諦之覺、苦滅聖諦之覺、苦滅道跡聖諦之覺。為什麼呢?這四聖諦之覺,饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,趣向於涅槃。所以,諸比丘!對於四聖諦,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,正智正念,精進修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔410·起親里覺〕(0109c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候……如上面所廣說。所差別的是:生起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺,乃至聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔411·或論王事〕(0109c07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,作這樣的議論:有的議論國王之事、盜賊之事、鬪戰之事、錢財之事、衣被之事、飲食之事、男女之事、世間言語之事、事業之事,說種種海中之事。那時,世尊在禪定之中,以天耳聽到諸比丘議論的聲音,隨即從座上起身,前往食堂,在大眾面前鋪設坐具而坐,告訴諸比丘:『你們比丘眾多聚集在這裡,在說些什麼?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊!我們在這裡聚集,有的議論國王之事……』如上面所廣說。

佛告訴比丘:『你們不要作這樣的議論——議論國王之事,乃至不趣向涅槃。如果要議論,應當議論:這是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。為什麼呢?這四聖諦,以饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,正向涅槃。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔412·我知法、律〕(0109c22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,這樣說:『我了知法、律,你們不了知。我所說的成就,我們所說的與道理相合;你們所說的不成就,不與道理相合。應當在前面說的,卻在後面說;應當在後面說的,卻在前面說。』而互相諍論,說:『我的論說是對的,你們比不上;能回答的,就應當回答。』

那時,世尊在禪定之中,以天耳聽到諸比丘諍論的聲音……像這樣廣說,乃至:『對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加生起方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔413·何者大力〕(0110a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,作這樣的議論:『波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,哪一位大有勢力?哪一位大有財富?』那時,世尊在禪定之中,以天耳聽到諸比丘議論的聲音,隨即從座上起身,前往食堂,在大眾面前鋪設坐具而坐,問諸比丘:『你們在議論什麼?』當時,諸比丘就把上面的事全都稟告世尊。

佛告訴比丘:『你們說諸王的大勢力、大財富做什麼呢?你們比丘不要作這樣的議論。為什麼呢?這不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是正覺,不趣向涅槃。你們應當說:這是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。為什麼呢?這四聖諦,是饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,正向涅槃。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔414·宿命作何等業〕(0110a19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,作這樣的議論:『你們在宿命中作的是什麼樣的業?從事什麼工巧?以什麼維持生活?』那時,世尊在禪定之中,以天耳聽到諸比丘議論的聲音,隨即從座上起身,前往食堂,在大眾面前鋪設坐具而坐,問諸比丘:『你們在說什麼?』當時,諸比丘把上面所說的全都稟告世尊。

佛告訴比丘:『你們比丘不要這樣說:宿命中所作的事。為什麼呢?這不是饒益於義,不是饒益於法,不是饒益於梵行,不是智,不是正覺,不趣向涅槃。你們比丘應當共同議論:這是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。為什麼呢?這是饒益於義、饒益於法、饒益於梵行,是正智、正覺,正向涅槃。所以,比丘!依於四聖諦,尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔415·某甲檀越作麁疎食〕(0110b05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有眾多比丘聚集在食堂,作這樣的說論:『某某檀越作的是粗疏的飲食,我們吃了之後,沒有滋味,也沒有氣力。我們不如捨棄他那粗劣的飲食,而去行乞食。為什麼呢?比丘乞食的時候,能得到好的飲食,又能看見好的形色,時時聽到好的聲音,為眾多人所認識,也能得到衣被、臥具、醫藥。』那時,世尊在禪定之中,以天耳聽到諸比丘議論的聲音,隨即前往食堂……像這樣廣說,乃至:『正向涅槃。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔416·持我所說四聖諦〕(0110b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『你們受持我所說的四聖諦嗎?』當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『是的,世尊所說的四聖諦,我全都受持。』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣受持四聖諦?』

比丘對佛說:『世尊說:這是苦聖諦——我就受持;這是苦集聖諦、這是苦滅聖諦、這是苦滅道跡聖諦。像這樣世尊說四聖諦,我就受持。』佛告訴比丘:『善哉!善哉!我說苦聖諦,你真實地受持;我說苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,你真實地受持。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔417·如如、不離如、不異如〕(0110b27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『你們受持我所說的四聖諦嗎?』當時,有一位比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,偏袒右肩,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『是的,世尊所說的四聖諦,我全都受持。』佛告訴比丘:『你怎樣受持我所說的四聖諦?』

比丘對佛說:『世尊說苦聖諦,我全都受持:它如如、不離於如、不異於如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖者所諦知的,這叫做苦聖諦。世尊說苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,如如、不離於如、不異於如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖者所諦知的。這就是世尊所說的四聖諦,我全都受持。』佛告訴比丘:『善哉!善哉!你真實地受持我所說的四聖諦:如如、不離於如、不異於如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒。這叫做比丘真實地受持我的四聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔418·更立餘四聖諦〕(0110c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『你受持我所說的四聖諦嗎?』當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『是的,世尊所說的四聖諦,我全都受持。什麼是四諦呢?世尊說苦聖諦,我全都受持;苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,我全都受持。』

佛告訴那位比丘:『善哉!善哉!如我所說的四聖諦,你全都受持了。諸比丘!如果有沙門、婆羅門這樣說:像沙門瞿曇所說的苦聖諦,我要捨棄它,另立一個苦聖諦——那只是有言語名數而已,問到他時他並不知道,只是增加他的疑惑,因為這不是他的境界的緣故。說苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦我現在要捨棄,另立其餘的四聖諦的,他只是有言語名數而已,問到他時他並不知道,只是增加他的疑惑,因為這不是他的境界的緣故。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔419·於佛有疑〕(0111a01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘對佛有疑,就是對苦聖諦有疑,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦就有疑惑;如果對法、對僧有疑,就是對苦聖諦疑惑,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦疑惑。如果對佛不疑惑,就是對苦聖諦不疑惑,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不疑惑;如果對法、對僧不疑惑,就是對苦聖諦不疑惑,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不疑惑。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔420·於苦聖諦有疑〕(0111a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦有疑,就是對佛有疑,對法、對僧有疑;如果對集、滅、道有疑,就是對佛有疑,對法、對僧有疑。如果對苦聖諦無疑,就是對佛無疑,對法、對僧無疑;對集、滅、道聖諦無疑,就是對佛無疑,對法、對僧無疑。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔421·深嶮巖〕(0111a20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『你們一同前往深嶮巖。』諸比丘對佛說:『是的,世尊!』那時,世尊與諸大眾來到深嶮巖,鋪設座位而坐,周遍觀察了深嶮巖之後,告訴諸比丘:『這巖極大,深而險峻。』

當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『世尊!這已極深極險,然而是否還有一種極深險、比這更險、甚可怖畏的呢?』佛知道他的心意,隨即告訴他說:『是這樣,比丘!這已極深險,然而還有比這更大更深更險、甚可怖畏的,就是那些沙門、婆羅門,對苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知。他們對於作為生之根本的諸行樂著,對於作為老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦之根本的諸行樂著,而作這樣的行;老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦之行,輾轉增長的緣故,墮於生的深險之處,墮於老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的深險之處。像這樣,比丘!這就是比這更大更深更險的。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔422·大熱地獄〕(0111b10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有大熱地獄,如果眾生生在其中,一向處在烔然熾燃之中。』

當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『正如世尊所說,這就是大熱。世尊!只有這大熱嗎?還有比這更大的熱,甚可怖畏,沒有更在其上的嗎?』

『是這樣,比丘!這就是大熱,也還有比這更大的熱,甚可怖畏,沒有更在其上的。什麼是另有比這更大、甚可怖畏、超過這個的大熱呢?就是沙門、婆羅門對這苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知;像這樣,乃至生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,大熱熾然。這叫做,比丘!大熱燒然,甚可怖畏,沒有超過它的。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔423·大闇地獄〕(0111b25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有大闇地獄,那裡的眾生,生在其中的,看不見自己的身分。』

當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『世尊!這就是大闇了,只有這大闇嗎?是否還另有大闇,甚可怖畏,超過這個的呢?』佛告訴比丘:『是這樣,還有大闇,甚可怖畏,超過這個的,就是沙門、婆羅門對四聖諦不如實知,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的大闇之中。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔424·小千世界〕(0111c08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如太陽遊行,照耀諸世界,乃至千日千月照耀千世界:千須彌山、千弗婆提、千閻浮提、千拘耶尼、千欝單越、千四天王、千三十三天、千炎魔天、千兜率天、千化樂天、千他化自在天、千梵天,這叫做小千世界。這千世界的中間,闇冥一片,日月的光照雖有大威德之力,而那裡卻看不見;那些眾生,生在其中的,看不見自己的身分。』

當時,有一位異比丘從座上起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『世尊!正如世尊所說,這是大闇冥;是否還另有大闇冥之處,超過這個的呢?』佛告訴比丘:『有大闇冥超過這個的,就是沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦不如實知,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的大闇冥之中。這叫做,比丘!有大闇冥超過世界中間的闇冥。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,當時諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔425·中千世界〕(0111c26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『從小千世界,數滿到一千,這叫做中千世界。在這中千世界的中間,闇冥一片,如前面所說,乃至:對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔426·三千大千世界〕(0112a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『從中千世界,數滿到一千,這叫做三千大千世界。在世界中間闇冥之處,日月遊行,普照世界,而那裡卻看不見,乃至墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的大闇冥之中。所以,諸比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔427·我今當說四聖諦〕(0112a11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說四聖諦。仔細聽!仔細聽!好好地思念。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,這叫做四聖諦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同說『當說』那樣,像這樣說『有』、像這樣說『當知』,也如上面所說。

〔428·當勤禪思〕(0112a18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當勤修禪思,以正確的方便而起,在內寂靜其心。為什麼呢?比丘修禪思,在內寂靜其心,成就之後,就如實顯現。怎樣如實顯現呢?就是這苦聖諦如實顯現,這苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔429·當修無量三摩提〕(0112a25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習無量三摩提,專心正念。為什麼呢?修習無量三摩提、專心正念之後,就像這樣如實顯現。怎樣如實顯現呢?就是這苦聖諦如實顯現,苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔430·擲杖於虛空中〕(0112b03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,佛告訴諸比丘:『如同有人把杖擲向虛空之中,隨即又落回下來,或者是根部著地,或者是腹部著地,或者是頭部著地。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對這苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,應當知道這些沙門、婆羅門,或者墮入地獄,或者墮入畜生,或者墮入餓鬼。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔431·或墮淨地〕(0112b12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如同有人把杖擲置於虛空之中,它必定又落回下來,或者落在乾淨的地上,或者落在不乾淨的地上。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知;因為不如實知的緣故,或者生於善趣,或者生於惡趣。所以,諸比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔432·五節相續輪〕(0112b21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,佛告訴諸比丘:『譬如五節相續的輪子,大力的士夫使它迅速旋轉。像這樣,沙門、婆羅門對這苦聖諦不如實知,對這苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知,就輪迴於五趣,而迅速旋轉:或者墮入地獄,或者墮入畜生,或者墮入餓鬼,或者為人、或者為天,又再墮入惡道,長夜輪轉。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔433·增上說法〕(0112c02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如來、應、等正覺的增上說法,就是四聖諦——開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露。哪四種呢?就是苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔434·何等為黠慧〕(0112c10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『什麼是黠慧呢?是對這苦聖諦如實知,對這苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知呢,還是不知呢?』

諸比丘對佛說:『依我們所理解的世尊所說,對四聖諦如實知的,這就是黠慧。』佛告訴比丘:『善哉!善哉!對苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知的,就是黠慧。所以,諸比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔435·漸次無間等〕(0112c21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。當時,須達長者前往佛所在之處,以頭面禮佛雙足,在一旁坐下,對佛說:『世尊!這四聖諦,是漸次而得無間等呢?還是一時頓得無間等呢?』佛告訴長者:『這四聖諦,是漸次而得無間等,不是頓得無間等。』

佛告訴長者:『如果有人說:對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而對那苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦已得無間等——這種說法不應當。為什麼呢?如果對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,那是沒有這個道理的。

『猶如有人把兩片細小的樹葉連合起來作成器皿,盛水拿著行走,沒有這個道理。像這樣,對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,那是沒有這個道理的。

『譬如有人拿蓮華葉連合起來作成器皿,盛水遊行,這是有這個道理的。像這樣,長者!對苦聖諦已得無間等之後,而想要對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,這是有這個道理的。所以,長者!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔436·四登階道〕(0113a12)如同須達長者所問的那樣,有一位異比丘來問,也像那樣說,只是譬喻有差別:『如同有四級登階的道路,登上殿堂。如果有人說:不登初階,而登第二、第三、第四階,登上堂殿——那是沒有這個道理的。為什麼呢?要經由初階,然後依次登上第二、第三、第四階,才得以登上殿堂。像這樣,比丘!對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,那是沒有這個道理的。

『譬如,比丘!如果有人說:以四階的道路登上殿堂,要經由初階,然後依次登上第二、第三、第四階,才得以登上殿堂——應當這樣說。為什麼呢?要經由初階,然後依次登上第二、第三、第四階,登上殿堂,因為這是有這個道理的緣故。像這樣,比丘!如果說對苦聖諦已得無間等之後,然後依次對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等——應當這樣說。為什麼呢?如果對苦聖諦已得無間等之後,然後依次對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,因為這是有這個道理的緣故。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔437·四隥梯〕(0113b02)如同異比丘所問的那樣,阿難所問的,也像那樣說,只是譬喻有差別。佛告訴阿難:『譬如以四級的隥梯登上殿堂。如果有人說:不經由初隥,而登第二、第三、第四隥,登上殿堂——那是沒有這個道理的。像這樣,阿難!如果對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而想要對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,這不應當說。為什麼呢?如果對苦聖諦尚未得無間等,而對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,那是沒有這個道理的。

『譬如,阿難!經由四級隥梯登上殿堂。如果有人說:要經由初隥,然後依次登上第二、第三、第四隥,登上殿堂——這是所應當說的。為什麼呢?要經由初隥,然後依次登上第二、第三、第四隥,登上殿堂,因為這是有這個道理的緣故。像這樣,阿難!對苦聖諦已得無間等之後,然後依次對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦得無間等,這是有這個道理的。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔438·一切水虫〕(0113b19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如把大地上的草木全都取來作成鏘,去貫穿大海之中,一切水中的虫,都能貫穿嗎?』

比丘對佛說:『不能。世尊!為什麼呢?大海中的諸虫,種種形類,有的細小到不可貫穿,有的極大而不可貫穿。』佛告訴比丘:『是這樣,是這樣。眾生界無數無量。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔439·手執土石〕(0113b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊手中拿著土石,問諸比丘:『你們怎麼看:這手中的土石多呢?還是那大雪山的土石多呢?』

比丘對佛說:『世尊手中的土石極少極少,雪山的土石極多無量,百千巨億,以算數、譬喻、類比都不能相比。』佛告訴比丘:『那些眾生,對苦聖諦如實知、對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知的,就如我手中所拿的土石;那些眾生,對苦聖諦不如實知,對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知的,就如那雪山的土石,其數無量。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔440·湖池〕(0113c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如有一個湖池,深廣五十由旬,池水盈滿。如果有一位士夫,用頭髮、用毛,或者用指端,去滴取那湖水,乃至兩次、三次。怎麼樣,比丘!是那士夫所滴取的水多呢?還是湖池的水多呢?』

比丘對佛說:『如那士夫以毛、髮、指端兩三次所滴取的水,極少極少;那湖中的大水,其量無數,乃至以算數、譬喻、類比都不能相比。』佛告訴比丘:『如同大湖之水甚多無量,像這樣,多聞的聖弟子具足見諦,得聖道之果,斷除諸苦的根本,如截斷多羅樹的頭,於未來世成為不再生起之法;那剩餘未盡的,就如那士夫以頭髮、毛、指端所滴取的水。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同大湖水的譬喻那樣,像這樣,薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,以及四大海,其譬喻也如上面所說。

〔441·手捉團土〕(0114a01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊手中捉著一團土,大如梨果,告訴諸比丘:『怎麼樣,比丘!是我手中這團土多呢?還是大雪山中的土石多呢?』

諸比丘對佛說:『世尊手中的團土極少極少,那雪山王的土石甚多,百千億那由他,乃至以算數、譬喻、類比都不能相比。』佛告訴諸比丘:『如我所捉的這團土,像這樣,眾生對苦聖諦如實知、對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦如實知的,也是這樣。如大雪山王的土石,像這樣,眾生對苦聖諦不如實知、對苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦不如實知的,也是這樣。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,生起增上的意欲,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同雪山王那樣,像這樣,尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山、馬耳山、善見山、佉提羅迦山、伊沙陀羅山、由揵陀羅山、須彌山王,以及大地的土石,也是這樣。如同梨果那樣,像這樣,阿摩勒迦果、跋陀羅果、迦羅迦果、豆果,乃至蒜子的譬喻,也是這樣。

〔442·爪甲上土〕(0114a21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊以爪甲擎起一點土之後,告訴諸比丘:『你們怎麼看:是我爪甲上的土多呢?還是這大地的土多呢?』

諸比丘對佛說:『世尊爪甲上的土極少極少,這大地的土極多無量,乃至以算數、譬喻、類比都不能相比。』佛告訴比丘:『如爪甲上的土那樣,如果那些眾生,形體可見的,也是這樣;那形體微細、不可見的,就如大地的土。所以,比丘!對四聖諦尚未得無間等的,應當勤加方便,修學無間等。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同陸地那樣,像這樣,水性也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生中在人道的,也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,非人也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,生在中國的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,生在邊地的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,成就聖慧眼的,也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,不成就聖慧眼的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生了知這法、律的,也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生不了知法、律的也是這樣。如同『知』那樣,像這樣,『等知』、『普知』、『正想』、『正覺』、『正解』、『法無間等』也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生知道有父母的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生不知道有父母的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,知道有沙門、婆羅門、家中的尊長,作所應作之事、作福,對此世、他世的罪生起畏懼而行布施,受齋持戒的,也是這樣。如同大地的土,不知道有沙門、婆羅門、家中的尊長,作所應作之事、作福,對此世、他世的罪生起畏懼而行布施,受齋持戒的,也像這樣說。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生不殺、不盜、不邪婬、不妄語、不兩舌、不惡口、不綺語的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生不持諸戒的也是這樣。像這樣,離貪、恚、邪見,以及不離貪、恚、邪見,也像這樣說。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,不殺、不盜、不邪婬、不妄語、不飲酒。如同大地的土,像這樣,不持五戒的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生持八戒的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生不持八戒的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生持十善的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生不持十善的也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生從地獄命終而生於人中的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生從地獄命終而還生地獄的也是這樣。如同地獄那樣,像這樣,畜生、餓鬼也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生從地獄命終而生於天上的也是這樣。如同大地的土,像這樣,眾生從地獄命終而還生地獄的也是這樣。如同地獄那樣,像這樣,畜生、餓鬼也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,像這樣,眾生在人道中死去而還生人道之中的也是這樣。如同大地的土,那些眾生從人道中死去而生於地獄之中的也是這樣。如同地獄那樣,像這樣,畜生、餓鬼也是這樣。

如同爪甲上的土,那些眾生從天上命終而還生天上的也是這樣。如同大地的土,那些眾生從天上死去而生於地獄之中的也是這樣。如同地獄那樣,畜生、餓鬼也是這樣。

〔443·正見已生〕(0114c20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我本來在未聞法的時候,得以正確地思惟這苦聖諦,正見已經生起;這苦集聖諦、這苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦,正見已經生起。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同『已生』那樣,像這樣,『今生』、『當生』。如同『生』那樣,像這樣,『起』、『習』、『近修』、『多修』、『觸』、『作證』也是這樣。

〔444·眼藥丸〕(0114c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如有眼藥丸,深廣一由旬,如果有一位士夫取這些藥丸,一界一界地安置,能很快地使藥丸用盡,而對於那一界一界,卻得不到它的邊際。應當知道,諸界之數無量。所以,比丘!應當善於界而修學,善於種種界,應當這樣修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔445·眾生常與界俱〕(0115a05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眾生常與界相俱,與界和合。怎樣是眾生常與界相俱呢?就是眾生行不善心的時候,與不善界相俱;行善心的時候,與善界相俱;行勝心的時候,與勝界相俱;行鄙心的時候,與鄙界相俱。所以,諸比丘!應當這樣修學:善於種種界。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔446·常會故常生〕(0115a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘……如上面所廣說。所差別的是,隨即說了這首偈:

  『因常常相會,所以常常生起;彼此相離,生就斷絕。

  如同有人抓著一小塊木頭,而進入巨大的海中,

  人與木頭就一同沉沒;與懈怠相俱,也是這樣。

  應當遠離懈怠,遠離卑劣的精進;

  賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。

  慇懃精進地修禪,超度生死之流。

  膠漆得到它的素地,火得到風就熾盛燃燒;

  白珂與乳就是同一顏色。眾生與界相俱,

  相似的共同和合,增長也是這樣。』

〔447·與眾多比丘於近處經行〕(0115a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眾生常與界相俱,與界和合。怎樣是與界相俱呢?就是眾生行不善心的時候,與不善界相俱;行善心的時候,與善界相俱;行鄙心的時候,與鄙界相俱;行勝心的時候,與勝界相俱。

『那時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是上座、多聞的大德,出家已久,具足修習梵行。

『又有尊者大迦葉與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是少欲知足,修頭陀苦行,不積蓄剩餘之物。

『尊者舍利弗與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是大智慧、有辯才的。

『那時,尊者大目揵連與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是具神通大力的。

『那時,阿那律陀與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是天眼明徹的。

『那時,尊者二十億耳與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是勇猛精進、專勤修行的人。

『那時,尊者陀驃與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是能為大眾修辦供具的人。

『那時,尊者優波離與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是通達律行的。

『那時,尊者富樓那與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們都是有辯才、善於說法的人。

『那時,尊者迦旃延與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都能分別諸經,善說法相。

『那時,尊者阿難與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是多聞總持的。

『那時,尊者羅睺羅與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是善持律行的。

『那時,提婆達多與眾多比丘在附近經行,他們全都是習行眾惡之行的。這叫做比丘常與界相俱,與界和合。所以,諸比丘!應當善於分別種種諸界。』佛說這部經的時候。諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔448·如上廣說已〕(0115b24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園……如上面所廣說之後,隨即說了這首偈:

  『因常常相會,所以常常生起;彼此相離,生就斷絕。

  如同有人抓著一小塊木頭,而進入巨大的海中,

  人與木頭就一同沉沒;與懈怠相俱,也是這樣。

  應當遠離懈怠,遠離卑劣的精進;

  賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。

  慇懃精進地修禪,超度生死之流。

  膠漆得到它的素地,火得到風就熾盛燃燒;

  白珂與乳就是同一顏色。眾生與界相俱,

  相似的共同和合,增長也是這樣。』

〔449·殺生時與殺界俱〕(0115c06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眾生常與界相俱,與界和合……』像這樣廣說,乃至:『勝心生起的時候,與勝界相俱;鄙心生起的時候,與鄙界相俱;殺生的時候,與殺界相俱;起偷盜、邪婬、妄語、飲酒之心的時候,與飲酒界相俱;不殺生的時候,與不殺界相俱;不偷盜、不邪婬、不妄語、不飲酒,與不飲酒界相俱。所以,諸比丘!應當善於分別種種界。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔450·不信時與不信界俱〕(0115c15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眾生常與界相俱,與界和合。不信的時候,與不信界相俱;犯戒的時候,與犯戒界相俱;無慚無愧的時候,與無慚無愧界相俱。有信心的時候,與信界相俱;持戒的時候,與持戒界相俱;有慚愧心的時候,與慚愧界相俱。所以,諸比丘!應當善於分別種種諸界。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同信、不信那樣,像這樣,精進、不精進,失念、不失念,正受、不正受,多聞、少聞,慳吝者、布施者,惡慧、善慧,難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足,攝受、不攝受,與界相俱,如上面的經那樣廣說。

〔451·種種諸界〕(0115c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要說種種諸界。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。什麼是種種界呢?就是眼界、色界、眼識界,耳界、聲界、耳識界,鼻界、香界、鼻識界,舌界、味界、舌識界,身界、觸界、身識界,意界、法界、意識界,這叫做種種界。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔452·緣種種界生種種觸〕(0116a05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種愛。什麼是種種界呢?就是十八界——眼界、色界、眼識界,乃至意界、法界、意識界,這叫做種種界。

『怎樣是緣種種界而生種種觸,乃至怎樣是緣種種受而生種種愛呢?就是緣眼界而生眼觸,緣眼觸而生眼觸所生的受,緣眼觸所生的受而生眼觸所生的愛。耳、鼻、舌、身,意界為緣而生意觸,緣意觸而生意觸所生的受,緣意觸所生的受而生意觸所生的愛。

『諸比丘!不是緣種種愛而生種種受,不是緣種種受而生種種觸,不是緣種種觸而生種種界;而是要緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種愛。這叫做,比丘!緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種愛。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔453·但緣眼界生眼觸〕(0116a22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種愛。什麼是種種界呢?就是十八界——眼界、色界、眼識界,乃至意界、法界、意識界,這叫做種種界。

『怎樣是緣種種界而生種種觸?緣種種觸而生種種受?緣種種受而生種種愛呢?就是緣眼界而生眼觸,不是緣眼觸而生眼界,只是緣眼界而生眼觸;緣眼觸而生眼受,不是緣眼受而生眼觸,只是緣眼觸而生眼受;緣眼受而生眼愛,不是緣眼愛而生眼受,只是緣眼受而生眼愛。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身,意界為緣而生意觸,不是緣意觸而生意界,只是緣意界而生意觸;緣意觸而生意受,不是緣意受而生意觸,只是緣意觸而生意受;緣意受而生意愛,不是緣意愛而生意受,只是緣意受而生意愛。

『所以,比丘!不是緣種種愛而生種種受,不是緣種種受而生種種觸,不是緣種種觸而生種種界;只是緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種愛。這叫做,比丘!應當善於分別種種界。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔454·緣種種熱生種種求〕(0116b14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『緣種種界而生種種觸,緣種種觸而生種種受,緣種種受而生種種想,緣種種想而生種種欲,緣種種欲而生種種覺,緣種種覺而生種種熱,緣種種熱而生種種求。

『什麼是種種界呢?就是十八界——眼界,乃至法界。

『怎樣是緣種種界而生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱而生種種求呢?就是緣眼界而生眼觸,緣眼觸而生眼受,緣眼受而生眼想,緣眼想而生眼欲,緣眼欲而生眼覺,緣眼覺而生眼熱,緣眼熱而生眼求。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身,意界為緣而生意觸,緣意觸而生意受,緣意受而生意想,緣意想而生意覺,緣意覺而生意熱,緣意熱而生意求。這叫做,比丘!因為緣種種界的緣故而生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱而生種種求。

『比丘!不是緣種種求而生種種熱,不是緣種種熱而生種種覺,不是緣種種覺而生種種想,不是緣種種想而生種種受,不是緣種種受而生種種觸,不是緣種種觸而生種種界;只是緣種種界而生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱而生種種求。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

Fascicle 16 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra, belongs to the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements; from the four hundred and seventh discourse to the four hundred and fifty-fourth, forty-eight discourses in all. The first thirty-seven discourses are all taught with regard to the four noble truths: in some, the bhikṣus in the dining hall are thinking worldly thoughts, discussing such views as that the world is eternal or not eternal, giving rise to thoughts of greed, thoughts of hatred, and thoughts of harming, giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, and thoughts of not dying, talking of worldly matters such as the affairs of kings and of thieves, quarrelling with one another, discussing the great power and great wealth of two kings, discussing what work they did in former lives, or discussing a donor’s coarse food and wishing to go on almsround; the World-Honored One, either knowing their thoughts or hearing their voices with the divine ear, goes to the dining hall and tells them that these are of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, and that they should reflect on and discuss the four noble truths; among these, the four hundred and seventh discourse tells of a man in the past who, beside the Kauṣṭhila Pond, saw four kinds of army enter a single lotus-root hole, and people took him for mad, and the Buddha says that what he saw was real. In some, the World-Honored One asks the bhikṣus whether they hold the four noble truths, and a bhikṣu answers that he receives and holds them; the four hundred and seventeenth discourse further teaches thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness, and the four hundred and eighteenth discourse further teaches that one who would set aside these four noble truths and set up others has mere words. In some, it is taught that to have doubt about the Buddha, the Dharma, or the Saṅgha is to have doubt about the four noble truths. In some, the deep precipice, the great hot hell, the great dark hell, and the darkness between the thousandfold worlds are taken as similes; a certain bhikṣu asks whether there is anything beyond these, and the Buddha says that those who do not know the four noble truths as they really are fall into the deep precipice, the great heat, and the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, and the rest. In some, it is taught that the four noble truths are to be taught, and that with meditative reflection and the measureless samādhi the four noble truths become manifest as they really are. In some, a stick thrown into the air and a wheel of five linked spokes are taken as similes, teaching that those who do not know as it really is fall into evil destinations and turn through the five destinations. In some, the seven ways in which the Tathāgata teaches the Dharma supremely are taught, and knowing the four noble truths as they really are is called wisdom. In one, the householder Sudatta asks whether the four noble truths are comprehended gradually or all at once, and the Buddha answers with the similes of thin tree-leaves and of lotus leaves holding water, and answers a certain bhikṣu and Ānanda with the similes of a stairway of four steps and a ladder of four rungs. In some, the grass and trees of the great earth made into spears that cannot impale every creature of the ocean, the earth and stones in the hand and the earth and stones of the Snow Mountains, a man taking drops of lake water with a hair, the lump of clay in the hand and the king of Snow Mountains, and the soil on the fingernail and the soil of the great earth are taken as similes, teaching that the realm of beings is measureless and that those who know as it really is are few. In one, it is taught that the Buddha’s right view had already arisen when he had not yet heard the Dharma. The last eleven discourses are taught with regard to the elements: in one, with the simile of a ball of eye-salve set out element by element without reaching the end, it is taught that the elements are countless and that one should be skilled in the various elements; in some, it is taught that beings always go together with the elements and join with the elements—a wholesome mind, an unwholesome mind, a superior mind, a base mind, killing and not killing, faith and faithlessness, and the rest, each going together with its element—and two discourses speak a verse, with the similes of a man grasping a small log and entering the great sea, of glue and lacquer, of fire and wind, and of conch and milk; in one, it is taught that the eighteen elements are called the various elements; in some, it is taught that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, feelings, and cravings, and so on up to perceptions, desires, thoughts, fevers, and quests, and that the conditioning does not run in reverse. The speaker is mostly the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; in the four hundred and eighth, the four hundred and eleventh, the four hundred and thirteenth, and the four hundred and fourteenth discourses, the World-Honored One asks and the bhikṣus answer the Buddha; in the four hundred and sixteenth to the four hundred and eighteenth discourses, the World-Honored One asks first and a bhikṣu answers; in the four hundred and twenty-first to the four hundred and twenty-fourth discourses, a certain bhikṣu asks and the Buddha answers; in the four hundred and thirty-fourth discourse, the Buddha asks and the bhikṣus answer; in the four hundred and thirty-fifth discourse, the householder Sudatta asks and the Buddha answers; in the four hundred and thirty-eighth to the four hundred and forty-second discourses, the Buddha asks, the bhikṣus answer, and the Buddha then teaches; in the four hundred and forty-seventh discourse, within the Buddha’s words, it is told how thirteen venerables, each with many bhikṣus, were walking to and fro nearby, each according to the kind of their virtue, and how Devadatta and his company were given to many evil deeds; the plain rendering follows what is told. This fascicle has two verses, in the four hundred and forty-sixth discourse and the four hundred and forty-eighth discourse; the two verses are identical in wording, eighteen lines each, and the plain rendering translates both line by line in verse form; there is no summary verse. The long discourses of question and answer and of simile are divided into segments within the discourse by rounds of question and answer, by the text of the simile, and by the explanation of the simile. Where the base text abbreviates—the abbreviations of the four hundred and tenth, the four hundred and twenty-fifth, the four hundred and twenty-sixth, the four hundred and thirty-sixth, the four hundred and thirty-seventh, the four hundred and forty-sixth, the four hundred and forty-eighth, and the four hundred and forty-ninth discourses, and the omissions within the four hundred and seventh, the four hundred and eighth, the four hundred and eleventh, the four hundred and twelfth, and the four hundred and fifteenth discourses—the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text does and does not supply what is passed over; the ‘as…, so…’ at the end of the four hundred and twenty-seventh, the four hundred and fortieth, the four hundred and forty-first, the four hundred and forty-second, the four hundred and forty-third, and the four hundred and fiftieth discourses is a list by which the compilers abbreviated the text, and the plain rendering translates the list as it stands and does not expand it into the several discourses. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.

〔0 · Title〕(0108c24)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 16.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The head of the fascicle further bears the title “Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Four”—the fourth part of the third chapter of the Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes. The fascicle holds forty-eight discourses, from the four hundred and seventh to the four hundred and fifty-fourth; it has two verses, in the four hundred and forty-sixth discourse and the four hundred and forty-eighth discourse, the two verses identical in wording; at the end of the fascicle it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 16.”

〔407 · Think No Worldly Thoughts〕(0108c28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall, thinking worldly thoughts, thinking all kinds of thoughts. Then the World-Honored One, knowing what the bhikṣus were thinking in their minds, went to the dining hall, spread a seat and sat down, and said to the bhikṣus: “Bhikṣus, take care not to think worldly thoughts. Why? Worldly thinking is of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or awakening, not conducing to nirvāṇa. You should reflect rightly: this is the noble truth of suffering, this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this is the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? To reflect in this way is of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct; it is right knowledge, right awakening, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa.

“In a past age, a man went out of Rājagṛha and sat upright beside the Kauṣṭhila Pond, thinking—thinking worldly thoughts. As he was thinking, he saw four kinds of army—elephants, horses, chariots, and foot soldiers—measureless and countless, all entering into a single lotus-root hole. Having seen this, he thought: ‘I have gone mad and lost my senses; what does not exist in the world, today I have seen.’ At that time, not far from the pond, another great crowd of people had gathered in one place. Then that man went to the crowd and said to them: ‘Sirs, I have now gone mad, I have now lost my senses; what does not exist in the world, I have now seen’—as explained at length above. At that time the whole crowd took this man to have gone mad and lost his senses, to have seen what does not exist in the world.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Yet that man had not gone mad and lost his senses; what he saw was real. Why? At that time, not far from the Kauṣṭhila Pond, the gods and the asuras had raised four kinds of army and were fighting in the sky. Then the gods won, and the army of the asuras was defeated and retreated into a single lotus-root hole in that pond. Therefore, bhikṣus, take care not to think about the world. Why? Worldly thinking is of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or awakening, not heading rightly toward nirvāṇa; you should reflect on the four noble truths. What are the four? The noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔408 · Some Said the World Is Eternal〕(0109a27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were discussing in this way: some said the world is eternal; some said the world is not eternal, the world is both eternal and not eternal, the world is neither eternal nor not eternal; the world is bounded, the world is unbounded, the world is both bounded and unbounded, the world is neither bounded nor unbounded; the soul is the body, the soul is one thing and the body another; the Tathāgata exists after death, the Tathāgata does not exist after death, the Tathāgata both exists and does not exist after death, the Tathāgata neither exists nor does not exist after death. Then the World-Honored One, sitting in meditation in a certain place, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus discussing in the dining hall. Having heard it, he went to the dining hall, spread a seat before the assembly and sat down, and said to the bhikṣus: “You bhikṣus have gathered here in numbers; what were you discussing?” Then the bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! We many bhikṣus gathered in this dining hall and were discussing in this way: some said it is eternal, some said it is not eternal…” as explained at length above.

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Do not discuss in this way. Why? Such discussion is of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or right awakening, not heading rightly toward nirvāṇa. You bhikṣus should discuss in this way: this is the noble truth of suffering, this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this is the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? To discuss in this way is of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct; it is right knowledge, right awakening, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔409 · Think No Thoughts of Greed〕(0109b19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall; some gave rise to thoughts of greed and were thinking them, some gave rise to thoughts of hatred and were thinking them, some gave rise to thoughts of harming and were thinking them. Then the World-Honored One, knowing what the bhikṣus were thinking in their minds, went to the dining hall, spread his sitting-mat before the assembly and sat, and said to the bhikṣus: “Do not think thoughts of greed, do not think thoughts of hatred, do not think thoughts of harming. Why? These thoughts are of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or right awakening, not heading toward nirvāṇa. You should give rise to the thought of the noble truth of suffering, the thought of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the thought of the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the thought of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? These thoughts of the four noble truths are of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct; they are right knowledge, right awakening, heading toward nirvāṇa. Therefore, bhikṣus, with regard to the four noble truths you should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, with right knowledge and right mindfulness, and train with vigour.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔410 · Thoughts of Kin〕(0109c04)Thus have I heard. At one time… as explained at length above. The difference is: giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, and thoughts of not dying, up to: having heard what the Buddha said, they rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔411 · Talking of the Affairs of Kings〕(0109c07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were discussing in this way: some discussed matters of kings, matters of thieves, matters of battles, matters of money, matters of clothing, matters of food and drink, matters of men and women, matters of worldly talk, and matters of business, and spoke of all kinds of matters of the oceans. Then the World-Honored One, in meditation, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus discussing, at once rose from his seat, went to the dining hall, spread his sitting-mat before the assembly and sat, and said to the bhikṣus: “You bhikṣus have gathered here in numbers; what are you saying?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! We gathered here, and some discussed matters of kings…” as explained at length above.

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Do not discuss in this way—discussing matters of kings, up to not heading toward nirvāṇa. If you would discuss, you should discuss: this is the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? These four noble truths, being of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct, are right knowledge, right awakening, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔412 · I Know the Dharma and Discipline〕(0109c22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were saying: “I know the Dharma and Discipline; you do not. What I say is well founded, and what we say accords with reason; what you say is not well founded and does not accord with reason. What should be said first you say last; what should be said last you say first.” And they quarrelled together, saying: “My argument is right and yours falls short; let him who can answer, answer.”

Then the World-Honored One, in meditation, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus quarrelling… explained at length in this way, up to: “One who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive to rouse skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔413 · Which Has the Greater Power〕(0110a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were discussing in this way: “King Prasenajit or King Bimbisāra—which has the greater power? Which has the greater wealth?” Then the World-Honored One, in meditation, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus discussing, at once rose from his seat, went to the dining hall, spread his sitting-mat before the assembly and sat, and asked the bhikṣus: “What are you discussing?” Then the bhikṣus reported all the matter above to the World-Honored One.

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Why do you speak of the great power and great wealth of kings? You bhikṣus should not discuss in this way. Why? This is of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or right awakening, not heading toward nirvāṇa. You should say: this is the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? These four noble truths are of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct; they are right knowledge, right awakening, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔414 · What Work Did You Do in Former Lives〕(0110a19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were discussing in this way: “What work did you do in your former lives? What craft did you follow? By what did you live?” Then the World-Honored One, in meditation, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus discussing, at once rose from his seat, went to the dining hall, spread his sitting-mat before the assembly and sat, and asked the bhikṣus: “What are you saying?” Then the bhikṣus reported to the World-Honored One all that had been said above.

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “You bhikṣus should not speak in this way of what was done in former lives. Why? This is of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or right awakening, not heading toward nirvāṇa. You bhikṣus should discuss together: this is the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Why? This is of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct; it is right knowledge, right awakening, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa. Therefore, bhikṣus, relying on the four noble truths, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔415 · Such-and-Such a Donor Prepares Coarse, Plain Food〕(0110b05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall and were talking in this way: “Such-and-such a donor prepares coarse, plain food; when we have eaten it, it is tasteless and without strength. We had better leave his poor food and go on almsround. Why? When a bhikṣu goes on almsround, he gets fine food, sees fine sights, from time to time hears fine sounds, is known to many, and also gets robes, bedding, and medicine.” Then the World-Honored One, in meditation, heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus discussing, at once went to the dining hall… explained at length in this way, up to: “heading rightly toward nirvāṇa.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔416 · Do You Hold the Four Noble Truths as I Have Taught Them〕(0110b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?” Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “Yes, World-Honored One; the four noble truths you have taught I hold them all.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you hold the four noble truths?”

The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One says: this is the noble truth of suffering—and I hold it; this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this is the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. As the World-Honored One teaches the four noble truths in this way, so I hold them.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good, good! I teach the noble truth of suffering, and you truly hold it; I teach the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, and you truly hold them.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔417 · Thus and So, Not Departing from Thusness〕(0110b27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?” Then a bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, bared his right shoulder, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “Yes, World-Honored One; the four noble truths you have taught I hold them all.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “How do you hold the four noble truths I have taught?”

The bhikṣu said to the Buddha: “The noble truth of suffering that the World-Honored One teaches, I hold it all: it is thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted; what the noble ones hold as truth—this is called the noble truth of suffering. The noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering that the World-Honored One teaches are thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted; what the noble ones hold as truth. These are the four noble truths that the World-Honored One teaches, and I hold them all.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Good, good! You truly hold the four noble truths I have taught: thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted. This is called a bhikṣu’s truly holding my four noble truths.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔418 · Setting Up Four Other Noble Truths〕(0110c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?” Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “Yes, World-Honored One; the four noble truths you have taught I hold them all. What are the four truths? The noble truth of suffering that the World-Honored One teaches, I hold it all; the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, I hold them all.”

The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “Good, good! The four noble truths as I have taught them you hold them all. Bhikṣus! If there were ascetics or brāhmaṇas who said: ‘The noble truth of suffering as taught by the ascetic Gautama I will set aside, and set up another noble truth of suffering’—that would be mere words; when questioned he would not know, and his doubt would only grow, for it is beyond his range. One who says, ‘The noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering I will now set aside, and set up four other noble truths,’ has mere words; when questioned he would not know, and his doubt would only grow, for it is beyond his range. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔419 · Doubt about the Buddha〕(0111a01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu has doubt about the Buddha, he has doubt about the noble truth of suffering, and has doubt about the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering; if he has doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha, he has doubt about the noble truth of suffering, and doubt about the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. If he is without doubt about the Buddha, he is without doubt about the noble truth of suffering, and without doubt about the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering; if he is without doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha, he is without doubt about the noble truth of suffering, and without doubt about the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔420 · Doubt about the Noble Truth of Suffering〕(0111a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics or brāhmaṇas have doubt about the noble truth of suffering, they have doubt about the Buddha, and doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha; if they have doubt about arising, cessation, and the path, they have doubt about the Buddha, and doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha. If they are without doubt about the noble truth of suffering, they are without doubt about the Buddha, and without doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha; if they are without doubt about the noble truths of arising, cessation, and the path, they are without doubt about the Buddha, and without doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔421 · The Deep Precipice〕(0111a20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Let us go together to the deep precipice.” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “Yes, World-Honored One!” Then the World-Honored One, with the great assembly, came to the deep precipice, spread a seat and sat down, and having looked all around the deep precipice, said to the bhikṣus: “This precipice is very great, deep and steep.”

Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! This is already very deep and very steep; yet is there one deeper and steeper still, steeper than this, and still more fearful?” The Buddha, knowing his mind, said to him: “So it is, bhikṣu! This is already very deep and steep, yet there is one greater, deeper, and steeper than this, and still more fearful: those ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are. They delight in and cling to the formations that are the root of birth, delight in and cling to the formations that are the root of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering, and act in this way; because the formations of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering grow ever greater, they fall into the deep precipice of birth, they fall into the deep precipice of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering. Thus, bhikṣu, this is what is greater, deeper, and steeper than that. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔422 · The Great Hot Hell〕(0111b10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is the great hot hell; if beings are born there, they are wholly ablaze, ever burning.”

Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “As the World-Honored One has said, this is great heat. World-Honored One! Is there only this great heat? Is there a heat greater than this, still more fearful, with none beyond it?”

“So it is, bhikṣu! This is great heat, and there is also a heat greater than this, still more fearful, with none beyond it. What is the great heat that is other than this, greater, still more fearful, surpassing this? It is that ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are; thus, up to birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering, the great heat blazes. This, bhikṣu, is called the great heat burning, still more fearful, with none surpassing it. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔423 · The Great Dark Hell〕(0111b25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is the great dark hell; the beings there, those born in it, cannot see the parts of their own bodies.”

Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! This is great darkness; is there only this great darkness? Is there another great darkness, still more fearful, surpassing this?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “So it is: there is a great darkness, still more fearful, surpassing this, namely, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know the four noble truths as they really are, up to falling into the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔424 · The Small Thousandfold World〕(0111c08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “As the sun travels and illuminates the worlds, so on up to a thousand suns and a thousand moons illuminating a thousand worlds: a thousand Sumerus, a thousand Pūrvavidehas, a thousand Jambudvīpas, a thousand Aparagodānīyas, a thousand Uttarakurus, a thousand heavens of the Four Great Kings, a thousand heavens of the Thirty-Three, a thousand Yāma heavens, a thousand Tuṣita heavens, a thousand heavens of the gods who delight in creation, a thousand heavens of the gods who wield the creations of others, a thousand Brahmā heavens—this is called a small thousandfold world. Between these thousand worlds there is utter darkness; the light of sun and moon, for all its great power, does not reach them there; the beings born there cannot see the parts of their own bodies.”

Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! As the World-Honored One has said, this is great darkness; is there another place of great darkness surpassing this?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “There is a great darkness surpassing this, namely, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, up to falling into the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering. This, bhikṣu, is called a great darkness surpassing the darkness between the worlds. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, at that time the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔425 · The Middling Thousandfold World〕(0111c26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Small thousandfold worlds, counted up to a full thousand, are called a middling thousandfold world. Between these middling thousandfold worlds there is utter darkness, as said before, up to: one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔426 · The Great Thousandfold World〕(0112a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Middling thousandfold worlds, counted up to a full thousand, are called a great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds. In the darkness between the worlds, though sun and moon travel and shine everywhere upon the worlds, their light does not reach there, up to falling into the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔427 · I Shall Now Teach the Four Noble Truths〕(0112a11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I shall now teach the four noble truths. Listen carefully, listen carefully, and consider it well. What are the four? Namely the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering; these are called the four noble truths.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with saying ‘I shall teach,’ so with saying ‘there are,’ and so with saying ‘should be known,’ likewise as said above.

〔428 · Strive in Meditative Reflection〕(0112a18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Strive diligently in meditative reflection, rouse right endeavour, and inwardly still the mind. Why? When a bhikṣu practising meditative reflection has inwardly stilled the mind and accomplished it, things become manifest as they really are. How do they become manifest as they really are? This noble truth of suffering becomes manifest as it really is; this noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering become manifest as they really are.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔429 · Cultivate the Measureless Samādhi〕(0112a25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Cultivate the measureless samādhi with single-minded right mindfulness. Why? Having cultivated the measureless samādhi with single-minded right mindfulness, things thus become manifest as they really are. How do they become manifest as they really are? This noble truth of suffering becomes manifest as it really is; the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering become manifest as they really are.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔430 · Throwing a Stick into the Air〕(0112b03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “It is like a man throwing a stick into the air: it falls straight back, landing on its root, on its middle, or on its head. Thus ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—know that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas fall into hell, into the animal realm, or among the hungry ghosts. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔431 · Falling on Clean Ground〕(0112b12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “It is like a man throwing a stick so that it is set in the air: it must fall back down, falling on clean ground or on unclean ground. Thus ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—because they do not know as it really is, they are born in a good destination or in an evil destination. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔432 · The Wheel of Five Linked Spokes〕(0112b21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “It is like a wheel of five linked spokes that a strong man sets spinning fast. Thus ascetics and brāhmaṇas who do not know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know this noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are, turn through the five destinations, turning swiftly: falling into hell, into the animal realm, or among the hungry ghosts, or being human, or being gods, and then falling again into the evil paths, turning through the long night. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔433 · Teaching the Dharma Supremely〕(0112c02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, teaches the Dharma supremely, namely the four noble truths—disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare. What are the four? Namely the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔434 · What Is Wisdom〕(0112c10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “What is wisdom? Is it to know this noble truth of suffering as it really is, and to know this noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—or not to know them?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “As we understand what the World-Honored One has said, one who knows the four noble truths as they really are—this is wisdom.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Good, good! One who knows the noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are—this is wisdom. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔435 · Gradual Unbroken Comprehension〕(0112c21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the householder Sudatta went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Are these four noble truths attained in unbroken comprehension gradually, or attained in unbroken comprehension all at once?” The Buddha said to the householder: “These four noble truths are attained in unbroken comprehension gradually, not all at once.”

The Buddha said to the householder: “If someone says that, while not yet having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, one has attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this should not be said. Why? If one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering and wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible.

“It is as if a man were to join two thin tree-leaves into a vessel to hold water and carry it—this is impossible. Thus, if one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering and wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible.

“It is as if a man were to take lotus leaves and join them into a vessel to hold water and walk about—this is possible. Thus, householder, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, to wish to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this is possible. Therefore, householder, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔436 · A Stairway of Four Steps〕(0113a12)As the householder Sudatta asked, so a certain bhikṣu came and asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs: “It is like a stairway of four steps leading up to a hall. If someone says that, without climbing the first step, one climbs the second, third, and fourth steps and goes up into the hall—this is impossible. Why? One must go by the first step and then in order climb the second, third, and fourth steps to go up into the hall. Thus, bhikṣu, if one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering and wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible.

“Just so, bhikṣu, if someone says that by a stairway of four steps one goes up into a hall, going by the first step and then in order climbing the second, third, and fourth steps to go up into the hall—this should be said. Why? Going by the first step and then in order climbing the second, third, and fourth steps, one goes up into the hall, for this is possible. Thus, bhikṣu, if it is said that, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, one then in order attains unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this should be said. Why? If, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, one then in order attains unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is possible.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔437 · A Ladder of Four Rungs〕(0113b02)As a certain bhikṣu asked, so Ānanda asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs. The Buddha said to Ānanda: “It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall. If someone says that, without going by the first rung, one climbs the second, third, and fourth rungs and goes up into the hall—this is impossible. Thus, Ānanda, if one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering and wishes to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this should not be said. Why? If one has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering and attains unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible.

“Just so, Ānanda, by a ladder of four rungs one goes up into a hall. If someone says that one must go by the first rung and then in order climb the second, third, and fourth rungs to go up into the hall—this is what should be said. Why? Going by the first rung and then in order climbing the second, third, and fourth rungs, one goes up into the hall, for this is possible. Thus, Ānanda, having attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering, one then in order attains unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering—this is possible.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔438 · Every Creature in the Water〕(0113b19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose all the grass and trees of the great earth were taken and made into spears and thrust into the great ocean: could they impale every creature in the water?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One! Why? The creatures in the great ocean are of all kinds of form: some are too fine to impale, some too huge to impale.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “So it is, so it is. The realm of beings is countless and measureless. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔439 · Earth and Stones in His Hand〕(0113b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One, holding earth and stones in his hand, asked the bhikṣus: “What do you think: are the earth and stones in this hand more, or are the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains more?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The earth and stones in the World-Honored One’s hand are very, very little; the earth and stones of the Snow Mountains are very many, measureless, hundreds of thousands of millions, beyond any count, simile, or comparison.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Those beings who know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are, are like the earth and stones I hold in my hand; those beings who do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are, are like the earth and stones of the Snow Mountains, measureless in number. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔440 · The Lake〕(0113c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose there were a lake fifty leagues deep and wide, brimming with water. If a man, with a hair, with a strand of fur, or with a fingertip, were to take drops of that lake’s water, even two or three times—what do you think, bhikṣus? Is the water the man has taken more, or the water of the lake?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The water the man has taken with fur, hair, or fingertip two or three times is very, very little; the great water of that lake is countless in measure, beyond any count, simile, or comparison.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Just as the water of the great lake is very great and measureless, so the learned noble disciple, perfected in seeing the truths, who has attained the fruit of the noble path, has cut off the roots of suffering like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, becoming in future lives one not subject to birth; what remains unended is like the water the man took with hair, fur, or fingertip. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with the simile of the water of the great lake, so with the Saluoduozhajia—the Gaṅgā, the Yamunā, the Sarayū, the Airāvatī, and the Mahī—and the four great oceans; the simile is likewise as said above.

〔441 · A Lump of Clay in His Hand〕(0114a01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One, holding in his hand a lump of clay the size of a pear, said to the bhikṣus: “What do you think, bhikṣus? Is this lump of clay in my hand more, or the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The lump of clay in the World-Honored One’s hand is very, very little; the earth and stones of the king of Snow Mountains are very many, hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas, beyond any count, simile, or comparison.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “As with this lump of clay I hold, so it is with the beings who know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are. As with the earth and stones of the great king of Snow Mountains, so it is with the beings who do not know the noble truth of suffering as it really is, and do not know the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with the king of Snow Mountains, so with Mount Nimindhara, Mount Vinataka, Mount Aśvakarṇa, Mount Sudarśana, Mount Khadiraka, Mount Īṣādhara, Mount Yugandhara, and Sumeru, king of mountains, and the earth and stones of the great earth, likewise. As with the pear, so with the similes of the āmalaka fruit, the badara fruit, the kāraka fruit, a bean, down to a garlic seed, likewise.

〔442 · The Soil on the Fingernail〕(0114a21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One, having lifted a little soil on his fingernail, said to the bhikṣus: “What do you think: is the soil on my fingernail more, or the soil of this great earth?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The soil on the World-Honored One’s fingernail is very, very little; the soil of this great earth is very much, measureless, beyond any count, simile, or comparison.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those beings whose forms can be seen; those whose forms are minute and cannot be seen are like the soil of the great earth. Therefore, bhikṣus, one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means and train in unbroken comprehension.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As on dry land, so too in the water.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings in the human realm. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with non-humans.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those born in the middle country. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those born in the border lands.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those who have attained the noble eye of wisdom. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those who have not attained the noble eye of wisdom.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who know this Dharma and Discipline. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who do not know the Dharma and Discipline. As with ‘knowing,’ so with ‘equally knowing,’ ‘universally knowing,’ ‘right perception,’ ‘right awakening,’ ‘right understanding,’ and ‘unbroken comprehension of the Dharma,’ likewise.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who know that there are mother and father. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who do not know that there are mother and father.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those who know that there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas and the elders of the family, who do what should be done and make merit, who, fearing wrongdoing in this world and the next, practise giving, and who keep the fast and hold the precepts. As with the soil of the great earth: those who do not know that there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas and the elders of the family, who do what should be done and make merit, who, fearing wrongdoing in this world and the next, practise giving, and who keep the fast and hold the precepts, are likewise spoken of.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who do not kill, do not steal, do not commit sexual misconduct, do not lie, do not speak divisively, do not speak harshly, and do not speak idly. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who do not keep the precepts. Likewise, being free of greed, hatred, and wrong view, and not being free of greed, hatred, and wrong view, are spoken of in the same way.

As with the soil on the nail, so with not killing, not stealing, not committing sexual misconduct, not lying, and not drinking intoxicants. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those who do not keep the five precepts.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who keep the eight precepts. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who do not keep the eight precepts.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who keep the ten wholesome ways. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who do not keep the ten wholesome ways.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who die in hell and are born among humans. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who die in hell and are born back in hell. As with hell, so with the animals and the hungry ghosts, likewise.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who die in hell and are born among the gods. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with the beings who die in hell and are born back in hell. As with hell, so with the animals and the hungry ghosts, likewise.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who pass away from the human realm and are born back in the human realm. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those beings who pass away from the human realm and are born in hell. As with hell, so with the animals and the hungry ghosts, likewise.

As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those beings who die among the gods and are born back among the gods. As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those beings who pass away from among the gods and are born in hell. As with hell, so with the animals and the hungry ghosts, likewise.

〔443 · Right View Arose〕(0114c20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “When I had not yet heard the Dharma, I attained right reflection on this noble truth of suffering, and right view arose; on this noble truth of the arising of suffering, this noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, right view arose.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with ‘arose,’ so with ‘arises now’ and ‘will arise.’ As with ‘arise,’ so with ‘is roused,’ ‘is practised,’ ‘is cultivated,’ ‘is much cultivated,’ ‘is touched,’ and ‘is realized,’ likewise.

〔444 · The Ball of Eye-Salve〕(0114c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Suppose there were a ball of eye-salve a league deep and wide, and a man took that salve and set it out element by element: he could quickly use it up, but of the elements themselves he would not reach the end. Know that the elements are countless in number. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should train well in the elements and be skilled in the various elements; thus you should train.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔445 · Beings Always Go Together with the Elements〕(0115a05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements. How is it that beings always go together with the elements? When beings act with an unwholesome mind, they go together with an unwholesome element; when they act with a wholesome mind, they go together with a wholesome element; when they act with a superior mind, they go together with a superior element; when they act with a base mind, they go together with a base element. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should train thus: be skilled in the various elements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔446 · Always Meeting, So Always Arising〕(0115a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as explained at length above. The difference is that he then spoke this verse:

  “Always meeting, so always arising; parted, arising is cut off.

  Like one who grasps a small log and goes out into the great sea,

  man and log sink together; so too with those who keep company with the slothful.

  Leave sloth behind, and lowly striving;

  the noble are not slothful; they dwell settled in seclusion.

  Earnest in striving and meditation, they cross the stream of birth and death.

  Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind;

  conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,

  join with what is like them, and grow alike.”

〔447 · Walking to and Fro Nearby with Many Bhikṣus〕(0115a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements. How is it that they go together with the elements? When beings act with an unwholesome mind, they go together with an unwholesome element; when they act with a wholesome mind, they go together with a wholesome element; when they act with a base mind, they go together with a base element; when they act with a superior mind, they go together with a superior element.

“At that time the venerable Kauṇḍinya, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all elders of great learning and virtue, long gone forth, perfected in pure conduct.

“Also the venerable Mahākāśyapa, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all of few wishes and content, austere in ascetic practice, keeping nothing in store.

“The venerable Śāriputra, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all of great wisdom and eloquence.

“At that time the venerable Mahāmaudgalyāyana, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all of great supernormal power.

“At that time Aniruddha, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all of clear divine eye.

“At that time the venerable Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all vigorous in striving, wholly devoted to practice.

“At that time the venerable Dravya, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all able to arrange provisions for the assembly.

“At that time the venerable Upāli, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all fully versed in the conduct of the Discipline.

“At that time the venerable Pūrṇa, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were eloquent and skilled in teaching the Dharma.

“At that time the venerable Kātyāyana, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all able to analyse the discourses and skilled in teaching the characteristics of the Dharma.

“At that time the venerable Ānanda, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all of great learning and retentive memory.

“At that time the venerable Rāhula, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all skilled in keeping the conduct of the Discipline.

“At that time Devadatta, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all given to many evil deeds. This is called bhikṣus always going together with the elements, joining with the elements. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should discern well the various elements.” When the Buddha was speaking this discourse. The bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔448 · Explained at Length as Above〕(0115b24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove… Having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse:

  “Always meeting, so always arising; parted, arising is cut off.

  Like one who grasps a small log and goes out into the great sea,

  man and log sink together; so too with those who keep company with the slothful.

  Leave sloth behind, and lowly striving;

  the noble are not slothful; they dwell settled in seclusion.

  Earnest in striving and meditation, they cross the stream of birth and death.

  Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind;

  conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,

  join with what is like them, and grow alike.”

〔449 · When Killing, with the Element of Killing〕(0115c06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements…” explained at length in this way, up to: “When a superior mind arises, one goes together with a superior element; when a base mind arises, one goes together with a base element; when killing, one goes together with the element of killing; when a mind of stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, or drinking arises, one goes together with the element of drinking; when not killing, one goes together with the element of not killing; not stealing, not committing sexual misconduct, not lying, not drinking, one goes together with the element of not drinking. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should discern well the various elements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔450 · When Faithless, with the Element of Faithlessness〕(0115c15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements. When faithless, one goes together with the element of faithlessness; when breaking the precepts, with the element of breaking the precepts; when without shame or scruple, with the element of being without shame or scruple. When one has a mind of faith, one goes together with the element of faith; when keeping the precepts, with the element of keeping the precepts; when one has a mind of shame and scruple, with the element of shame and scruple. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should discern well the various elements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with faith and faithlessness, so with striving and not striving, loss of mindfulness and not losing mindfulness, attainment and non-attainment, great learning and little learning, the stingy and the giver, bad wisdom and good wisdom, hard to support and easy to support, hard to satisfy and easy to satisfy, many wishes and few wishes, content and discontent, taking in and not taking in—going together with the elements, explained at length as in the discourse above.

〔451 · The Various Elements〕(0115c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I shall now teach the various elements. Listen carefully and reflect well; I shall explain them for you. What are the various elements? Namely the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element; the ear element, the sound element, the ear-consciousness element; the nose element, the odour element, the nose-consciousness element; the tongue element, the taste element, the tongue-consciousness element; the body element, the tactile element, the body-consciousness element; the mind element, the dharma element, the mind-consciousness element—these are called the various elements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔452 · Conditioned by the Various Elements Arise the Various Contacts〕(0116a05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings. What are the various elements? Namely the eighteen elements—the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element, up to the mind element, the dharma element, the mind-consciousness element; these are called the various elements.

“How is it that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, up to, how is it that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings? Namely, conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; conditioned by eye-contact arises the feeling born of eye-contact; conditioned by the feeling born of eye-contact arises the craving born of eye-contact. Ear, nose, tongue, body; conditioned by the mind element arises mind-contact; conditioned by mind-contact arises the feeling born of mind-contact; conditioned by the feeling born of mind-contact arises the craving born of mind-contact.

“Bhikṣus! It is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings, not that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various contacts, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements; rather, it must be that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings, conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings. This, bhikṣus, is called: conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings, conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔453 · Only Conditioned by the Eye Element Arises Eye-Contact〕(0116a22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings. What are the various elements? Namely the eighteen elements—the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element, up to the mind element, the dharma element, the mind-consciousness element; these are called the various elements.

“How is it that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts? That conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings? That conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings? Namely, conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element; only conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact. Conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-feeling; it is not that conditioned by eye-feeling arises eye-contact; only conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-feeling. Conditioned by eye-feeling arises eye-craving; it is not that conditioned by eye-craving arises eye-feeling; only conditioned by eye-feeling arises eye-craving. Thus with ear, nose, tongue, body; conditioned by the mind element arises mind-contact; it is not that conditioned by mind-contact arises the mind element; only conditioned by the mind element arises mind-contact. Conditioned by mind-contact arises mind-feeling; it is not that conditioned by mind-feeling arises mind-contact; only conditioned by mind-contact arises mind-feeling. Conditioned by mind-feeling arises mind-craving; it is not that conditioned by mind-craving arises mind-feeling; only conditioned by mind-feeling arises mind-craving.

“Therefore, bhikṣus, it is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings, not that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various contacts, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements; only conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings, conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings. This, bhikṣus, is called: you should discern well the various elements.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔454 · Conditioned by the Various Fevers Arise the Various Quests〕(0116b14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various perceptions; conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires; conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts; conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers; conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests.

“What are the various elements? Namely the eighteen elements—the eye element, up to the dharma element.

“How is it that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, up to conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests? Namely, conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-feeling; conditioned by eye-feeling arises eye-perception; conditioned by eye-perception arises eye-desire; conditioned by eye-desire arises eye-thought; conditioned by eye-thought arises eye-fever; conditioned by eye-fever arises eye-quest. Thus with ear, nose, tongue, body; conditioned by the mind element arises mind-contact; conditioned by mind-contact arises mind-feeling; conditioned by mind-feeling arises mind-perception; conditioned by mind-perception arises mind-thought; conditioned by mind-thought arises mind-fever; conditioned by mind-fever arises mind-quest. This, bhikṣus, is called: because conditioned by the various elements there arise the various contacts, up to conditioned by the various fevers there arise the various quests.

“Bhikṣus! It is not that conditioned by the various quests arise the various fevers, not that conditioned by the various fevers arise the various thoughts, not that conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various perceptions, not that conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various feelings, not that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various contacts, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements; only conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, up to conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

義疏Exposition

須達長者問四聖諦是漸次無間等還是一頓無間等,世尊答:「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」〔T02 0112c24〕。這一卷四十八經,前三十七經說諦,後十一經說界。諦段的世尊反覆只說一句話:「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」〔T02 0110a15〕;界段的世尊反覆只說一句話:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕。漸次,是從苦聖諦起;與界俱,是從心起。

一、食堂九經(經四〇七至四一五)

九經同一個場面:眾多比丘集於食堂,或思惟世間,或作諸論;世尊知諸比丘心之所念,或於禪定中以天耳聞,往詣食堂,敷座而坐。所遮的不同:四〇七遮世間思惟,四〇八遮十四見之論,四〇九遮貪覺、恚覺、害覺,四一〇遮親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺,四一一遮王事賊事乃至海中事之論,四一二遮諍論,四一三遮二王大力大富之論,四一四遮宿命工巧之論,四一五遮捨麁食而行乞食之論。所遮之理同一句:「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益,非智、非覺,不順涅槃」〔T02 0109a03〕。所勸同一句:「汝等當正思惟:『此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦。』」〔T02 0109a05〕

四〇七有一則往事:一士夫於拘絺羅池側思惟世間,見四種軍「皆悉入於一藕孔中」〔T02 0109a11〕,自謂狂失性,大眾亦謂他狂。世尊說:「然彼士夫非狂失性,所見真實」〔T02 0109a17〕——諸天與阿修羅戰於空中,阿修羅敗,退入藕孔。世間思惟之病不在所見不真,在所見無益:真的事可以是世間思惟,仍然「非智、非覺,非正向涅槃」〔T02 0109a23〕。世尊不說那人看錯,只說不要往那裡想。十四見亦然,二王之富亦然,宿命亦然——世尊不辯其是非,只說「汝等莫作是論」〔T02 0109c15〕。可論的只有四句,可思惟的只有四句。

二、持四聖諦(經四一六至四一八)

世尊問「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」〔T02 0110b16〕,三經三個比丘三種答。四一六的比丘答以四名:「此是苦聖諦,我即受持,此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦」〔T02 0110b20〕。四一七的比丘答以四名之所以為諦:「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦,是名苦聖諦」〔T02 0110c04〕。四一八的比丘自問自答「云何四諦?」〔T02 0110c17〕,仍以四名答;世尊許之,而後說若有沙門婆羅門要捨此四聖諦更立餘四聖諦者,「彼但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」〔T02 0110c25〕。三經所持的都是四個名字;四一七多說的那一句,是本篇前卷法住法如之語,此處說成「如如、不離如、不異如」,諦之所以為諦,在它不離如。捨此四諦而更立餘四聖諦者,名字可以立,問到就不知。

三、疑三寶與疑四諦(經四一九·四二〇)

四一九從三寶說:於佛有疑,則於四諦有疑;於法、僧有疑,亦然;不疑亦然。四二〇從四諦說:「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑,於法、僧有疑」〔T02 0111a13〕。兩經相對:疑佛即疑諦,疑諦即疑佛。佛之可信,不在佛,在佛所說的四諦;四諦之可信,不在四諦自立,在說諦者。兩邊互為根據,兩邊同時斷。

四、嶮·熱·闇·闇冥(經四二一至四二六)

四經一個格式:世尊先指一個世間至極的苦處,一異比丘問還有沒有過於此者,世尊答有——「謂諸沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦不如實知」〔T02 0111a29〕。四二一的深嶮巖,世尊親率大眾去看:「此巖極大深嶮」〔T02 0111a24〕;更嶮的是「於生本諸行樂著」〔T02 0111b02〕,墮於生老病死之深嶮。四二二大熱地獄「一向與烔然」〔T02 0111b12〕;更熱的是不如實知四諦。四二三大闇地獄「不見自身分」〔T02 0111b27〕;更闇的是不如實知四諦。四二四先說小千世界:千日千月照千世界,而「中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」〔T02 0111c14〕;四二五中千,四二六三千大千,闇冥如前。更闇冥的仍是不如實知四諦。四經所用的嶮、熱、闇,都是眾生以為最可怖的;世尊都承認,再說還有一個過於此者。可怖在於不知;不知則「墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇冥中」〔T02 0112a07〕。

五、當說·禪思·三摩提(經四二七至四二九)

四二七只有一句話:「我今當說四聖諦。諦聽!諦聽!善思念之」〔T02 0112a12〕,然後只列四名。經末編者注「如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說」〔T02 0112a17〕——當說、有、當知,三經一式。四二八說「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心」〔T02 0112a19〕,四二九說「當修無量三摩提,專心正念」〔T02 0112a26〕,果同一句:「如實顯現。云何如實顯現?謂此苦聖諦如實顯現」〔T02 0112a21〕。禪思的果不是定,是四諦顯現;與本篇前卷同語。

六、擲杖·五節輪·增上說法·黠慧(經四三〇至四三四)

四三〇擲杖於空「尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」〔T02 0112b05〕,喻不如實知四諦者「或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼」〔T02 0112b08〕。四三一同喻,墮處作淨地、不淨地,喻「或生善趣,或生惡趣」〔T02 0112b17〕。四三二五節相續輪,大力士令速旋轉,喻「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」〔T02 0112b25〕,「或人、或天,還墮惡道,長夜輪轉」〔T02 0112b26〕。三喻說同一件事:不知四諦者沒有停處,生善趣亦還墮。四三三說如來、應、等正覺「增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」〔T02 0112c03〕——七個動詞,說的是同一法。四三四世尊問「何等為黠慧」〔T02 0112c11〕,諸比丘答:「於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧」〔T02 0112c14〕。黠慧不是別的,是知四諦。

七、漸次無間等(經四三五至四三七)

須達長者問漸次還是一頓;世尊答漸次。理由是「若於苦聖諦未無間等,而欲於苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦無間等者,無有是處」〔T02 0112c28〕。二譬:以兩細樹葉連合為器盛水持行,無有是處;以蓮華葉連合為器盛水遊行,斯有是處。四三六一異比丘同問,譬改四登階道:「要由初階,然後次登第二、第三、第四階得昇殿堂」〔T02 0113a16〕。四三七阿難同問,譬改四隥梯,答仍是「不由初隥,而登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,無有是處」〔T02 0113b04〕。三問同答,三譬不同:樹葉與蓮葉說器,階道與隥梯說次第。初階是苦聖諦。前卷說當知、當斷、當證、當修四事各有其諦;這三經說四事有先後,先知苦。一頓無間等之所以不能,不是四諦有難易,是集滅道三諦都是對苦說的:不先知苦,無處安集,無處安滅,無處安道。

八、水虫·土石·湖水·爪甲土(經四三八至四四二)

四三八問大地草木悉取為鏘貫大海中,能貫一切水虫不;比丘答不能,「大海諸虫,種種形類,或於細不可貫,或極大不可貫」〔T02 0113b22〕。世尊只說一句:「眾生界無數無量」〔T02 0113b24〕。四三九世尊手執土石,問手中土石與雪山土石孰多;知四諦者「如我手中所執土石」〔T02 0113c06〕,不知者「如彼雪山土石,其數無量」〔T02 0113c08〕。四四〇湖池深廣五十由旬,以髮毛指端渧水再三;這一經的喻倒過來:大湖水是「多聞聖弟子具足見諦,得聖道果,斷諸苦本」〔T02 0113c21〕所斷的苦,渧水是「餘不盡者」〔T02 0113c23〕。四四一團土大如梨果與雪山王,同四三九。四四二爪甲上土與大地土,而後列舉:如甲上土的是人道、生中國、成就聖慧眼、知法律、知有父母、知有沙門婆羅門家之尊長、持五戒八戒十善、從地獄命終生人中生天上、人道中沒還生人道、天上命終還生天上;如大地土的是其反面。

四三九與四四一說知諦者少,四四二說人身、中國、聖慧眼、知法律、持戒、善趣,一層一層都少。四四〇夾在中間說的是另一件事:見諦者所斷的苦多如湖水,所餘的苦少如渧水。知者少,而知者所得極多。四三八的眾生界無數無量,是這一組的題:眾生那麼多,知四諦的那麼少。

九、正見已生(經四四三)

「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」〔T02 0114c21〕——世尊自述。未聞法時正見已生,是說佛的四諦不從他聞,從正思惟生。經末編者注:「如已生,如是今生、當生。如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」〔T02 0114c25〕。已生、今生、當生,三世各一經;生、起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證,七事各一經。正見不是一次生起就完了,要習、要修、要觸、要證。

十、眾生與界俱(經四四四至四五〇)

四四四眼藥丸深廣一由旬,取此藥丸界界安置,藥丸能速盡,諸界「不得其邊」〔T02 0115a01〕:「當知諸界,其數無量」〔T02 0115a01〕。四四五說眾生與界俱:「眾生行不善心時與不善界俱,善心時與善界俱,勝心時與勝界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱」〔T02 0115a07〕。四四七以十三位尊者作例:憍陳如與眾多比丘經行,一切皆是上座多聞;大迦葉與眾多比丘經行,一切皆是頭陀苦行;舍利弗大智辯才,大目揵連神通大力,阿那律陀天眼明徹,二十億耳勇猛精進,陀驃能為大眾修供具,優波離通達律行,富樓那辯才善說法,迦旃延分別諸經,阿難多聞總持,羅睺羅善持律行;最後是「提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是習眾惡行」〔T02 0115b19〕。十三例一句結:「是名比丘常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115b20〕。四四九把界俱說到業:殺生時與殺界俱,不殺生時與不殺界俱。四五〇說到信:「不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱,無慚無愧時與無慚無愧界俱」〔T02 0115c17〕,經末列舉精進、失念、正受、多聞、慳施、惡慧善慧、難養易養、難滿易滿、多欲少欲、知足、攝受,十二對,各一經。

四四六與四四八是同一首偈,各附於前經之後:「常會故常生,相離生則斷」〔T02 0115a15〕,「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,相似共和合,增長亦復然」〔T02 0115a22〕。界不是外面的一個範疇把眾生分類;眾生起什麼心,就與什麼界俱,常會則常生,相離則斷。十三位尊者各領一群同類的比丘,提婆達多也領一群同類的比丘,經明說其眾「習眾惡行」〔T02 0115b20〕;善者引善,惡者引惡,各與其界俱,偈故勸「當離於懈怠」〔T02 0115a18〕。偈說膠漆、火風、珂乳:同類相引,相引則增長。所以四四四、四四五、四四七的結語都是一句勸學:「當善分別種種諸界」〔T02 0115b21〕。

十一、種種界(經四五一至四五四)

四五一列十八界:「眼界、色界、眼識界,耳界、聲界、耳識界,鼻界、香界、鼻識界,舌界、味界、舌識界,身界、觸界、身識界,意界、法界、意識界」〔T02 0116a01〕。四五二說「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」〔T02 0116a06〕,並遮其逆:「非緣種種愛生種種受,非緣種種受生種種觸,非緣種種觸生種種界」〔T02 0116a15〕。四五三同,逐支說「非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」〔T02 0116a29〕。四五四把鏈拉長到八支:界、觸、受、想、欲、覺、熱、求,順生,不逆生。

前七經的界是眾生所與俱之界,善界不善界、信界不信界;後四經的界是十八界。兩種界同名,經放在一起。十八界是觸受愛所從生,只能順,不能逆:不是先有愛才有受,不是先有受才有觸。善界不善界是心所與俱之界,常會則常生,相離則斷。前者說眾生怎樣成類,後者說一念怎樣成鏈;兩邊都從界起。

十二、一卷的讀法

這一卷可以用四三五與四四五讀。四三五說四聖諦漸次無間等,從苦起;四四五說眾生常與界俱,從心起。前三十七經的世尊只催一件事:食堂裡不要論別的,持四諦要持其真實,疑佛就是疑諦,嶮熱闇都不如不知四諦可怖,擲杖還墮,黠慧是知四諦,知者少如爪上土,正見要習要修要證。「學無間等」一語,本卷二十二見;「當勤方便」亦二十二見。催的方向是漸次:先知苦聖諦,不先知苦,集滅道無處安。後十一經換一個說法:眾生起什麼心,就與什麼界俱,與什麼界俱,就成什麼類;十八界生觸受愛,順生不逆。

兩段的接點在四四二與四四五。四四二說成就聖慧眼者如爪上土,不成就者如大地土;四四五說善心時與善界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱。知四諦者少,是因為與善界俱者少;與善界俱,是從一念善心起。漸次無間等從苦聖諦起,與界俱從當下一心起,兩個起點都在手邊。所以界段的勸學與諦段的勸學是一句話:善種種界,即是學無間等。

承衍——攝事分所攝

攝事分卷九十五嗢拕南「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕十二門,本篇前卷已以諦段諸經對之;本卷諦段續在其後三門:黑異熟等門攝四三〇至四三四,大義門攝四三五至四四二,後難得門攝四四二至四四三。卷九十六總嗢拕南「總義等、光等、受等最為後」〔T30n1579 0846c15〕之下,別嗢拕南「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求」〔T30n1579 0846c17〕四門與「三七界相攝、見想、與希奇、差別性、安立、寂靜、愚夫後」〔T30n1579 0847b07〕七門,攝本卷界段。門序隨經序;四〇七至四二六諸經,論無專門之經,然前卷所對之障門、過門,所說正是其事,先列於前;四二七至四二九,論無可對。

障門說諦現觀有四種障礙,其第四為放逸:「若邪思惟、若邪尋思、若邪戲論,是名放逸」〔T30n1579 0844c27〕。邪思惟即食堂諸經所遮:「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a03〕,「如來滅後若有若無,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a08〕,即四〇八之十四句;「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」〔T30n1579 0845a16〕,即四〇七之非義饒益;「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」〔T30n1579 0845a17〕,即四〇九之貪覺、恚覺、害覺;「邪戲論者,復有六種。謂顛倒戲論、唐捐戲論、諍競戲論、於他分別勝劣戲論、分別工巧養命戲論、耽染世間財食戲論」〔T30n1579 0845a18〕——諍競即四一二之共諍論,分別勝劣即四一三之何者大力、何者大富,工巧養命即四一四之為何工巧、以何自活,世間財食即四一一之錢財飲食與四一五之麁疎食。論說佛弟子為斷此四障,「由三行相任持聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a24〕:聞慧任持其文,思慧任持其義,修慧任持其證;「諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a28〕,「由真實義說名為諦」〔T30n1579 0845b01〕——四一六至四一八三經之受持,從持其文到持其如如真實,正是此序;「由是因緣,於諸諦實遠離疑惑。諦智、證淨更互相依,若處有一,必有第二」〔T30n1579 0845b06〕,即四一九、四二〇疑佛即疑諦、疑諦即疑佛之互依。

過門說不知聖諦者有四種過患:「於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂,造作增長彼相應業,由此顛墜生惡趣坑」〔T30n1579 0845b11〕,即四二一之深嶮;「既生彼已,大生熱惱常所燒然」〔T30n1579 0845b15〕,即四二二之大熱;「廣說乃至墮於生闇」〔T30n1579 0845b18〕,即四二三之大闇;「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」〔T30n1579 0845b19〕,即四二四至四二六小千、中千、大千世界中間之闇冥。經之四喻,論之四過,次序全同;經以生本諸行樂著為墮因,論亦以「生本行中,深起愛樂」為言。

黑異熟等門釋擲杖之喻:「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」〔T30n1579 0845b27〕,經之根、腹、頭三著地,論作根、中、端三墮三趣;黑白雜業者「譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」〔T30n1579 0845b29〕,即四三一淨地不淨地;白業者生五趣中,「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」〔T30n1579 0845c04〕,即四三二五節相續輪。論又說兩種上昇教:世間道上昇有頂,「非第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c06〕;「如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c08〕,可與四三三增上說法參讀。論釋聰慧:「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」〔T30n1579 0845c11〕,即四三四之黠慧,經論異詞。

大義門釋漸次:「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足;第二諦智,譬如牆壁;第三諦智,如下層級;第四諦智,如上寶臺」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕;「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」〔T30n1579 0845c17〕,「如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」〔T30n1579 0845c18〕——四三六之四登階道、四三七之四隥梯,論並列為二喻。同門釋多少之喻:見諦者所餘之苦與已斷之苦,「譬如礫石及大雪山」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕;「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴,依大池沼水尚甚多」〔T30n1579 0846a02〕;「如大陂湖,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a05〕;「又如大海,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a06〕;「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」〔T30n1579 0846a08〕——經四三九至四四二之手中土石、湖水、團土、爪甲土,與四四〇、四四一經末所附諸河諸山諸果之喻,論一併列名。論讀四四〇與經同:礫石是所餘,雪山是已斷,「如是多苦已遠離故,少苦在故,當知聖諦如實現觀有大義利」〔T30n1579 0846a11〕。經以土石喻知者之少,以湖水喻所斷之多;論合二喻為一義:知者少而所得大。

後難得門釋四四二之列舉:「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕;而後逐項釋經之善識父母、善知沙門婆羅門、畏罪、作福受齋:「如實了知一切父母皆應孝養」〔T30n1579 0846a26〕,「於他有德一切沙門及婆羅門,如實了知是福田已」〔T30n1579 0846a29〕,「如是名為於此世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b15〕,「如是名為於他世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b18〕,「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」〔T30n1579 0846b22〕;又釋善趣難住:「生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」〔T30n1579 0846b25〕,即經之地獄命終還生地獄、天上沒生地獄。同門釋四四三:「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起。如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」〔T30n1579 0846b28〕——經末編者注已生今生當生、習修多修,論逐語作釋。

卷九十六總義門釋界:「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界。住自性界者,謂十八界」〔T30n1579 0846c18〕,「習增長界者,謂則諸法或是其善,或是不善,於餘生中先已數習,令彼現行」〔T30n1579 0846c20〕——經四五一之十八界是住自性界,經四四五至四五〇之善界不善界是習增長界;經以同一「界」字說二事,論分二種。似轉門釋與界俱:「如是諸界,由勝解力之所集成。先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕——即偈「相似共和合」與四四七十三尊者各領同類。後三求門以三求安立諸界。梵行求:「先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥;次於善法無間修習,發勤精進,於久所作及久所說,能無忘失;是二為依,令心得定;由心定故,得如實智」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕,「成就如是梵行求者,還與此界諸有情類共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a17〕——即四五〇之信、持戒、慚愧三對,與經末所列精進、不失念、正受、善慧、易養易滿、少欲知足諸對。有求:「果依於因,非因依果」〔T30n1579 0847a20〕,「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類;其無明觸種種品類以為緣故,起無明觸所生諸受種種品類;其無明觸所生諸受種種品類以為緣故,起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛」〔T30n1579 0847a20〕——即四五二、四五三之界生觸、觸生受、受生愛;四五三逐支所說之非緣彼生此、但緣此生彼,論作果依於因、非因依果。欲求:「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲;希欲為緣,起彼隨法多隨尋思;由彼隨法多隨尋思以為緣故,發起思慕愁憂所作身心熱惱;身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」〔T30n1579 0847a29〕——即四五四之想、欲、覺、熱、求五支;論之想、希欲、尋思、熱惱、思求,次序與經同,唯經於觸之後有受一支,論此段不列。差別性門釋十八界之二種差別:「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」〔T30n1579 0849b22〕;「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」〔T30n1579 0849b23〕,即四五二至四五四緣界生觸受。愚夫門說愚夫「四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」〔T30n1579 0850a19〕,可與四四四、四四五「當善界學,善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕之勸參讀。自類別門說界之自類,可與四四七諸尊者各領其類參讀;三七界相攝、見想、希奇、安立、寂靜諸門,本卷無直對之經,不列。

The householder Sudatta asks whether the four noble truths are comprehended gradually or all at once, and the World-Honored One answers: “These four noble truths are comprehended gradually, not all at once.” The forty-eight discourses of this fascicle speak of the truths in the first thirty-seven and of the elements in the last eleven. In the section on the truths the World-Honored One says one sentence over and over: “one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension.” In the section on the elements he says one sentence over and over: “beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements.” Gradual means beginning from the noble truth of suffering; going together with the elements means beginning from the mind.

I. Nine Discourses in the Dining Hall (Discourses 407 to 415)

Nine discourses share one scene: many bhikṣus are gathered in the dining hall, thinking worldly thoughts or holding various discussions; the World-Honored One knows what the bhikṣus are thinking, or hears with the divine ear while in meditation, goes to the dining hall, spreads a seat, and sits down. What is forbidden differs: 407 forbids worldly thinking, 408 the discussion of the fourteen views, 409 thoughts of greed, hatred, and harming, 410 thoughts of kin, of country and people, and of not dying, 411 talk of kings and thieves down to the oceans, 412 quarrelling, 413 the discussion of which of two kings has the greater power and wealth, 414 the discussion of former lives and crafts, 415 the discussion of leaving coarse food to go on almsround. The reason for forbidding is one sentence: “of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct, not leading to knowledge or awakening, not conducing to nirvāṇa.” The urging is one sentence: “You should reflect rightly: ‘This is the noble truth of suffering, this the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.’”

Discourse 407 has a tale: a man thinking worldly thoughts beside the Kauṣṭhila Pond saw four kinds of army that “all entered into a single lotus-root hole,” and took himself to have gone mad and lost his senses, and the crowd took him for mad too. The World-Honored One says: “But that man had not gone mad and lost his senses; what he saw was real.” The gods and the asuras had fought in the sky, the asuras were defeated and retreated into a lotus-root hole. The sickness of worldly thinking is not that what is seen is unreal but that what is seen is of no use: a real event can still be worldly thinking, still “not leading to knowledge or awakening, not heading rightly toward nirvāṇa.” The World-Honored One does not say the man saw wrongly; he says only, do not think in that direction. So with the fourteen views, so with the wealth of two kings, so with former lives. The World-Honored One does not argue their right or wrong; he says only, “you should not hold such discussions.” What may be discussed is four sentences; what may be reflected on is four sentences.

II. Holding the Four Noble Truths (Discourses 416 to 418)

The World-Honored One asks, “Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?” Three discourses, three bhikṣus, three answers. The bhikṣu of 416 answers with four names: “This is the noble truth of suffering, and I hold it; this the noble truth of the arising of suffering, this the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” The bhikṣu of 417 answers with what makes the four names truths: “thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted; what the noble ones hold as truth—this is called the noble truth of suffering.” The bhikṣu of 418 asks and answers himself, “What are the four truths?” and still answers with the four names; the World-Honored One approves, and then says that if any ascetic or brāhmaṇa were to set aside these four noble truths and set up another four noble truths, “it would be mere words; when questioned he would not know, and his doubt would only grow, for it is beyond his range.” What the three discourses hold is four names. The one sentence that 417 adds is the language of the abiding of the Dharma and the thusness of the Dharma from the earlier fascicle of this collection, here said as “thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness”: what makes a truth a truth is that it does not depart from thusness. One who sets aside these four truths and sets up another four noble truths can set up the names, but when questioned he does not know.

III. Doubt about the Three Jewels and Doubt about the Four Truths (Discourses 419 and 420)

Discourse 419 begins from the Three Jewels: one who has doubt about the Buddha has doubt about the four truths; so with doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha; and so with the absence of doubt. Discourse 420 begins from the four truths: “if an ascetic or brāhmaṇa has doubt about the noble truth of suffering, he has doubt about the Buddha, and doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha.” The two discourses face each other: to doubt the Buddha is to doubt the truths, and to doubt the truths is to doubt the Buddha. The Buddha is to be trusted not in himself but for the four truths he taught; the four truths are to be trusted not as standing on their own but for the one who taught them. Each side is the ground of the other, and both sides are cut off together.

IV. The Precipice, the Heat, the Dark, the Darkness (Discourses 421 to 426)

Four discourses share one form: the World-Honored One first points to some extreme place of suffering in the world, a certain bhikṣu asks whether there is anything worse than this, and the World-Honored One answers that there is: “namely, that ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know as it really is the noble truth of suffering.” In 421 the World-Honored One himself leads the assembly to look at the deep precipice: “this precipice is very great and deep”; steeper still is that “they delight in and cling to the formations that are the root of birth,” and fall into the deep precipice of birth, ageing, sickness, and death. In 422 the great hot hell is “wholly ablaze”; hotter still is not knowing the four truths as they really are. In 423 in the great dark hell they “cannot see the parts of their own bodies”; darker still is not knowing the four truths as they really are. Discourse 424 first speaks of the small thousandfold world, a thousand suns and a thousand moons illuminating a thousand worlds, and yet “in the darkness between them the light of sun and moon, for all its great power, does not reach them”; 425 the middling thousandfold world, 426 the great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds, the darkness as before. Darker still is not knowing the four truths as they really are. The precipice, the heat, and the dark that the four discourses use are what beings take to be most fearful; the World-Honored One grants each of them and then says there is one thing worse. The fear lies in not knowing; not knowing, they “fall into the great darkness of birth, ageing, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering.”

V. I Shall Teach, Meditative Reflection, Samādhi (Discourses 427 to 429)

Discourse 427 has one sentence only: “I shall now teach the four noble truths. Listen carefully, listen carefully, and consider it well,” and then only the four names are listed. The compiler’s note at the end says, “as with ‘I shall teach,’ so with ‘there are’ and ‘should be known’”: I shall teach, there are, should be known, three discourses in one form. Discourse 428 says, “strive diligently in meditative reflection, rouse right endeavour, inwardly still the mind”; 429 says, “cultivate the measureless samādhi with single-minded right mindfulness”; the fruit is one sentence: “becomes manifest as it really is. What becomes manifest as it really is? This noble truth of suffering becomes manifest as it really is.” The fruit of meditative reflection is not concentration but the four truths becoming manifest; the words are the same as in the earlier fascicle of this collection.

VI. The Thrown Stick, the Wheel of Five Spokes, Teaching Supremely, Wisdom (Discourses 430 to 434)

In 430 a stick thrown into the air “falls straight back, landing on its root, on its middle, or on its head,” a simile for one who does not know the four truths as they really are, who “falls into hell, into the animal realm, or among the hungry ghosts.” Discourse 431 has the same simile, the landing places being clean ground and unclean ground, a simile for one who “is born in a good destination or in an evil destination.” In 432 a wheel of five linked spokes is set spinning fast by a strong man, a simile for “turning swiftly through the five destinations,” “human or god, falling back into the evil ways, turning through the long night.” The three similes say one thing: one who does not know the four truths has no place to stop, and even born in a good destination falls back. Discourse 433 says that the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One “teaches the Dharma supremely, namely the four noble truths, disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare”: seven verbs, and what they speak of is one Dharma. In 434 the World-Honored One asks, “What is wisdom?” and the bhikṣus answer: “one who knows the four noble truths as they really are—this is wisdom.” Wisdom is nothing else; it is knowing the four truths.

VII. Gradual Unbroken Comprehension (Discourses 435 to 437)

The householder Sudatta asks, gradually or all at once; the World-Honored One answers, gradually. The reason is that “if one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the noble truth of suffering wished to attain unbroken comprehension of the noble truths of the arising of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path leading to the cessation of suffering, this is impossible.” Two similes: joining two thin tree-leaves into a vessel to hold water and carry it is impossible; taking lotus leaves and joining them into a vessel to hold water and walk about is possible. In 436 a certain bhikṣu asks the same question, and the simile changes to a stairway of four steps: “one must go by the first step, and then climb the second, third, and fourth steps in turn to reach the hall.” In 437 Ānanda asks the same question, the simile changes to a ladder of four rungs, and the answer is still, “to climb the second, third, and fourth rungs and reach the hall without the first rung—this is impossible.” Three questions, one answer, three different similes: the tree-leaves and the lotus leaves speak of the vessel, the stairway and the ladder of the order. The first step is the noble truth of suffering. The earlier fascicle says that to be known, to be abandoned, to be realized, and to be cultivated each have their truth; these three discourses say that the four have an order, and that suffering is known first. Comprehension all at once is impossible not because the four truths differ in difficulty, but because the three truths of arising, cessation, and the path are all said with reference to suffering: without first knowing suffering there is nowhere to set arising, nowhere to set cessation, nowhere to set the path.

VIII. The Water Creatures, Earth and Stones, the Lake, the Soil on the Nail (Discourses 438 to 442)

Discourse 438 asks whether, if all the grass and trees of the earth were made into spears and thrust into the ocean, they could impale every creature in the water; the bhikṣus answer that they could not: “the creatures of the great ocean are of many kinds and forms, some too fine to impale, some too huge.” The World-Honored One says one sentence only: “the realm of beings is countless and measureless.” In 439 the World-Honored One holds earth and stones in his hand and asks which is more, the earth and stones in his hand or those of the Snow Mountains; those who know the four truths are “like the earth and stones I hold in my hand,” those who do not “like the earth and stones of those Snow Mountains, countless in number.” In 440 a lake fifty leagues deep and wide, and a drop of its water taken two or three times with a hair, a strand of fur, or a fingertip; in this discourse the simile is turned round: the water of the great lake is the suffering cut off by “the learned noble disciple perfected in seeing the truths, who has attained the fruit of the noble path and cut off the roots of suffering,” and the drop is “what remains unended.” In 441 a lump of clay the size of a pear and the king of Snow Mountains, as in 439. In 442 the soil on the nail and the soil of the great earth, and then the list: like the soil on the nail are those in the human realm, those born in the middle country, those who have attained the noble eye of wisdom, those who know the Dharma and Discipline, those who know that there are mother and father, those who know that there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas and the elders of the family, those who keep the five precepts, the eight precepts, and the ten wholesome ways, those who die in hell and are born among humans or among the gods, those who pass away from the human realm and are born back among humans, those who die among the gods and are born back among the gods; like the soil of the great earth are their opposites.

Discourses 439 and 441 say that those who know the truths are few; 442 says that the human body, the middle country, the noble eye of wisdom, knowing the Dharma and Discipline, keeping the precepts, and the good destinations are few, layer after layer. Discourse 440, set between them, speaks of something else: the suffering cut off by one who has seen the truths is as much as the water of the lake, and what remains is as little as a drop. Those who know are few, and what those who know obtain is very great. The countless and measureless realm of beings of 438 is the heading of this group: beings so many, and those who know the four truths so few.

IX. Right View Arose (Discourse 443)

“When I had not yet heard the Dharma, I attained right reflection on this noble truth of suffering, and right view arose”: the World-Honored One speaks of himself. That right view arose when he had not yet heard the Dharma means that the Buddha’s four truths were not heard from another but arose from right reflection. The compiler’s note at the end: “as with ‘arose,’ so with ‘arises now’ and ‘will arise’; as with ‘arise,’ so with ‘is roused,’ ‘is practised,’ ‘is cultivated,’ ‘is much cultivated,’ ‘is touched,’ and ‘is realized.’” Arose, arises now, will arise, one discourse for each of the three times; arise, roused, practised, cultivated, much cultivated, touched, realized, one discourse for each of the seven. Right view is not finished once it has arisen; it is to be practised, cultivated, touched, realized.

X. Beings Go Together with the Elements (Discourses 444 to 450)

In 444 a ball of eye-salve a league deep and wide, set out element by element, could quickly be used up, while of the elements “one would not reach the end”: “know that the elements are countless.” Discourse 445 says that beings go together with the elements: “with an unwholesome mind, beings go with an unwholesome element; with a wholesome mind, a wholesome element; with a superior mind, a superior element; with a base mind, a base element.” Discourse 447 takes thirteen venerable ones as examples: Kauṇḍinya walking with many bhikṣus, all elders of great learning; Mahākāśyapa walking with many bhikṣus, all austere in ascetic practice; Śāriputra of great wisdom and eloquence, Mahāmaudgalyāyana of great supernormal power, Aniruddha of clear divine eye, Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa vigorous in striving, Dravya able to arrange provisions for the assembly, Upāli fully versed in the conduct of the Discipline, Pūrṇa eloquent and skilled in teaching the Dharma, Kātyāyana analysing the discourses, Ānanda of great learning and retentive memory, Rāhula skilled in keeping the conduct of the Discipline; and last, “Devadatta walking nearby with many bhikṣus, all given to many evil deeds.” Thirteen examples are closed with one sentence: “this is called bhikṣus always going together with the elements, joining with the elements.” Discourse 449 carries going together with the elements into action: when killing, one goes with the element of killing; when not killing, with the element of not killing. Discourse 450 carries it into faith: “when faithless, one goes with the element of faithlessness; when breaking the precepts, with the element of breaking the precepts; when without shame or scruple, with the element of shamelessness,” and the end of the discourse lists striving, loss of mindfulness, attainment, great learning, the stingy and the giver, bad and good wisdom, hard and easy to support, hard and easy to satisfy, many and few wishes, contentment, taking in: twelve pairs, one discourse each.

Discourses 446 and 448 are one and the same verse, each attached after the discourse before it: “Always meeting, so always arising; parted, arising is cut off,” “conch and milk are one in colour: beings go together with the elements, join with what is like them, and grow alike.” The elements are not an outside category that sorts beings; whatever mind a being gives rise to, with that element it goes; always meeting, always arising; parted, cut off. Thirteen venerable ones each lead a group of bhikṣus of their own kind, and Devadatta too leads a group of bhikṣus of his own kind, whom the discourse plainly calls “given to many evil deeds”; the good draw the good and the evil draw the evil, each going with his own element, and so the verse urges, “leave sloth behind.” The verse speaks of glue and lacquer, of fire and wind, of conch and milk: like draws like, and what is drawn grows. So the closing words of 444, 445, and 447 are all one urging to train: “discern well the various elements.”

XI. The Various Elements (Discourses 451 to 454)

Discourse 451 lists the eighteen elements: “the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element; the ear element, the sound element, the ear-consciousness element; the nose element, the odour element, the nose-consciousness element; the tongue element, the taste element, the tongue-consciousness element; the body element, the tactile element, the body-consciousness element; the mind element, the dharma element, the mind-consciousness element.” Discourse 452 says, “conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings,” and forbids the reverse: “it is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings, not that conditioned by the various feelings arise the various contacts, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements.” Discourse 453 says the same, link by link: “it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element; only conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact.” Discourse 454 stretches the chain to eight links: element, contact, feeling, perception, desire, thought, fever, quest, arising forward and not in reverse.

The elements of the first seven discourses are the elements beings go together with, the wholesome and unwholesome elements, the elements of faith and faithlessness; the elements of the last four are the eighteen elements. Two kinds of element bear one name, and the discourses set them side by side. The eighteen elements are what contact, feeling, and craving arise from, forward only, never in reverse: it is not that there is first craving and then feeling, not that there is first feeling and then contact. The wholesome and unwholesome elements are the elements the mind goes together with: always meeting, always arising; parted, cut off. The former tell how beings come to form kinds; the latter tell how a single thought comes to form a chain; both begin from the elements.

XII. How to Read the Fascicle

This fascicle can be read through 435 and 445. Discourse 435 says that the four noble truths are comprehended gradually, beginning from suffering; 445 says that beings always go together with the elements, beginning from the mind. In the first thirty-seven discourses the World-Honored One presses one thing only: in the dining hall discuss nothing else; in holding the four truths hold what is real in them; to doubt the Buddha is to doubt the truths; the precipice, the heat, and the dark are none of them as fearful as not knowing the four truths; the thrown stick falls back; wisdom is knowing the four truths; those who know are as few as the soil on the nail; right view is to be practised, cultivated, realized. The phrase “train in unbroken comprehension” occurs twenty-two times in this fascicle; “strive with skilful means” also twenty-two times. The direction of the pressing is gradual: know the noble truth of suffering first; without first knowing suffering, arising, cessation, and the path have nowhere to be set. The last eleven discourses change the manner of speaking: whatever mind a being gives rise to, with that element it goes; with whatever element it goes, that kind it becomes; the eighteen elements give rise to contact, feeling, and craving, forward and not in reverse.

The two sections meet at 442 and 445. Discourse 442 says that those who have attained the noble eye of wisdom are like the soil on the nail and those who have not like the soil of the great earth; 445 says that with a wholesome mind one goes with a wholesome element and with a base mind with a base element. Those who know the four truths are few because those who go with a wholesome element are few; and going with a wholesome element begins from a single wholesome thought. Gradual unbroken comprehension begins from the noble truth of suffering; going together with the elements begins from the mind of this moment; both beginnings are at hand. So the urging to train in the section on the elements and the urging to train in the section on the truths are one sentence: to be skilled in the various elements is to train in unbroken comprehension.

Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers

The summary verse of Fascicle 95 of the Compendium of Topics, “the reasoned; inclusion; the truth of arising; attainment; characteristics; the basis; function; obstacles; faults; black ripening, and so on; the great meaning; finally, what is hard to obtain,” has twelve headings, and the earlier fascicle of this collection has already matched the discourses of its section on the truths to them; the section on the truths in this fascicle continues under the last three: the heading of black ripening and the rest gathers 430 to 434, the heading of the great meaning gathers 435 to 442, and the heading of what is finally hard to obtain gathers 442 to 443. Under the general summary verse of Fascicle 96, “the general meaning, and so on; light, and so on; feeling, and so on, last,” the four headings of the separate summary verse “the general meaning; distinction by kind; arising in kind; finally, the three quests” and the seven headings of “the inclusion of the three elements and the seven elements; views and perceptions; together with the wondrous; the nature of difference; establishment; stillness; finally, the fool” gather the section on the elements in this fascicle. The order of the headings follows the order of the discourses. For 407 to 426 the treatise has no headings of their own, but what the headings of obstacles and of faults, matched to the earlier fascicle, say is exactly their matter, and they are set first; for 427 to 429 the treatise has nothing to match.

The heading of obstacles says that to the direct realization of the truths there are four kinds of obstacle, the fourth of which is heedlessness: “wrong thinking, wrong thought, and wrong idle discourse are called heedlessness.” Wrong thinking is what the discourses in the dining hall forbid: “or thinking about the world, that the world is eternal, and so on at length; or likewise that the world is bounded, and so on at length; or thinking about sentient beings, that the soul is the body, and so on at length,” “that the Tathāgata after passing away exists or does not exist, and so on at length,” which is the fourteen sentences of 408; “thinking thus about the world and the like can bring on what is without meaning,” which is the “of no benefit in meaning” of 407; “wrong thought, know, is thought of desire and the rest,” which is the thoughts of greed, hatred, and harming of 409; “wrong idle discourse is of six further kinds: the idle discourse of inversion, of futility, of dispute, of judging others superior or inferior, of judging crafts and livelihoods, and of being steeped in worldly wealth and food.” Dispute is the quarrelling of 412; judging superior or inferior is the “which has the greater power, which the greater wealth” of 413; crafts and livelihoods is the “what craft, by what did you live” of 414; worldly wealth and food is the money and the food and drink of 411 and the coarse, plain food of 415. The treatise says that the disciple of the Buddha, to cut off these four obstacles, “holds the noble truths in three aspects”: the wisdom of hearing holds their letter, the wisdom of reflection holds their meaning, the wisdom of cultivation holds their realization; “the noble ones know them to be truths, and so they are called noble truths,” “by their real meaning they are called truths.” The holding of the three discourses 416 to 418, from holding the letter to holding what is thus and so and real, is exactly this order; “for this reason one is far from doubt about the truths. Knowledge of the truths and the purity of realization depend on each other; where there is the one there must be the second,” which is the mutual dependence of 419 and 420, where to doubt the Buddha is to doubt the truths and to doubt the truths is to doubt the Buddha.

The heading of faults says that one who does not know the noble truths has four kinds of fault: “toward the formations that are the root of birth and that lead down to the evil destinations he gives rise to deep delight, and makes and increases the actions that go with them, and so plunges into the pit of birth in the evil destinations,” which is the deep precipice of 421; “once born there, great fever arises and he is constantly burned,” which is the great heat of 422; “and so on at length to falling into the dark of birth,” which is the great dark of 423; “as one born in the space between the three kinds of world falls into the darkness of three kinds of false view,” which is the darkness between the worlds of the small, middling, and great thousandfold worlds of 424 to 426. The four similes of the discourses and the four faults of the treatise are in exactly the same order; the discourses make delighting in and clinging to the formations that are the root of birth the cause of the fall, and the treatise too says “toward the formations that are the root of birth he gives rise to deep delight.”

The heading of black ripening and the rest glosses the simile of the thrown stick: “like a thrown stick, whose root falls into hell, whose middle falls into the animal destination, and whose end falls into the realm of hungry ghosts”; where the discourse has root, middle, and head landing on the ground, the treatise has root, middle, and end falling into three destinations. Of one whose actions are mixed black and white, “like a thrown stick, it falls either into the unclean places of the evil destinations or into the less clean places of the good destinations,” which is the clean and unclean ground of 431; one whose actions are white is born in the five destinations, and “birth and death in the five destinations are like a wheel of five spokes, turning without rest,” which is the wheel of five linked spokes of 432. The treatise then speaks of two kinds of teaching that lead upward: the worldly path leads upward to the summit of existence, but is “not the teaching that leads upward in the ultimate sense”; “the teaching that the Tathāgata speaks in accordance with the noble truths—know that this teaching is the teaching that leads upward in the ultimate sense,” which may be read with the teaching supremely of 433. The treatise glosses intelligence: “if one is called intelligent by reason of knowledge of the truths, this is intelligence in the ultimate sense,” which is the wisdom of 434, the discourse and the treatise differing in word.

The heading of the great meaning glosses the gradual: “knowledge of the first noble truth is able to enter the gradual direct realization of the noble truths, like the foundation; knowledge of the second truth is like the wall; knowledge of the third truth is like the lower storey; knowledge of the fourth truth is like the jewelled terrace above”; “again, these same four knowledges of the noble truths are like a stairway of four steps, able to make one ascend to the palace of great wisdom,” “like a ladder of four rungs, able to make one climb up to liberation and quiescence”: the stairway of four steps of 436 and the ladder of four rungs of 437 the treatise sets side by side as two similes. The same heading glosses the similes of much and little: the suffering that remains to one who has seen the truths and the suffering already cut off are “like a pebble and the great Snow Mountains”; “like a great pond full of water, from which two or three drops are drawn, and the water that remains in the great pond is still very much”; “like a great reservoir, the rest as said before”; “again like the great ocean, the rest as said before”; “again the similes of the great Snow Mountains, of the golden mountains, of Sumeru and the great earth, and again six similes of pebbles, and again the simile of the lump of clay”: the earth and stones in the hand, the lake water, the lump of clay, and the soil on the nail of 439 to 442, and the similes of rivers, mountains, and fruits appended at the end of 440 and 441, the treatise lists together by name. The treatise reads 440 as the discourse does: the pebble is what remains, the Snow Mountains what has been cut off, “thus, because much suffering has already been left behind and little suffering remains, know that the direct realization of the noble truths as they really are has great meaning and benefit.” The discourse uses earth and stones for the fewness of those who know and the lake water for the greatness of what is cut off; the treatise joins the two similes in one meaning: those who know are few, and what they obtain is great.

The heading of what is finally hard to obtain glosses the list of 442: “if, dwelling in this body, one enters direct realization of the truths, know that this body is the hardest of all to obtain”; and then item by item it glosses the discourse’s knowing father and mother, knowing ascetics and brāhmaṇas, fearing wrongdoing, making merit and keeping the fast: “knowing as it really is that all fathers and mothers should be honoured and supported,” “having known as it really is that all ascetics and brāhmaṇas of virtue are a field of merit,” “this is called seeing deep fear in wrongdoing in this world,” “this is called seeing deep fear in wrongdoing in the other world,” “all this is called giving and making merit, keeping the fast and training in the precepts.” It glosses too the difficulty of staying in the good destinations: “once born in the evil destinations, liberation is hard; once born in the good destinations, one is swiftly parted from them,” which is the discourse’s dying in hell and being born back in hell, passing away from among the gods and being born in hell. The same heading glosses 443: “with regard to the past it is called having arisen, with regard to the present arising now, with regard to the future going to arise. As said before, of practising, cultivating, and much cultivating, the meaning should be known”: the compiler’s note at the end of the discourse on arose, arises now, will arise, practised, cultivated, much cultivated, the treatise glosses phrase by phrase.

The heading of the general meaning in Fascicle 96 glosses the elements: “know that the elements are in brief of two kinds: the elements that abide in their own nature, and the elements that grow by habituation. The elements that abide in their own nature are the eighteen elements,” “the elements that grow by habituation are those dharmas, wholesome or unwholesome, that have been repeatedly practised in other lives and so are made to occur now”: the eighteen elements of 451 are the elements that abide in their own nature, and the wholesome and unwholesome elements of 445 to 450 are the elements that grow by habituation; the discourses say two things with the one word “element,” and the treatise divides them into two kinds. The heading of arising in kind glosses going together with the elements: “these elements are gathered together by the power of resolve. An earlier evil resolve gathers an evil element; an earlier wholesome resolve gathers a wholesome element. As they are gathered, so one turns with sentient beings of like kind who share the same dharma,” which is the verse’s “join with what is like them” and the thirteen venerable ones of 447 each leading their own kind. The heading of the three quests, finally, establishes the elements through three quests. The quest for pure conduct: “first is said the arising of faith; next one undertakes training in the precepts; next, toward the faults in one’s present conduct, one contemplates oneself and others and feels shame; next one cultivates the wholesome dharmas without a break, rouses diligent striving, and does not forget what was long ago done and long ago said; relying on these two, the mind attains concentration; because the mind is concentrated, one attains knowledge as it really is,” “one who accomplishes such a quest for pure conduct turns, moistened together with and in likeness to, the sentient beings of that element,” which is the three pairs of faith, keeping the precepts, and shame and scruple in 450, and the pairs of striving, not losing mindfulness, attainment, good wisdom, easy to support and satisfy, and few wishes and contentment listed at the end of the discourse. The quest for existence: “the fruit depends on the cause, not the cause on the fruit,” “because the elements of the six sense bases, followed by the element of ignorance, differ as condition and basis, the various kinds of ignorant contact arise; with the various kinds of ignorant contact as condition, the various kinds of feeling born of ignorant contact arise; with the various kinds of feeling born of ignorant contact as condition, craving conditioned by the feelings born of ignorant contact arises,” which is the element giving rise to contact, contact to feeling, and feeling to craving of 452 and 453; what 453 says link by link, that it is not conditioned by that that this arises but only conditioned by this that that arises, the treatise says as the fruit depending on the cause, not the cause on the fruit. The quest for desire: “with this perception as condition, longing for objects arises; with longing as condition, much thought that follows those dharmas arises; with that much thought that follows those dharmas as condition, the fever of body and mind made by yearning and sorrow arises; with the fever of body and mind as condition, the differences of the various kinds of quest after objects can all be understood,” which is the five links of perception, desire, thought, fever, and quest in 454; the treatise’s perception, longing, thought, fever, and quest are in the same order as the discourse, only the discourse has the link of feeling after contact, which the treatise does not list in this passage. The heading of the nature of difference glosses the two kinds of difference of the eighteen elements: “the nature of difference by other kind is that the eye element is different, the form element is different, the eye-consciousness element is different, and so on up to the mind-consciousness element being different”; “the nature of difference within a kind is that the same element accords with painful feeling, or with pleasant feeling, or with feeling neither painful nor pleasant, and with this as condition gives rise to the three feelings,” which is the arising of contact and feeling conditioned by the elements in 452 to 454. The heading of the fool says that the fool “is unskilled in four places: in the elements, the sense bases, dependent arising, and what is possible and impossible, in none of which he has understanding,” which may be read with the urging of 444 and 445, “train well in the elements; be skilled in the various elements.” The heading of distinction by kind speaks of the kinds of the elements, and may be read with the venerable ones of 447 each leading their own kind; the headings of the inclusion of the three elements and the seven elements, of views and perceptions, of the wondrous, of establishment, and of stillness have no discourse in this fascicle directly matching them, and are not listed.

考據Apparatus

全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第十六全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第十六」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,品題「雜因誦第三品之四」,經四十八部(經序四〇七至四五四),偈二首(經446·經448,二偈同文),無攝頌,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十六」。全卷漢字一萬零一百一十四。住處二:王舍城迦蘭陀竹園(經407–434·439·440·447·448),舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經435·438·441–446·449–454);經410·436·437 不記住處。說者:經407–415 為世尊知諸比丘心之所念、或於禪定中以天耳聞,往詣食堂而告、或問而諸比丘白佛;經416–418 世尊先問「持我所說四聖諦不」,比丘答;經421–424 世尊告,異比丘問『復有……過於此者』,世尊答;經434 世尊問,諸比丘白佛;經435 須達長者問;經436·437 為承前經之型(異比丘問·阿難問);經438–442 世尊設問、比丘白佛、世尊告;其餘諸經為世尊告諸比丘。前三十六經屬聖諦(經407–442),經443 承之,後十一經屬界(經444–454)。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事緣起食諦界擇攝(論卷九十五諦之擇攝,論卷九十六界之擇攝)。大正藏校記異讀五十五條(內五條為今行校本修訂列),見目九;大正注所載座標三十六條,見目十。


一、科判定位

卷第十六之位——底本卷首:

「雜阿含經」〔T02 0108c24〕「卷第十六」〔T02 0108c24〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0108c26〕 「雜因誦第三品之四」〔T02 0108c27〕

卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十六」〔T02 0116c06〕。經序起於(四〇七):「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0108c28〕。本卷為緣起食諦界相應之第四卷。

住處(皆底本逐字):

  • 王舍城迦蘭陀竹園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0108c28〕:經407;同句又見〔T02 0109a27〕〔T02 0109b19〕〔T02 0109c07〕〔T02 0109c22〕〔T02 0110a03〕〔T02 0110a19〕〔T02 0110b05〕〔T02 0110b15〕〔T02 0110b27〕〔T02 0110c13〕〔T02 0111a01〕〔T02 0111a12〕〔T02 0111a20〕〔T02 0111b10〕〔T02 0111b25〕〔T02 0111c08〕〔T02 0111c26〕〔T02 0112a03〕〔T02 0112a11〕〔T02 0112a18〕〔T02 0112a25〕〔T02 0112b03〕〔T02 0112b12〕〔T02 0112b21〕〔T02 0112c02〕〔T02 0112c10〕:經408·409·411–434;又見〔T02 0113b28〕〔T02 0113c13〕〔T02 0115a24〕〔T02 0115b24〕:經439·440·447·448。經448 句後即接「……如上廣說已,即說偈言:」〔T02 0115b25〕。
  • 舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0112c21〕:經435;同句又見〔T02 0113b19〕〔T02 0114a01〕〔T02 0114a21〕〔T02 0114c20〕〔T02 0114c27〕〔T02 0115a05〕〔T02 0115a12〕〔T02 0115c06〕〔T02 0115c15〕〔T02 0115c27〕〔T02 0116a05〕〔T02 0116a22〕〔T02 0116b14〕:經438·441–446·449–454。
  • 不記住處——經410「如是我聞:一時……如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」〔T02 0109c04〕;經436「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」〔T02 0113a12〕;經437「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」〔T02 0113b02〕。經436·437 無「如是我聞」,照錄不補。

四十八經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):

經錨型所問・所說(逐字)
407〔T02 0108c28〕世尊知諸比丘心之所念→往詣食堂→告諸比丘(內述往事:士夫自謂狂→語大眾→大眾謂其狂)→佛告比丘釋其實「時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,思惟世間而思惟」〔T02 0108c29〕;「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」〔T02 0109a02〕;「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」〔T02 0109a10〕;「然彼士夫非狂失性,所見真實」〔T02 0109a17〕
408〔T02 0109a27〕世尊一處坐禪以天耳聞→往詣食堂→問→諸比丘白佛(經內省文)→佛告「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」〔T02 0109a29〕;「以天耳聞諸比丘集於食堂論議之聲」〔T02 0109b05〕;「汝等比丘眾多聚集,何所言說?」〔T02 0109b07〕;「汝等莫作如是論議」〔T02 0109b10〕
409〔T02 0109b19〕世尊知諸比丘心之所念→往詣食堂→告諸比丘「或有貪覺覺者,或瞋覺覺者,或害覺覺者」〔T02 0109b20〕;「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」〔T02 0109b23〕;「汝等當起苦聖諦覺、苦集聖諦覺、苦滅聖諦覺、苦滅道跡聖諦覺」〔T02 0109b26〕
410〔T02 0109c04〕略文(只錄差別者)「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」〔T02 0109c04〕
411〔T02 0109c07〕世尊於禪定中以天耳聞→往詣食堂→問→諸比丘白佛(經內省文)→佛告「或論王事、賊事、鬪戰事、錢財事、衣被事、飲食事、男女事、世間言語事、事業事、說諸海中事」〔T02 0109c09〕;「汝等比丘眾多聚集,為何所說?」〔T02 0109c13〕;「若論說者,應當論說」〔T02 0109c16〕
412〔T02 0109c22〕諸比丘諍論→世尊於禪定中以天耳聞→經內省文「我知法、律,汝等不知我所說成就」〔T02 0109c24〕;「我論是汝等不如,能答者當答。」〔T02 0109c27〕;「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0109c29〕
413〔T02 0110a03〕天耳聞→往詣食堂→問→諸比丘以上事白→佛告「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」〔T02 0110a04〕;「汝等用說諸王大力、大富為?」〔T02 0110a09〕
414〔T02 0110a19〕天耳聞→往詣食堂→問→諸比丘以上所說白→佛告「汝等宿命作何等業?為何工巧?以何自活?」〔T02 0110a20〕;「汝等比丘莫作是說:『宿命所作。』」〔T02 0110a25〕
415〔T02 0110b05〕諸比丘議捨麁食→天耳聞→經內省文「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」〔T02 0110b07〕;「比丘乞食時得好食,又見好色,時聞好聲,多人所識」〔T02 0110b09〕;「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0110b12〕
416〔T02 0110b15〕世尊問→異比丘白佛→佛再問→比丘答→佛善哉「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」〔T02 0110b16〕;「汝云何受持四聖諦?」〔T02 0110b19〕;「我說苦聖諦,汝真實受持」〔T02 0110b23〕
417〔T02 0110b27〕世尊問→有比丘白佛→佛再問→比丘答→佛善哉「時,有比丘從座起,整衣服,偏袒右肩」〔T02 0110b29〕;「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」〔T02 0110c04〕;「汝真實持我所說四聖諦」〔T02 0110c09〕
418〔T02 0110c13〕世尊問→異比丘白佛(自問自答)→佛善哉→佛續說沙門、婆羅門「云何四諦?」〔T02 0110c17〕;「若沙門、婆羅門作如是說,如沙門瞿曇所說苦聖諦」〔T02 0110c20〕;「我當捨,更立苦聖諦者,但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」〔T02 0110c22〕
419〔T02 0111a01〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「若比丘於佛有疑者,則於苦聖諦有疑」〔T02 0111a02〕;「若於佛不疑惑者,則於苦聖諦不疑惑」〔T02 0111a06〕
420〔T02 0111a12〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑」〔T02 0111a13〕;「若於苦聖諦無疑者,則於佛無疑」〔T02 0111a16〕
421〔T02 0111a20〕世尊告→與大眾至深嶮巖→異比丘問→佛知其意而答「汝等共行至深嶮巖」〔T02 0111a21〕;「然復有一極深嶮極嶮於此,甚可怖畏者不?」〔T02 0111a26〕;「佛知其意,即告言」〔T02 0111a27〕;「彼於生本諸行樂著」〔T02 0111b02〕
422〔T02 0111b10〕世尊告→異比丘問→答(答句無「佛告」引領)「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」〔T02 0111b11〕;「唯此大熱,復有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上」〔T02 0111b14〕;「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」〔T02 0111b21〕
423〔T02 0111b25〕世尊告→異比丘問→佛告「有大闇地獄」〔T02 0111b26〕;「不見自身分」〔T02 0111b27〕;「墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇之中」〔T02 0111c03〕
424〔T02 0111c08〕世尊告→異比丘問→佛告「如日遊行,照諸世界,乃至千日千月照千世界」〔T02 0111c09〕;「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」〔T02 0111c14〕;「有大闇冥過於此者」〔T02 0111c19〕
425〔T02 0111c26〕世尊告(略文)「從小千世界數滿至千,是名中千世界」〔T02 0111c27〕;「如前所說,乃至」〔T02 0111c29〕
426〔T02 0112a03〕世尊告(以「乃至」略)「從中千世界數滿至千,是名三千大千世界」〔T02 0112a04〕;「日月遊行,普照世界,而彼不見,乃至」〔T02 0112a06〕
427〔T02 0112a11〕世尊告→經末編者重說「我今當說四聖諦。諦聽!諦聽!善思念之」〔T02 0112a12〕;「如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說」〔T02 0112a17〕
428〔T02 0112a18〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心」〔T02 0112a19〕;「謂此苦聖諦如實顯現」〔T02 0112a21〕
429〔T02 0112a25〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「當修無量三摩提,專心正念」〔T02 0112a26〕
430〔T02 0112b03〕佛告諸比丘(擲杖之譬)「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」〔T02 0112b04〕;「當知是沙門、婆羅門或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼」〔T02 0112b08〕
431〔T02 0112b12〕世尊告諸比丘(擲杖之譬)「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」〔T02 0112b13〕;「以不如實知故,或生善趣,或生惡趣」〔T02 0112b17〕
432〔T02 0112b21〕佛告諸比丘(五節輪之譬)「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」〔T02 0112b22〕;「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」〔T02 0112b25〕;「還墮惡道,長夜輪轉」〔T02 0112b27〕
433〔T02 0112c02〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」〔T02 0112c03〕
434〔T02 0112c10〕世尊問→諸比丘白佛→佛善哉「何等為黠慧?」〔T02 0112c11〕;「如我解世尊所說,於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧」〔T02 0112c14〕
435〔T02 0112c21〕須達長者問→佛告長者(二度「佛告長者」)→二譬「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」〔T02 0112c23〕;「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」〔T02 0112c24〕;「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」〔T02 0113a02〕;「取蓮華葉連合為器,盛水遊行,斯有是處」〔T02 0113a05〕
436〔T02 0113a12〕承經型(異比丘問·唯譬差別)→佛告比丘二譬「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」〔T02 0113a12〕;「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113a13〕
437〔T02 0113b02〕承經型(阿難問·唯譬差別)→佛告阿難二譬「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」〔T02 0113b02〕;「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113b03〕
438〔T02 0113b19〕世尊設問→比丘白佛→佛告「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」〔T02 0113b20〕;「眾生界無數無量」〔T02 0113b24〕
439〔T02 0113b28〕世尊手執土石而問→比丘白佛→佛告「爾時,世尊手執土石,問諸比丘」〔T02 0113b29〕;「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」〔T02 0113c01〕;「如我手中所執土石」〔T02 0113c06〕
440〔T02 0113c13〕世尊告而設問→比丘白佛→佛告→經末編者重說「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」〔T02 0113c14〕;「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」〔T02 0113c21〕;「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦」〔T02 0113c27〕
441〔T02 0114a01〕世尊手捉團土而問→諸比丘白佛→佛告→經末編者重說「手捉團土,大如梨果」〔T02 0114a02〕;「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」〔T02 0114a16〕;「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」〔T02 0114a19〕
442〔T02 0114a21〕世尊以爪甲擎土而問→諸比丘白佛→佛告→經末編者重說(長列舉)「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」〔T02 0114a23〕;「如甲上土者,若諸眾生,形可見者,亦復如是」〔T02 0114a26〕;「如甲上土,如是成就聖慧眼者」〔T02 0114b07〕
443〔T02 0114c20〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→經末編者重說「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」〔T02 0114c21〕;「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」〔T02 0114c26〕
444〔T02 0114c27〕世尊告諸比丘(眼藥丸之譬)「譬如眼藥丸,深廣一由旬」〔T02 0114c28〕;「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」〔T02 0114c29〕;「當善界學,善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕
445〔T02 0115a05〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕;「不善心時與不善界俱」〔T02 0115a08〕
446〔T02 0115a12〕略文→世尊說偈「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言:」〔T02 0115a13〕
447〔T02 0115a24〕世尊告諸比丘(佛語之內敘十三尊者與眾多比丘近處經行)「云何與界俱?」〔T02 0115a26〕;「時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是上座多聞大德」〔T02 0115a28〕;「時,提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是習眾惡行」〔T02 0115b19〕
448〔T02 0115b24〕略文→說偈「如上廣說已,即說偈言:」〔T02 0115b25〕
449〔T02 0115c06〕世尊告諸比丘(經內省文)「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0115c08〕;「殺生時與殺界俱」〔T02 0115c09〕;「與,飲酒界俱」〔T02 0115c10〕
450〔T02 0115c15〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→經末編者重說「不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱」〔T02 0115c17〕;「信心時與信界俱」〔T02 0115c19〕;「如信、不信,如是精進、不精進」〔T02 0115c23〕
451〔T02 0115c27〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「我今當說種種諸界」〔T02 0115c28〕;「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」〔T02 0116a01〕
452〔T02 0116a05〕世尊告諸比丘(順說·逆遮)「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」〔T02 0116a06〕;「云何種種界?謂十八界」〔T02 0116a08〕;「非緣種種愛生種種受」〔T02 0116a15〕
453〔T02 0116a22〕世尊告諸比丘(順說·逐支「非緣」「但緣」)「謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」〔T02 0116a28〕;「是名比丘當善分別種種界」〔T02 0116b11〕
454〔T02 0116b14〕世尊告諸比丘(順說·逆遮)「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」〔T02 0116b17〕;「緣意想生意覺」〔T02 0116b25〕;「非緣種種覺生種種想」〔T02 0116b29〕

經之相從(依經文本身之式;只錄同式,不判其義):

  1. 經407–415——食堂九經:眾多比丘集於食堂,或思惟世間(407),或論十四見(408),或起貪、瞋、害之覺(409),或起親里、國土人民、不死之覺(410,略文),或論王事等十事(411),或諍論法律(412),或論二王大力大富(413),或論宿命工巧自活(414),或議捨麁食而行乞食(415);世尊皆遮之以「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」之句,而令思惟、論說四聖諦。
  2. 經416–418——持四聖諦三經:世尊同問「持我所說四聖諦不」;經416 比丘但舉四諦之名,經417 比丘加「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒」,經418 比丘自問自答「云何四諦」,佛續說更立餘四聖諦者。
  3. 經419·420——疑三寶與疑四聖諦二經,一自比丘說,一自沙門、婆羅門說,次第相反。
  4. 經421–426——深嶮·大熱·大闇·闇冥六經:經421 深嶮巖,經422 大熱地獄,經423 大闇地獄,經424 小千世界中間闇冥,經425 中千世界(略文),經426 三千大千世界(以「乃至」略);經421–424 皆異比丘問『復有……過於此者』,佛答以不如實知四聖諦者。
  5. 經427–429——當說四聖諦·禪思·無量三摩提,三經皆直說。
  6. 經430–434——擲杖二經(430·431)、五節輪(432)、增上說法(433)、黠慧(434)。
  7. 經435–437——漸次無間等三經:經435 須達長者問,二譬為葉器;經436 異比丘問,二譬為四登階道;經437 阿難問,二譬為四隥梯。經436·437 皆以「唯譬差別」承前經。
  8. 經438–442——以多少相比之五經:草木為鏘貫水虫(438)、手中土石與雪山(439)、湖池渧水(440)、團土與雪山王(441)、爪甲土與大地土(442);經440·441·442 經末各有編者重說之列舉。
  9. 經443——正見已生,經末編者重說。
  10. 經444–454——界之十一經:眼藥丸(444);界俱六經(445–450:445 善不善勝鄙,446 略文說偈,447 十三尊者之眾,448 略文說偈,449 殺盜婬妄酒,450 信戒慚愧,經末列舉十二對);十八界(451);緣界生觸受愛三經(452·453·454,454 延至想、欲、覺、熱、求)。

說者:經407–415 世尊之來,經407·409 為「知諸比丘心之所念」,經408 為「一處坐禪,以天耳聞」,經411–415 為「於禪定中,以天耳聞」;經408·411·413·414 世尊先問、諸比丘白佛而後佛告,經407·409 世尊逕告,經412·415 以「如是廣說,乃至」省其中段。經407 內「士夫」與「大眾」之語為世尊所述往事,在世尊語之內層。經416 答者為「異比丘」,經417 為「有比丘」(無「異」字),經418 為「異比丘」,照錄不改。經421–424 問者皆「異比丘」;經421 佛答以「佛知其意,即告言」起,經422 佛答句無「佛告」引領,底本逕接「如是,比丘」〔T02 0111b15〕之語,照錄不補。經434 答者為諸比丘。經435 問者為須達長者,佛告長者凡二度(「佛告長者」〔T02 0112c24〕〔T02 0112c25〕)。經436 問者為異比丘,經437 問者為阿難。經438–442 答者為比丘或諸比丘。經447 十三尊者——憍陳如、大迦葉、舍利弗、大目揵連、阿那律陀、二十億耳、陀驃、優波離、富樓那、迦旃延、阿難、羅睺羅,及提婆達多——各與眾多比丘於近處經行,在世尊語之內層,為所述之事,非說者;提婆達多一眾「一切皆是習眾惡行」〔T02 0115b20〕,照錄。

偈:本卷二首(見目七)——經446 之偈,九行十八句,五言;經448 之偈,九行十八句,五言;二偈逐字同。本卷無攝頌。

略文(略說之經八、經內省文五、經末編者重說之列舉六):

經類略文(逐字)錨所指
410略說之經「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」〔T02 0109c04〕經409 食堂「覺覺」之式
425略說之經「如前所說,乃至」〔T02 0111c29〕經424 之中間闇冥
426略說之經「日月遊行,普照世界,而彼不見,乃至」〔T02 0112a06〕經424 之異比丘問與佛答
436略說之經「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」〔T02 0113a12〕經435
437略說之經「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」〔T02 0113b02〕經436
446略說之經「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言:」〔T02 0115a13〕經445 之界俱
448略說之經「如上廣說已,即說偈言:」〔T02 0115b25〕經447 之界俱(同住處)
449略說之經「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0115c08〕;前句「眾生常與界俱,與界和合……」〔T02 0115c07〕經445 之界俱
407經內省文「世間所無,而我今見,如上廣說」〔T02 0109a15〕本經上文士夫之所見
408經內省文「或說有常,或說無常……」〔T02 0109b09〕;其後「如上廣說」本經上文十四見
411經內省文「或論說王事……」〔T02 0109c15〕;其後「如上廣說」本經上文十事
412經內省文「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0109c29〕本卷食堂諸經世尊往詣、遮論、令論四聖諦之段(經408·411)
415經內省文「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0110b12〕同上
427編者重說「如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說」〔T02 0112a17〕本經之「當說」
440編者重說「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,及四大海,其譬亦如上說」〔T02 0113c27〕本經之湖池譬
441編者重說「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」〔T02 0114a16〕;「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」〔T02 0114a19〕同左本經之雪山王與梨果
442編者重說「如陸地,如是水性亦爾」〔T02 0114b02〕;……「如地獄,畜生、餓鬼亦如是」〔T02 0114c19〕同左本經之爪甲土與大地土(「如甲上土」十四、「如大地土」十四)
443編者重說「如已生,如是今生、當生」〔T02 0114c25〕;「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」〔T02 0114c26〕同左本經之「正見已生」
450編者重說「如信、不信,如是精進、不精進」〔T02 0115c23〕;「如上經如是廣說」〔T02 0115c26〕同左本經之信、不信界俱(十二對)

攝事分之嗢拕南(論卷九十五、九十六,三首,只錄位次;與本卷之對應見目十①):

「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕 「過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」〔T30n1579 0840b25〕 「總義等、光等、受等最為後。」〔T30n1579 0846c15〕 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」〔T30n1579 0846c17〕 「三七界相攝、見想、與希奇、」〔T30n1579 0847b07〕 「差別性、安立、寂靜、愚夫後。」〔T30n1579 0847b08〕

第一首十二項為諦之擇攝,與本卷經407–443 之位相當,然論之次第自依其門,不與經序一一相次;第二首為總嗢拕南與別嗢拕南,別嗢拕南四項為界之擇攝之首段,與本卷經444–454 之位相當;第三首七項為界之擇攝之次段,本卷唯「差別性」「愚夫後」二項有同詞(目三·目十①)。

二、異譯對勘

本卷四十八經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;唯經431 一條「cf.」互見之條,所指為座標而非別譯(「cf. S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」,0112b12,見目十②)。本卷無別譯對勘注。不自建對照。

三、經論宗依(眼)

雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依本卷經序,列攝事分論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。

世間思惟·十四見·惡覺·諸論(經407–415·障)

  • 經:「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」〔T02 0109a02〕;「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」〔T02 0109a29〕;「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」〔T02 0109b23〕;「我知法、律,汝等不知我所說成就」〔T02 0109c24〕;「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」〔T02 0110a04〕;「汝等宿命作何等業?為何工巧?以何自活?」〔T02 0110a20〕;「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」〔T02 0110b07〕
  • 論:「若邪思惟、若邪尋思、若邪戲論,是名放逸」〔T30n1579 0844c27〕;「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a03〕;「如來滅後若有若無,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a08〕;「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」〔T30n1579 0845a16〕;「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」〔T30n1579 0845a17〕;「邪戲論者,復有六種。謂顛倒戲論、唐捐戲論、諍競戲論、於他分別勝劣戲論、分別工巧養命戲論、耽染世間財食戲論」〔T30n1579 0845a18〕

同詞者「思惟」「世間」「世間有邊」「諍」「工巧」「食」;經「世間思惟」論「思惟世間等法」,經「世間有常」論「謂世間常」,經「是命是身」論「謂命即身」,經「如來死後」論「如來滅後」,經「非義饒益」論「能引無義」,經「貪覺覺」「恚覺覺」「害覺覺」論「欲等尋思」,經「諍論」論「諍競戲論」,經「何者大力?何者大富」論「於他分別勝劣戲論」,經「為何工巧?以何自活」論「分別工巧養命戲論」,經「麁疎食」「乞食」論「耽染世間財食戲論」,詞異。論以此三者總名放逸,為諦現觀四種障礙之第四。

持四聖諦·如如·更立餘四聖諦(經416–418·障·處·相)

  • 經:「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」〔T02 0110b18〕;「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」〔T02 0110c04〕;「但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」〔T02 0110c22〕;「更立餘四聖諦者」〔T02 0110c24〕
  • 論:「世尊弟子,為斷如是聖諦現觀四種障礙,由三行相任持聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a23〕;「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a26〕;「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a28〕;「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」〔T30n1579 0845b01〕;「如實了知是苦聖諦,乃至廣說是道聖諦」〔T30n1579 0844a13〕;「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

同詞者「持」「是苦聖諦」「聖」「諦」「真」「實」;經「受持」論「任持」,經「是聖所諦」論「聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」,經「更立餘四聖諦」論「更無第五聖諦」,詞異。

疑佛法僧·疑四聖諦(經419·420·攝·障)

  • 經:「若比丘於佛有疑者,則於苦聖諦有疑」〔T02 0111a02〕;「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑」〔T02 0111a13〕
  • 論:「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」〔T30n1579 0842a25〕;「言不信者,復有三種。一、於諦現觀不生信解;二、於僧善行不生信解;三、於佛菩提不生信解」〔T30n1579 0844b27〕;「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」〔T30n1579 0845b06〕

同詞者「佛」「法」「僧」「諦」「疑惑」;經「有疑」論「深生厭恥」「不生信解」,經「不疑惑」論「遠離疑惑」,詞異。

深嶮·大熱·大闇·世界中間闇冥(經421–426·過·業)

  • 經:「彼於生本諸行樂著」〔T02 0111b02〕;「墮於生深嶮之處」〔T02 0111b04〕;「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」〔T02 0111b21〕;「墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇之中」〔T02 0111c03〕;「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」〔T02 0111c14〕
  • 論:「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」〔T30n1579 0845b11〕;「大生熱惱常所燒然」〔T30n1579 0845b15〕;「廣說乃至墮於生闇」〔T30n1579 0845b18〕;「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」〔T30n1579 0845b19〕;「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕

同詞者「生本」「行」「燒然」「墮於生」「世界中間」「闇」;經「諸行樂著」論「行中,深起愛樂」,經「大熱」論「熱惱」,經「大熱地獄」論「那落迦」,經「燒然」論又作「燒燃」(字形異照錄),經「大闇」「闇冥」論「生闇」「黑闇」,詞異。

當說四聖諦·禪思·無量三摩提(經427–429)

  • 經:「我今當說四聖諦」〔T02 0112a12〕;「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心」〔T02 0112a19〕;「當修無量三摩提,專心正念」〔T02 0112a26〕
  • 論:本經未見本母直釋。

擲杖·五節輪·增上說法·黠慧(經430–434·黑異熟等)

  • 經:「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」〔T02 0112b04〕;「當知是沙門、婆羅門或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼」〔T02 0112b08〕;「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」〔T02 0112b13〕;「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」〔T02 0112b22〕;「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」〔T02 0112b25〕;「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」〔T02 0112c03〕;「如我解世尊所說,於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧」〔T02 0112c14〕
  • 論:「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」〔T30n1579 0845b27〕;「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」〔T30n1579 0845b29〕;「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」〔T30n1579 0845c04〕;「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c07〕;「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」〔T30n1579 0845c11〕

同詞者「擲杖」「墮」「餓鬼」「淨」「惡趣」「善趣」「五趣」「輪」「旋轉」「如來」「聖諦」;經「或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」論『根墮……中墮……端墮』,經「地獄」「畜生」論「那落迦」「傍生趣」,經「淨地」「不淨地」論「少清淨處」「不清淨處」,經「五節相續輪」論「五輻輪」,經「增上說法」論「令上昇教」,經「黠慧」論「聰慧」,詞異,並錄不判同。

漸次無間等·葉器·四登階道·四隥梯(經435–437·大義·業)

  • 經:「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」〔T02 0112c23〕;「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」〔T02 0112c24〕;「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」〔T02 0113a02〕;「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113a13〕;「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113b03〕
  • 論:「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕;「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」〔T30n1579 0845c17〕;「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」〔T30n1579 0845c18〕;「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」〔T30n1579 0844b12〕;「苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」〔T30n1579 0844b15〕

同詞者「四聖諦」「漸次」「四」「階」「隥」「昇」「殿」「梯」「葉」;經「無間等」論「現觀」,經「殿堂」論「大智慧殿」,經「四隥梯」論「四桄梯」,經「細樹葉」論「睒彌葉」,詞異。

水虫·土石雪山·湖池·團土·爪甲土(經438–442·大義·自類別)

  • 經:「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」〔T02 0113b20〕;「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」〔T02 0113c01〕;「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」〔T02 0113c14〕;「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」〔T02 0113c21〕;「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦」〔T02 0113c27〕;「手捉團土,大如梨果」〔T02 0114a02〕;「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」〔T02 0114a16〕;「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」〔T02 0114a23〕
  • 論:「當知此中,有三種愛,譬如三槍,諸惡魔羅執持撓攪生死大海」〔T30n1579 0845c19〕;「當知一切皆少分在,多分已斷」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕;「譬如礫石及大雪山」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕;「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」〔T30n1579 0846a02〕;「如大陂湖,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a05〕;「又如大海,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a06〕;「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」〔T30n1579 0846a08〕;「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」〔T30n1579 0846c24〕

同詞者「大海」「雪山」「其水盈滿」「大地」「團」「無量」;經「鏘」論「槍」,經「土石」論「礫石」,經「湖池」論「池沼」「陂湖」,經「渧」論「滴」,經「團土」論「泥團」,經「須彌山王」論「蘇迷盧」,經「斷諸苦本」「餘不盡者」論「多分已斷」「少分在」,詞異。經438 之「眾生界無數無量」,與論界之擇攝「當知無量」同詞,然論說界之品類,經說眾生之數,並錄不判。

聖慧眼·父母·沙門婆羅門·畏罪·施齋戒·十善·趣之轉生(經442 經末列舉·後難得·得)

  • 經:「如甲上土,如是成就聖慧眼者」〔T02 0114b07〕;「如甲上土,如是眾生知有父母亦爾」〔T02 0114b13〕;「如甲上土,如是知有沙門、婆羅門家之尊長」〔T02 0114b15〕;「作所應作作福,此世他世畏罪行施,受齋持戒亦爾」〔T02 0114b16〕;「如甲上土,如是眾生持十善者亦如是」〔T02 0114c01〕;「如甲上土,如是眾生從地獄命終生人中者亦如是」〔T02 0114c04〕
  • 論:「於中所有現量聖智,能斷見道所斷煩惱,爾時說名生聖慧眼」〔T30n1579 0843b12〕;「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」〔T30n1579 0846a16〕;「謂於父母識恩養等諸善業道」〔T30n1579 0846a22〕;「是名善識父母恩養」〔T30n1579 0846a28〕;「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0846b02〕;「如是名為於此世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b15〕;「如是名為於他世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b18〕;「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」〔T30n1579 0846b22〕;「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」〔T30n1579 0846b23〕;「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」〔T30n1579 0846b25〕

同詞者「聖慧眼」「父母」「沙門」「婆羅門」「此世」「他世」「罪」「作福」「受齋」「戒」;經「畏罪」論「深見怖畏」,經「十善」論「十業道」,經「行施」論「惠施」,經「持戒」論「學戒」,經「從地獄命終生人中者」等論「生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」,詞異;論於此段又作「聖明眼」。

正見已生·今生當生·習修多修(經443·後難得)

  • 經:「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」〔T02 0114c21〕;「如已生,如是今生、當生」〔T02 0114c25〕;「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」〔T02 0114c26〕
  • 論:「又見諦故,無有差別正見生起」〔T30n1579 0846b27〕;「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」〔T30n1579 0846b28〕;「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」〔T30n1579 0846b29〕;「若有學正見并其斷果,應隨觸證」〔T30n1579 0846c02〕

同詞者「正見」「已生」「今生」「當生」(論各加「起」)「習」「修」「多修」「觸」「證」;經「近修」論無其詞。

眼藥丸·界界·善種種界(經444·自類別·愚夫後)

  • 經:「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」〔T02 0114c29〕;「當知諸界,其數無量」〔T02 0115a01〕;「當善界學,善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕
  • 論:「譬如世間大惡叉聚」〔T30n1579 0846c26〕;「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」〔T30n1579 0846c27〕;「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」〔T30n1579 0850a18〕

同詞者「界」「無量」;經「眼藥丸」論「大惡叉聚」,經「善界學」論『於諸界……不得善巧』之反,詞異。

界俱·界和合·相似·經行之眾·信戒慚愧(經445–450·似轉·後三求)

  • 經:「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕;「不善心時與不善界俱」〔T02 0115a08〕;「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」〔T02 0115a23〕;「時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是上座多聞大德」〔T02 0115a28〕;「不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱」〔T02 0115c17〕;「信心時與信界俱,持戒時與持戒界俱,慚愧心時與慚愧界俱」〔T02 0115c19〕;「難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足」〔T02 0115c25〕
  • 論:「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕;「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」〔T30n1579 0847a03〕;「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a05〕;「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕;「由心定故,得如實智」〔T30n1579 0847a11〕;「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」〔T30n1579 0847a14〕;「成就如是梵行求者,還與此界諸有情類共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a17〕

同詞者「善界」「相似」「界」「信」「易養」「易滿」「少欲」;經「不善界」論「惡界」,經「與界和合」論「共相滋潤」,經「於近處經行」論「相往來、同聚、同住」,經「慚愧」論「羞恥」,經「持戒」論「尸羅受學」,經「不失念」論「能無忘失」,經「正受」論「心得定」,經「善慧」論「如實智」,經「知足」論「喜足」,詞異。

十八界·緣種種界生種種觸受愛·想欲覺熱求(經451–454·總義·差別性·後三求)

  • 經:「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」〔T02 0116a01〕;「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」〔T02 0116a06〕;「云何種種界?謂十八界」〔T02 0116a08〕;「非緣種種愛生種種受」〔T02 0116a15〕;「謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」〔T02 0116a28〕;「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」〔T02 0116b17〕
  • 論:「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」〔T30n1579 0846c18〕;「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕;「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」〔T30n1579 0849b22〕;「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」〔T30n1579 0849b23〕;「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」〔T30n1579 0847a19〕;「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」〔T30n1579 0847a20〕;「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」〔T30n1579 0847a29〕;「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」〔T30n1579 0847b03〕;「當知建立有十八界」〔T30n1579 0850a22〕

同詞者「十八界」「眼界」「色界」「眼識界」「意識界」「觸」「受」「想」「熱」「緣」;經「種種」論「種種品類」,經「愛」論「貪愛」(「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛」,見目四),經「欲」論「希欲」,經「覺」論「尋思」,經「熱」論「身心熱惱」,經「求」論「思求」,經「非緣種種愛生種種受」論「果依於因,非因依果」,詞異。經454 於觸、想之間有「受」,論之欲求一段自觸逕至想;並錄不判。

四、本段釋要

本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分緣起食諦界擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,自論卷九十五諦之擇攝之「攝」讀至論卷九十六界之擇攝「愚夫後」,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。

一、攝——依佛法僧(與經419 同詞「佛」「法」「僧」)

「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」〔T30n1579 0842a25〕

二、得——生聖慧眼(與經442 列舉同詞「聖慧眼」)

「於中所有現量聖智,能斷見道所斷煩惱,爾時說名生聖慧眼」〔T30n1579 0843b12〕

三、相——更無第五聖諦(與經418 同詞「聖諦」)

「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

四、處——如實了知是苦聖諦(與經416 同詞「是苦聖諦」)

「如實了知是苦聖諦,乃至廣說是道聖諦」〔T30n1579 0844a13〕

五、業——漸次集成·睒彌葉·燒燃苦(與經435 同詞「漸次」「葉」;與經422 同詞「燒燃」之字形異)

「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」〔T30n1579 0844b12〕 「苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」〔T30n1579 0844b15〕 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕

六、障——不信·放逸·任持聖諦(與經407–415 同詞「思惟」「世間」「世間有邊」「諍」「工巧」「食」;與經416–420 同詞「持」「諦」「疑惑」)

「復次,若有為修聖諦現觀,當知略有四種障礙」〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「言不信者,復有三種。一、於諦現觀不生信解;二、於僧善行不生信解;三、於佛菩提不生信解」〔T30n1579 0844b27〕 「若邪思惟、若邪尋思、若邪戲論,是名放逸」〔T30n1579 0844c27〕 「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a03〕 「如來滅後若有若無,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a08〕 「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」〔T30n1579 0845a16〕 「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」〔T30n1579 0845a17〕 「邪戲論者,復有六種。謂顛倒戲論、唐捐戲論、諍競戲論、於他分別勝劣戲論、分別工巧養命戲論、耽染世間財食戲論」〔T30n1579 0845a18〕 「世尊弟子,為斷如是聖諦現觀四種障礙,由三行相任持聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a23〕 「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a26〕 「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a28〕 「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」〔T30n1579 0845b01〕 「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」〔T30n1579 0845b06〕

七、過——生本行·燒然·生闇·世界中間(與經421–426 同詞「生本」「行」「燒然」「墮於生」「世界中間」「闇」)

「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應,於諸聖諦未成現觀,當知略有四種過患」〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」〔T30n1579 0845b11〕 「大生熱惱常所燒然」〔T30n1579 0845b15〕 「廣說乃至墮於生闇」〔T30n1579 0845b18〕 「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」〔T30n1579 0845b19〕

八、黑異熟等——擲杖·五輻輪·令上昇教·聰慧(與經430–434 同詞)

「復次,或有一類,於諸聖諦不得善巧,造作增長黑黑異熟業已,能感那落迦、傍生、鬼趣」〔T30n1579 0845b24〕 「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」〔T30n1579 0845b27〕 「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」〔T30n1579 0845b29〕 「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」〔T30n1579 0845c04〕 「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c07〕 「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」〔T30n1579 0845c11〕

九、大義——漸次現觀·四階隥·四桄梯·礫石雪山·池沼·陂湖·大海·泥團(與經435–442 同詞)

「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」〔T30n1579 0845c17〕 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」〔T30n1579 0845c18〕 「當知此中,有三種愛,譬如三槍,諸惡魔羅執持撓攪生死大海」〔T30n1579 0845c19〕 「當知一切皆少分在,多分已斷」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕 「譬如礫石及大雪山」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕 「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」〔T30n1579 0846a02〕 「如大陂湖,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a05〕 「又如大海,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a06〕 「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」〔T30n1579 0846a08〕 「少苦在故,當知聖諦如實現觀有大義利」〔T30n1579 0846a12〕 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在」〔T30n1579 0846a13〕

十、後難得——聖明眼·父母·沙門婆羅門·二世之罪·施齋戒·十業道·三世正見(與經442 列舉、經443 同詞)

「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得」〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」〔T30n1579 0846a16〕 「謂於父母識恩養等諸善業道」〔T30n1579 0846a22〕 「是名善識父母恩養」〔T30n1579 0846a28〕 「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0846b02〕 「如是名為於此世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b15〕 「如是名為於他世罪深見怖畏」〔T30n1579 0846b18〕 「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」〔T30n1579 0846b22〕 「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」〔T30n1579 0846b23〕 「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」〔T30n1579 0846b25〕 「又見諦故,無有差別正見生起」〔T30n1579 0846b27〕 「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」〔T30n1579 0846b28〕 「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」〔T30n1579 0846b29〕 「若有學正見并其斷果,應隨觸證」〔T30n1579 0846c02〕

十一、總義——住自性界·十八界(論卷九十六·與經451–454 同詞「十八界」)

「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」〔T30n1579 0846c18〕 「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕

十二、自類別——種種品類·當知無量(與經438·444 同詞「界」「無量」)

「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」〔T30n1579 0846c24〕 「譬如世間大惡叉聚」〔T30n1579 0846c26〕 「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」〔T30n1579 0846c27〕

十三、似轉——勝解集成善惡界·相似而轉(與經445–450 同詞「善界」「相似」「界」)

「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕 「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」〔T30n1579 0847a03〕 「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a05〕

十四、後三求——梵行求·有求·欲求(與經450 同詞「信」「易養」「易滿」「少欲」;與經452–454 同詞「觸」「受」「想」「熱」「求」)

「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕 「由心定故,得如實智」〔T30n1579 0847a11〕 「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」〔T30n1579 0847a14〕 「成就如是梵行求者,還與此界諸有情類共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a17〕 「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」〔T30n1579 0847a19〕 「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」〔T30n1579 0847a20〕 「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」〔T30n1579 0847a24〕 「當知是名依有求故,建立諸界」〔T30n1579 0847a26〕 「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」〔T30n1579 0847a29〕 「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」〔T30n1579 0847b03〕 「如是當知依欲求故,安立諸界」〔T30n1579 0847b04〕

十五、差別性——他類·自類(論卷九十六·與經451–453 同詞「眼界」「色界」「眼識界」「意識界」「受」)

「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」〔T30n1579 0849b22〕 「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」〔T30n1579 0849b23〕

十六、愚夫後——四處不得善巧·建立十八界(與經444 同詞「界」;與經452–454 同詞「十八界」)

「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」〔T30n1579 0850a18〕 「當知建立有十八界」〔T30n1579 0850a22〕

諦之擇攝十二項中,「如理」「集諦」二項本卷無同詞;界之擇攝「三七界相攝」「見想」「與希奇」「安立」「寂靜」五項,與本卷經文同詞者唯散字(「施設」「恚」「害」「精進」「建立」「寂」),不成對位,不列。

五、諸家異釋

本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。

六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)

先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出;其中與本卷經文相涉者:如實知·涅槃·羅睺羅·舍利弗(承卷一);阿難(承卷二);多羅樹頭·禪思(承卷三);閻浮提·由旬·正受(承卷五);黠慧·阿修羅·增上欲(承卷七);無量三摩提·貪覺(承卷八);二十億耳·迦旃延(承卷九);無間等·聖慧眼·失念·畜生·食堂(承卷十);目揵連(承卷十一);法不離如·法不異如(承卷十二);富樓那(承卷十三);無慚·慚愧(承卷十四);四聖諦·憍陳如·餓鬼·五趣·千四天王諸天之名(承前卷)。

名相本卷首見(逐字)錨攝事分
世間思惟「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」〔T02 0109a02〕論作「思惟世間等法」:「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」〔T30n1579 0845a16〕
拘絺羅池「於拘絺羅池側正坐思惟」〔T02 0109a09〕論未釋
四種軍·藕孔「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」〔T02 0109a10〕論未釋
世間有常……如來死後非有非無「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」〔T02 0109a29〕「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a03〕
貪覺覺·恚覺覺·害覺覺「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」〔T02 0109b23〕論作「欲等尋思」:「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」〔T30n1579 0845a17〕
親里覺·國土人民覺·不死覺「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」〔T02 0109c04〕論未釋
王事賊事……海中事「或論王事、賊事、鬪戰事、錢財事、衣被事、飲食事、男女事、世間言語事、事業事、說諸海中事」〔T02 0109c09〕論未釋;論之六種戲論見目三
波斯匿王·頻婆娑羅王「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」〔T02 0110a04〕論未釋
檀越·麁疎食「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」〔T02 0110b07〕論未釋
受持「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」〔T02 0110b18〕論作「任持」:「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a26〕
如如·不離如·不異如·真·實·審諦·不顛倒「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」〔T02 0110c04〕「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」〔T30n1579 0845b01〕;「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a28〕
但有言數·非其境界「我當捨,更立苦聖諦者,但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」〔T02 0110c22〕論未釋
深嶮巖「汝等共行至深嶮巖」〔T02 0111a21〕論未釋
大熱地獄「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」〔T02 0111b11〕論作「那落迦」「燒燃苦」:「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕
大闇地獄「有大闇地獄」〔T02 0111b26〕論未釋(論說「生闇」「黑闇」,見目三)
須彌山·弗婆提·拘耶尼·欝單越「千須彌山、千弗婆提、千閻浮提、千拘耶尼、千欝單越」〔T02 0111c10〕論作「蘇迷盧」(大義之喻,見目三)
小千世界「是名小千世界」〔T02 0111c13〕論未釋
中千世界「從小千世界數滿至千,是名中千世界」〔T02 0111c27〕論未釋
三千大千世界「從中千世界數滿至千,是名三千大千世界」〔T02 0112a04〕論未釋;論唯以為補特伽羅之比:「一切三千大千世界補特伽羅無與等者」〔T30n1579 0850c09〕
五節相續輪「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」〔T02 0112b22〕論作「五輻輪」:「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」〔T30n1579 0845c04〕
增上說法·開示施設建立分別散說顯現表露「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」〔T02 0112c03〕論作「聖諦相應言教」:「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c07〕
須達長者「時,須達長者往詣佛所」〔T02 0112c22〕論未釋
漸次無間等·一頓無間等「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」〔T02 0112c23〕論作「漸次現觀」:「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕
四登階道「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113a13〕論作「四階隥」:「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」〔T30n1579 0845c17〕
四隥梯「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113b03〕論作「四桄梯」:「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」〔T30n1579 0845c18〕
鏘·水虫「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」〔T02 0113b20〕論未釋
眾生界「眾生界無數無量」〔T02 0113b24〕論說界之品類無量:「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」〔T30n1579 0846c24〕
雪山「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」〔T02 0113c01〕「譬如礫石及大雪山」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕
薩羅多吒迦·恒伽·耶符那·薩羅遊·伊羅跋提·摩醯·四大海「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,及四大海,其譬亦如上說」〔T02 0113c27〕論未釋(論唯「大陂湖」「大海」之喻)
團土·梨果「手捉團土,大如梨果」〔T02 0114a02〕論作「泥團」:「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」〔T30n1579 0846a08〕
尼民陀羅山等八山「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」〔T02 0114a16〕論作「金山」「蘇迷盧」,見上
阿摩勒迦果等五果「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」〔T02 0114a19〕論未釋
爪甲上土「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」〔T02 0114a23〕論未釋
中國·邊地「如甲上土,如是生中國者亦爾」〔T02 0114b05〕論未釋
等知·普知「如知,如是等知、普知,正想、正覺、正解、法無間等亦如是」〔T02 0114b11〕論未釋
五戒·八戒·十善「如大地土,如是不持五戒者亦爾」;「如甲上土,如是眾生持八戒者亦如是」〔T02 0114b28〕;「如甲上土,如是眾生持十善者亦如是」〔T02 0114c01〕〔T02 0114b27〕論作「受齋學戒」「十業道」:「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」〔T30n1579 0846b22〕;「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」〔T30n1579 0846b23〕
眼藥丸·界界安置「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」〔T02 0114c29〕論未釋
界·種種界「當善界學,善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」〔T30n1579 0846c18〕
界俱·界和合「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕
勝心·鄙心「勝心時與勝界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱」〔T02 0115a09〕論未釋
膠漆·珂乳「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」;「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」〔T02 0115a22〕〔T02 0115a21〕論以「相似而轉」說之:「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a05〕
大迦葉·頭陀苦行「復有尊者大迦葉與眾多比丘於近處經行」;「一切皆是少欲知足,頭陀苦行,不畜遺餘」〔T02 0115b02〕〔T02 0115b01〕論未釋
大目揵連·阿那律陀·陀驃·優波離「時,尊者大目揵連與眾多比丘於近處經行」;「時,阿那律陀與眾多比丘於近處經行」〔T02 0115b06〕;「時,尊者陀驃與眾多比丘於近處經行」〔T02 0115b10〕;「時,尊者優波離與眾多比丘於近處經行」〔T02 0115b11〕〔T02 0115b05〕論未釋
提婆達多「時,提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行」〔T02 0115b19〕論未釋
殺界·飲酒界「殺生時與殺界俱」〔T02 0115c09〕論未釋
信界·持戒界·慚愧界「信心時與信界俱,持戒時與持戒界俱,慚愧心時與慚愧界俱」〔T02 0115c19〕「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」〔T30n1579 0847a07〕
易養·易滿·少欲·知足「難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足」〔T02 0115c25〕「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」〔T30n1579 0847a14〕
眼界·色界·眼識界……意識界「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」〔T02 0116a01〕「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」〔T30n1579 0849b22〕
十八界「云何種種界?謂十八界」〔T02 0116a08〕「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕
種種觸·種種受·種種愛「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」〔T02 0116a06〕「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」〔T30n1579 0847a20〕
種種想·欲·覺·熱·求「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」〔T02 0116b17〕「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」〔T30n1579 0847a29〕;「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」〔T30n1579 0847b03〕

本表『首見』以前諸卷之錄文逐行為比:所列為前卷錄文未見之詞;『受持』『但有言數·非其境界』二列之詞前卷已見,本卷首用於四聖諦之受持與更立餘諦,以新語境列之,不稱首見。詞若跨行,逐行之比或不能見,表中只據可見者列之。經447 尊者十三之名,舍利弗·阿難·羅睺羅·迦旃延·富樓那·二十億耳·目揵連·憍陳如前卷已見,入承列;大迦葉·阿那律陀·陀驃·優波離·提婆達多為本卷首見,入表。人名、地名、山名、果名之音寫照底本,不改字。

七、譬喻·修辭

譬喻二十則:

  1. 四軍入藕孔(經407)——「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」〔T02 0109a10〕;佛釋其實:「有諸天阿修羅興四種軍,戰於空中」〔T02 0109a19〕。
  2. 深嶮巖(經421)——「汝等共行至深嶮巖」〔T02 0111a21〕;合法:「墮於生深嶮之處」〔T02 0111b04〕。
  3. 大熱地獄(經422)——「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」〔T02 0111b11〕;合法:「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」〔T02 0111b21〕。
  4. 大闇地獄(經423)——「有大闇地獄」〔T02 0111b26〕;「不見自身分」〔T02 0111b27〕。
  5. 千世界中間闇冥(經424·425·426)——「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」〔T02 0111c14〕;合法:「是名比丘有大闇冥過於世界中間闇冥」——底本起於〔T02 0111c21〕。
  6. 擲杖還墮(經430)——「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」〔T02 0112b04〕。
  7. 擲杖墮淨不淨地(經431)——「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」〔T02 0112b13〕。
  8. 五節相續輪(經432)——「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」〔T02 0112b22〕;合法:「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」〔T02 0112b25〕。
  9. 細樹葉·蓮華葉為器(經435)——「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」〔T02 0113a02〕;「取蓮華葉連合為器,盛水遊行,斯有是處」〔T02 0113a05〕。
  10. 四登階道(經436)——「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113a13〕。
  11. 四隥梯(經437)——「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」〔T02 0113b03〕。
  12. 草木為鏘貫水虫(經438)——「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」〔T02 0113b20〕;合法:「眾生界無數無量」〔T02 0113b24〕。
  13. 手中土石·雪山土石(經439)——「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」〔T02 0113c01〕;合法:「如彼雪山土石,其數無量」〔T02 0113c08〕。
  14. 湖池渧水·截多羅樹頭(經440)——「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」〔T02 0113c14〕;「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」〔T02 0113c21〕。
  15. 團土如梨果·雪山王(經441)——「手捉團土,大如梨果」〔T02 0114a02〕。
  16. 爪甲上土·大地土(經442)——「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」〔T02 0114a23〕;合法:「如甲上土者,若諸眾生,形可見者,亦復如是」〔T02 0114a26〕。
  17. 眼藥丸界界安置(經444)——「譬如眼藥丸,深廣一由旬」〔T02 0114c28〕;「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」〔T02 0114c29〕。
  18. 執小木入巨海(經446·448 偈)——「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」〔T02 0115a16〕。
  19. 膠漆·火風(經446·448 偈)——「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」〔T02 0115a21〕。
  20. 珂乳同色(經446·448 偈)——「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」〔T02 0115a22〕。

論與經同用之譬:擲杖·輪·階·隥·梯·葉·雪山·大海·池水·團·大地(目三);經之五節相續輪,論作五輻輪;經之四隥梯,論作四桄梯;經之湖池,論作池沼、陂湖;經之土石,論作礫石;經之團土,論作泥團;經之鏘,論作槍;論無四軍藕孔、深嶮巖、千世界、眼藥丸、小木巨海、膠漆、珂乳之譬,論以大惡叉聚喻界之無量,經無其譬。

偈(經446)——世尊所說,九行十八句,五言:

「常會故常生,相離生則斷,」〔T02 0115a15〕 「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」〔T02 0115a16〕 「人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。」〔T02 0115a17〕 「當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進,」〔T02 0115a18〕 「賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。」〔T02 0115a19〕 「慇懃精進禪,超度生死流,」〔T02 0115a20〕 「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」〔T02 0115a21〕 「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」〔T02 0115a22〕 「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」〔T02 0115a23〕

偈(經448)——九行十八句,五言,與經446 之偈逐字同:

「常會故常生,相離生則斷,」〔T02 0115b26〕 「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」〔T02 0115b27〕 「人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。」〔T02 0115b28〕 「當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進,」〔T02 0115b29〕 「賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。」〔T02 0115c01〕 「慇懃精進禪,超度生死流,」〔T02 0115c02〕 「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」〔T02 0115c03〕 「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」〔T02 0115c04〕 「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」〔T02 0115c05〕

前三行說常會與相離,以小木入海喻與懈怠俱者同沒;次三行勸離懈怠、慇懃精進;後三行以膠漆、火風、珂乳三喻結「眾生與界俱,相似共和合」。二偈之前,經446 為「廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言」,經448 為「如上廣說已,即說偈言」,其長行皆略。經448 偈第八行「眾生與界俱」之「界」,大正原刊作果(見目九),今行從【麗-CB】。

定型句:

句錨經
「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」〔T02 0109a03〕;同式又見〔T02 0109a22〕〔T02 0109b11〕〔T02 0109b25〕〔T02 0110a11〕〔T02 0110a26〕407·408·409·413·414(經411 作「論說王事,乃至不向涅槃」〔T02 0109c16〕)
「義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」「如此思惟則義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」〔T02 0109a07〕;同式又見〔T02 0109b15〕〔T02 0109b28〕〔T02 0109c19〕〔T02 0110a14〕〔T02 0110b01〕407·408·409·411·413·414
「此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦」〔T02 0109a05〕;同式又見〔T02 0109b13〕407·408(經411·413·414 作「此苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦」)
「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」〔T02 0110a15〕;同式又見〔T02 0110c26〕〔T02 0111b07〕〔T02 0111b22〕〔T02 0111c04〕〔T02 0111c22〕〔T02 0112a08〕〔T02 0112b18〕〔T02 0112b27〕〔T02 0112c06〕〔T02 0112c17〕〔T02 0113a09〕〔T02 0113b25〕〔T02 0113c09〕〔T02 0113c24〕〔T02 0114a12〕413·418·421–424·426·431–435·438–441(經408 作「於四聖諦未無間等,當勤方便」〔T02 0109b16〕;經412 作「當勤起方便」〔T02 0110a01〕;經414 作「依於四聖諦未無間等者」〔T02 0110b02〕;經425 在「如前所說,乃至」之後〔T02 0111c29〕;經430 作「當勤方便,學無間等」〔T02 0112b10〕,經442 同〔T02 0114a29〕)
「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」〔T02 0110b16〕;同式又見〔T02 0110b28〕;經418 作「汝持我所說四聖諦不?」〔T02 0110c14〕416·417·418
「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」〔T02 0110b18〕;經417「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」〔T02 0110c01〕;經418 作「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉持之」〔T02 0110c16〕416·417·418
「善哉!善哉!」〔T02 0110b23〕〔T02 0110c09〕〔T02 0110c19〕〔T02 0112c15〕416·417·418·434
「時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛」〔T02 0110c15〕〔T02 0111a24〕〔T02 0111b12〕〔T02 0111b27〕〔T02 0111c16〕418·421–424(經416 作「正衣服」〔T02 0110b17〕;經417 作「時,有比丘從座起,整衣服,偏袒右肩」〔T02 0110b29〕)
「無有是處」「斯有是處」「無間等者,無有是處」〔T02 0113a01〕;「盛水遊行,斯有是處」〔T02 0113a06〕;「不登初階,而登第二、第三、第四階昇堂殿者,無有是處」〔T02 0113a14〕;「不由初隥,而登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,無有是處」〔T02 0113b04〕435·436·437
「於意云何」「於意云何」〔T02 0113b29〕;「於意云何:我爪甲上土為多?」〔T02 0114a23〕439·442
「如是,比丘」〔T02 0111a27〕〔T02 0111b15〕〔T02 0113a17〕421·422·436
「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115a06〕;同式又見〔T02 0115a25〕〔T02 0115c07〕〔T02 0115c16〕;經447 結句作「是名比丘常與界俱,與界和合」〔T02 0115b20〕445·447·449·450
「善種種界」〔T02 0115a02〕〔T02 0115a10〕;「當善分別種種諸界」〔T02 0115b21〕〔T02 0115c20〕;「當善分別種種界」〔T02 0115c12〕〔T02 0116b11〕同左444·445·447·449·450·453

問答之型——本卷問答有五型:一、世尊至食堂,先問「何所言說」而諸比丘白佛,然後世尊遮之(經408·411·413·414);二、世尊先問「持我所說四聖諦不」,比丘答,世尊再問「云何受持」,比丘再答,世尊善哉(經416·417),經418 比丘自問自答,世尊無再問;三、世尊說一事,異比丘問『復有……過於此者』,世尊答以不如實知四聖諦者(經421–424);四、世尊設譬而問,比丘答,世尊合法(經438–442;經438 問『能貫不』,經439–442 問「為多」),經434 世尊問「何等為黠慧」,諸比丘以所解答;五、在家弟子問而佛答(經435 須達長者問漸次頓),經436·437 以「唯譬差別」承其問。

反覆句式——經407–415 九經每經重出「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」與「義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」二面;經413 以下諸經經末多重出「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」之勸;經419·420 疑與不疑二面、佛與法僧二分,四度對舉;經421–424 世尊說一、異比丘問、世尊答「過於此者」三步同式;經435–437 各以「無有是處」「有是處」二面各一譬;經442 經末以「如甲上土」「如大地土」二句對舉十四度;經445–450 以『……時與……界俱』逐對重出;經452–454 先順說『緣種種……生種種……』,後逆遮『非緣種種……生種種……』,經453 於每支之下更加『非緣……但緣……』之句。

承經型——經436「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」〔T02 0113a12〕,經437「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」〔T02 0113b02〕,皆不起「如是我聞」,以前經之問為其問,唯易其譬。

偈之體——本卷二偈皆五言,九行十八句;經446 之偈在「差別者,即說偈言」之後,經448 之偈在「如上廣說已,即說偈言」之後,二偈之長行皆以略文代,二偈逐字同。本卷無攝頌。

略說句群與編者重說——略說之經八、經內省文五、經末編者重說之列舉六,見目一略文表。編者重說之列舉皆在「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」之後,為結集者之語,非佛語。

八、徵引承衍

  • 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目六、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0842a25〕〔T30n1579 0843b12〕〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔T30n1579 0844a13〕〔T30n1579 0844b12〕〔T30n1579 0844b15〕〔T30n1579 0844b18〕〔T30n1579 0844b25〕〔T30n1579 0844b27〕〔T30n1579 0844c27〕〔T30n1579 0845a03〕〔T30n1579 0845a04〕〔T30n1579 0845a08〕〔T30n1579 0845a16〕〔T30n1579 0845a17〕〔T30n1579 0845a19〕〔T30n1579 0845a20〕〔T30n1579 0845a23〕〔T30n1579 0845a26〕〔T30n1579 0845a28〕〔T30n1579 0845b01〕〔T30n1579 0845b06〕〔T30n1579 0845b09〕〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔T30n1579 0845b15〕〔T30n1579 0845b18〕〔T30n1579 0845b19〕〔T30n1579 0845b24〕〔T30n1579 0845b27〕〔T30n1579 0845b29〕〔T30n1579 0845c04〕〔T30n1579 0845c07〕〔T30n1579 0845c11〕〔T30n1579 0845c14〕〔T30n1579 0845c17〕〔T30n1579 0845c18〕〔T30n1579 0845c19〕〔T30n1579 0845c29〕〔T30n1579 0846a02〕〔T30n1579 0846a05〕〔T30n1579 0846a06〕〔T30n1579 0846a08〕〔T30n1579 0846a12〕〔T30n1579 0846a13〕〔T30n1579 0846a15〕〔T30n1579 0846a16〕〔T30n1579 0846a22〕〔T30n1579 0846a28〕〔T30n1579 0846b02〕〔T30n1579 0846b15〕〔T30n1579 0846b18〕〔T30n1579 0846b22〕〔T30n1579 0846b23〕〔T30n1579 0846b25〕〔T30n1579 0846b27〕〔T30n1579 0846b28〕〔T30n1579 0846b29〕〔T30n1579 0846c02〕〔T30n1579 0846c18〕〔T30n1579 0846c19〕〔T30n1579 0846c24〕〔T30n1579 0846c26〕〔T30n1579 0846c27〕〔T30n1579 0847a01〕〔T30n1579 0847a03〕〔T30n1579 0847a05〕〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔T30n1579 0847a11〕〔T30n1579 0847a14〕〔T30n1579 0847a17〕〔T30n1579 0847a19〕〔T30n1579 0847a20〕〔T30n1579 0847a24〕〔T30n1579 0847a26〕〔T30n1579 0847a29〕〔T30n1579 0847b03〕〔T30n1579 0847b04〕〔T30n1579 0849b22〕〔T30n1579 0849b23〕〔T30n1579 0850a18〕〔T30n1579 0850a19〕〔T30n1579 0850a22〕〔T30n1579 0850c09〕。
  • 嗢拕南之承衍——論卷九十五「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」〔T30n1579 0840b24〕一首十二項之段,與本卷經407–443 之位相當,然論依其門次第,經依其經序:障當經407–420,過當經421–426,業當經422·435,黑異熟等當經430–434,大義當經435–442,後難得當經442·443,得當經442,相當經418,處當經416,攝當經419;如理、集諦二項,本卷經文無同詞(目四)。論卷九十六別嗢拕南「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」〔T30n1579 0846c17〕四項之段,與本卷經444–454 之位相當:總義當經451–454,自類別當經438·444·447,似轉當經445–450,後三求當經450·452–454。其後「三七界相攝、見想、與希奇、差別性、安立、寂靜、愚夫後。」〔T30n1579 0847b07〕七項之段,本卷唯差別性當經451–453,愚夫後當經444·451–454。
  • 卷內之承衍(只錄同式)——經407–415 一組,同起於「有眾多比丘集於食堂」,同以「非義饒益」遮之、以四聖諦代之;經410 以「差別者」承經409,經412·415 以「如是廣說,乃至」承其前諸經世尊之語。經416–418 一組,同起於「汝等持我所說四聖諦不」,答語遞增其詞。經421–426 一組,同以「過於此者」之問與「不如實知」之答,經425·426 以「如前所說」「乃至」承經424。經430–434 一組,同以譬或以句說不如實知者之墮與如實知者之慧。經435–437 一組,經436 以「如須達長者所問」承經435,經437 以「如異比丘問」承經436。經438–442 一組,同為世尊設譬問答之型:經438 合眾生界無量,經439·441 合知者少,經440 合見諦者已斷之苦多而餘苦少,經442 合甲上土與大地土而經末列舉,經440·441·442 經末之列舉各擴其譬。經445–450 一組,同起於「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」,經446·448 以略文承其長行而說同一偈。經452–454 一組,同起於「緣種種界生種種觸」,順說逆遮同式,經454 延其支至想、欲、覺、熱、求。
  • 本卷之外——經410「如上廣說」、經412·415「如是廣說,乃至」、經425「如前所說」、經446「廣說如上」、經448「如上廣說」、經449「如是廣說」所承者,皆以本卷內同式之經為候(目一略文表);不指定卷外之經。經450 末「如上經如是廣說」〔T02 0115c26〕,所指為同組之上經。

九、校本定位

大正藏校記於本卷異讀共五十五條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【宮-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「無」=該本無此字;並錄不判;#002·#004·#011·#046·#048 五條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):

#錨今行字異讀
0010109a19修【宋】【元】脩
0020109c10說【大】無;今行從【麗-CB】【磧-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0030109c29諍論【宋】【元】【明】論諍
0040109c29未【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0050110b06說論【宋】【元】【明】論說
0060110b17正【宋】【元】【明】整
0070111a15於【大】苦;【宮-CB】【宋】【元】【明】於
0080111b21燒【宋】【元】【明】熾
0090111c12魔【宋】【元】【明】摩
0100112b11聞【宋】【元】間
0110112c25等【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0120113a13登【宋】橙;【元】【明】隥
0130113a13昇【明】陞
0140113a15三【宋】三橙;【元】【明】三隥
0150113a15階【宋】無
0160113a16登【宋】無
0170113a17昇【明】陞
0180113a20昇【明】陞
0190113a21昇【明】陞
0200113a23昇【明】陞
0210113b03昇【明】陞
0220113b03於【宋】【元】【明】無
0230113b04隥【宋】橙
0240113b05隥【宋】橙
0250113b05昇【明】陞
0260113b11隥【宋】橙
0270113b11昇【明】陞
0280113b12登【元】【明】隥
0290113b12隥【宋】橙
0300113b12昇【明】陞
0310113b13隥【宋】橙
0320113b13登【宋】橙
0330113b14隥【宋】橙
0340113b14昇【明】陞
0350113b23於【宋】【元】【明】極
0360113b26是【宋】【元】【明】此
0370113c16渧【宋】【元】【明】滴
0380113c17渧【宋】【元】【明】滴
0390113c18渧【宋】【元】【明】滴
0400113c23渧【宋】【元】【明】滴
0410114a24上【宋】【元】【明】無
0420114b07復【宋】【元】【明】無
0430114b09復【宋】【元】【明】無
0440114b10者【宋】【元】【明】無
0450114c25生【宋】【元】【明】生亦如是
0460115a06孤【大】狐;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0470115b21界【宋】【元】【明】眾
0480115c04界【大】果;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0490115c13種【宋】【元】【明】種諸
0500116a12觸生【元】【明】無
0510116a12觸生【元】【明】無
0520116a12觸生【元】【明】無
0530116a13觸生【元】【明】無
0540116a14觸生【元】【明】無
0550116a14觸生【元】【明】無

#007 之「於」,大正原刊作苦,大正注記三本作於,今行從【宮-CB】及三本;此條今行校本記為改字,非增補,照錄而不判。

可記者十事(並錄不判):

  1. 經407 之字(#001)——「有諸天阿修羅興四種軍」之「修」(0109a19)【宋】【元】作脩。白話依今行。
  2. 經411·412 之字(#002–#004)——「說諸海中事」之「說」(0109c10),【大】無,即【大】讀作『諸海中事』,今行從【麗-CB】【磧-CB】補(今行校本修訂列);經412「諍論之聲」之「諍論」(0109c29)三本作論諍;「於四聖諦未無間等者」之「未」(0109c29),【大】無,即【大】讀作『於四聖諦無間等者』,今行補(今行校本修訂列)。白話依今行。
  3. 經415·416 之字(#005·#006)——「作如是說論」之「說論」(0110b06)三本作論說;經416「正衣服」之「正」(0110b17)三本作整,即三本與經417·418·421–424 之「整衣服」同。白話依今行。
  4. 經420·422·424 之字(#007–#009)——經420「則於佛有疑,於法、僧有疑」行中之「於」(0111a15),【大】作苦,今行從【宮-CB】及三本;經422「大熱燒然」之「燒」(0111b21)三本作熾,即三本讀作『大熱熾然』,與同句上文「大熱熾然」同;經424「千炎魔天」之「魔」(0111c12)三本作摩。白話依今行。
  5. 經430·435 之字(#010·#011)——經430 末「諸比丘聞佛所說」之「聞」(0112b11)【宋】【元】作間;經435「此四聖諦漸次無間等」之「等」(0112c25),【大】無,今行補(今行校本修訂列)。白話依今行。
  6. 經436·437 之字(#012–#034)——「四登階道」之「登」(0113a13)【宋】作橙,【元】【明】作隥;「昇」字十處(0113a13·0113a17·0113a20·0113a21·0113a23·0113b03·0113b05·0113b11·0113b12·0113b14)【明】皆作陞;「第三」之「三」(0113a15)【宋】作三橙,【元】【明】作三隥;「第四階」之「階」(0113a15)【宋】無;「次登第二」之「登」(0113a16)【宋】無;經437「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」之「於」(0113b03)三本無;「隥」字六處(0113b04·0113b05·0113b11·0113b12·0113b13·0113b14)【宋】皆作橙;「次登」之「登」二處(0113b12·0113b13),一處【元】【明】作隥,一處【宋】作橙。白話依今行。
  7. 經438·440 之字(#035–#040)——經438「或於細不可貫」之「於」(0113b23)三本作極,即三本讀作『或極細不可貫』;「佛說是經已」之「是」(0113b26)三本作此;經440「渧」字四處(0113c16·0113c17·0113c18·0113c23)三本皆作滴。白話依今行。
  8. 經442·443 之字(#041–#045)——經442「世尊甲上土甚少少耳」之「上」(0114a24)三本無;經末列舉「亦復如是」之「復」二處(0114b07·0114b09)三本無;「眾生不知法、律者」之「者」(0114b10)三本無;經443 經末「如是今生、當生」之「生」(0114c25)三本作生亦如是,即三本讀作『如是今生、當生亦如是』。白話依今行。
  9. 經445·447·448·449 之字(#046–#049)——經445「孤獨園」之「孤」(0115a06),【大】作狐,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列);經447「是名比丘常與界俱」之「界」(0115b21)三本作眾,即三本讀作『常與眾俱』;經448 偈「眾生與界俱」之「界」(0115c04),【大】作果,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列),經446 同句〔T02 0115a22〕無校;經449「當善分別種種界」之「種」(0115c13)三本作種諸。白話依今行。
  10. 經452 之字(#050–#055)——「緣眼觸生眼觸生受,緣眼觸生受生眼觸生愛」與「緣意觸生意觸生受,緣意觸生受生意觸生愛」諸句之「觸生」六處(0116a12 三處·0116a13 一處·0116a14 二處),【元】【明】皆無,即【元】【明】讀作『緣眼觸生眼受,緣眼受生眼愛』之式,與經453「緣眼觸生眼受」之句相近。今行依【大】,白話依今行而以文義通之,不改字。

標點:經408 底本作「或說有常,或說無常……」〔T02 0109b09〕、經411 作「或論說王事……」〔T02 0109c15〕、經412 作「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0109c29〕、經415 作「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0110b12〕、經410 作「如是我聞:一時……如上廣說」〔T02 0109c04〕、經446 作「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上」〔T02 0115a13〕、經448 作「竹園……如上廣說已」〔T02 0115b25〕、經449 作「眾生常與界俱,與界和合……」〔T02 0115c07〕,以「……」示略文,白話皆照錄其略而不補。經422 異比丘之語「唯此大熱,復有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上」〔T02 0111b14〕,底本句末作「。」,依其「復有」之問意,白話作問句;其後世尊之答,底本逕以引號起「如是,比丘」〔T02 0111b15〕,無「佛告」之語,白話照錄不補。經422「一向與烔然」〔T02 0111b12〕,「與」下無賓語,照錄。經449「與,飲酒界俱」〔T02 0115c10〕「與,不飲酒界俱」〔T02 0115c12〕,「與」下底本有逗號,照錄其字而白話順讀。經452「緣眼觸生眼觸生受」〔T02 0116a11〕照錄不改。又經407·435·436·437·447·452·453·454 諸段,底本每段以開引號起而不閉(如經407「過去世時」〔T02 0109a08〕之首,經447 十三尊者之段,唯阿難一段〔T02 0115b16〕無開引號),白話依段閉合;經407 士夫之念與語、經414「宿命所作」、經436 有人之言,皆在內層引號中,白話依內層引號錄之。經447 之末作「佛說是經時。」〔T02 0115b22〕,照錄不改為「已」。經454 順說之意根一行作「緣意受生意想,緣意想生意覺」〔T02 0116b25〕,無「欲」支,逆遮一段作「非緣種種覺生種種想」〔T02 0116b29〕,亦無「欲」支,照錄不補。

gaiji:本卷錄文無私用區字,亦無擴充 B 區字。 夾註:本卷無。 偈之行式:經446 偈一首,底本九行(0115a15–0115a23),每行二句,首行之首為世尊語之開引號,末行之末為收號;經448 偈一首,底本九行(0115b26–0115c05),行式同。白話皆以偈體錄之,每行二句。

十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文

①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同喻者為成立,各引論文一句;義近而論無其詞者,以今語一句帶過,標〔義對位·論無同詞〕;論與經有同詞而依對位之法只列參者,標〔義對位·同詞見目三〕。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。

經本母(逐字)錨同詞
407(障)本經未見本母直釋;放逸之段,「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」〔T30n1579 0845a16〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a16思惟·世間
408(障)本經未見本母直釋;放逸之段,「如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a04〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a04世間有邊(論「謂世間常」·經「世間有常」,詞異)
409(障)本經未見本母直釋;「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」〔T30n1579 0845a17〕〔義對位·論無同詞〕0845a17—
410本經未見本母直釋(略文)——
411(障)本經未見本母直釋;『耽染世間財食之戲論』,論之六種戲論之一〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a20世間
412(障)本經未見本母直釋;『諍競之戲論』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a19諍
413(障)本經未見本母直釋;『於他分別勝劣之戲論』〔義對位·論無同詞〕——
414(障)本經未見本母直釋;『分別工巧養命之戲論』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a20工巧
415(障)本經未見本母直釋;『耽染世間財食之戲論』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a20食
416(障·處)本經未見本母直釋;「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」〔T30n1579 0845a26〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a26持·是苦聖諦
417(障)本經未見本母直釋;「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」〔T30n1579 0845a28〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845a28聖·諦·真·實
418(相)本經未見本母直釋;「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0843c21聖諦(經「更立餘四聖諦」·論「更無第五聖諦」,詞異)
419(攝·障)本經未見本母直釋;「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」〔T30n1579 0842a25〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0842a25佛·法·僧
420(障)本經未見本母直釋;「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」〔T30n1579 0845b06〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845b06諦·疑惑
421(過)本經未見本母直釋;「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845b11生本·行
422(過·業)本經未見本母直釋;「大生熱惱常所燒然」〔T30n1579 0845b15〕;「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」〔T30n1579 0844b18〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845b15·0844b18燒然(論又作燒燃,字形異)
423(過)本經未見本母直釋;「廣說乃至墮於生闇」〔T30n1579 0845b18〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845b18墮於生·闇
424(過)本經未見本母直釋;「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」〔T30n1579 0845b19〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845b19世界中間·闇
425(過)本經未見本母直釋(略文);世界中間之句見經424 之對〔義對位·同詞見目三〕——
426(過·愚夫後)本經未見本母直釋;世界中間之句見經424 之對;「三千大千世界」之詞,論唯以為補特伽羅之比〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0850c09三千大千世界
427本經未見本母直釋——
428本經未見本母直釋——
429本經未見本母直釋——
430(黑異熟等)「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」〔T30n1579 0845b27〕0845b27擲杖·墮·餓鬼(論「那落迦」「傍生」·經「地獄」「畜生」,詞異)
431(黑異熟等)「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」〔T30n1579 0845b29〕0845b29擲杖·墮·淨·惡趣·善趣
432(黑異熟等)「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」〔T30n1579 0845c04〕0845c04五趣·輪·旋轉(論「五輻輪」·經「五節相續輪」,詞異)
433(黑異熟等)本經未見本母直釋;「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」〔T30n1579 0845c07〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0845c07如來·聖諦
434(黑異熟等)「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」〔T30n1579 0845c11〕0845c11慧(經「黠慧」·論「聰慧」,詞異)
435(大義·業)「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」〔T30n1579 0845c14〕;「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」〔T30n1579 0844b12〕(次要)0845c14·0844b12四聖諦·漸次(經「無間等」·論「現觀」,詞異)
436(大義)「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」〔T30n1579 0845c17〕0845c17四·階·昇·殿
437(大義)「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」〔T30n1579 0845c18〕0845c18四·隥·梯
438(自類別·大義)本經未見本母直釋;「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」〔T30n1579 0846c24〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0846c24界·無量(大義之段『譬如三槍……撓攪生死大海』,經「鏘」「大海」,並錄)
439(大義)「譬如礫石及大雪山」〔T30n1579 0845c29〕0845c29雪山·石
440(大義)「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」〔T30n1579 0846a02〕;「如大陂湖,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a05〕;「又如大海,餘如前說」〔T30n1579 0846a06〕(經末列舉)0846a02·0846a05·0846a06其水盈滿·大海(經「渧」·論「滴」,三本作滴)
441(大義)「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」〔T30n1579 0846a08〕0846a08雪山·大地·團
442(大義·後難得·得)「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地」之大地喻〔T30n1579 0846a08〕;經末列舉:「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」〔T30n1579 0846a16〕;「是名善識父母恩養」〔T30n1579 0846a28〕;「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0846b02〕;「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」〔T30n1579 0846b22〕;「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」〔T30n1579 0846b25〕0846a08·0846a16·0846a28·0846b02·0846b22·0846b25大地·聖慧眼(論又作聖明眼)·父母·沙門·婆羅門·作福·受齋·戒·惡趣·善趣
443(後難得)「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」〔T30n1579 0846b28〕;「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」〔T30n1579 0846b29〕0846b28·0846b29正見·已生·今生·當生·習·修·多修
444(自類別·愚夫後)本經未見本母直釋;「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」〔T30n1579 0846c27〕;「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」〔T30n1579 0850a18〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0846c27·0850a18界·無量
445(似轉)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕0847a01善界·相似(經「不善界」·論「惡界」,詞異)
446(似轉)「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a05〕0847a05相似·界(偈「相似共和合」)
447(似轉·自類別)「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」〔T30n1579 0847a03〕0847a03相似(經「於近處經行」·論「同聚、同住」,詞異)
448(似轉)「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a05〕0847a05相似·界
449(似轉)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕0847a01界
450(似轉·後三求)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」〔T30n1579 0847a01〕;梵行求之段,「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」〔T30n1579 0847a14〕(次要·經末列舉)0847a01·0847a14界·信·易養·易滿·少欲(經「知足」·論「喜足」,詞異)
451(總義·差別性)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕;「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」〔T30n1579 0849b22〕0846c19·0849b22十八界·眼界·色界·眼識界·意識界
452(總義·差別性)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕;「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」〔T30n1579 0849b23〕0846c19·0849b23十八界·受
453(總義·差別性)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕;有求之段,「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」〔T30n1579 0847a19〕(次要)0846c19·0847a19十八界
454(總義·後三求)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」〔T30n1579 0846c19〕;欲求之段,「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」〔T30n1579 0847a29〕;「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」〔T30n1579 0847b03〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0846c19·0847a29·0847b03十八界·想·熱·求(經「欲」·論「希欲」;經「覺」·論「尋思」,詞異)

諦之擇攝十二項,對本卷之經者已列上表;其中如理、集諦二項本卷無同詞(目四)。界之擇攝別嗢拕南四項皆有對;其後七項唯差別性、愚夫後二項有同詞,三七界相攝·見想·與希奇·安立·寂靜五項,本經未見本母直釋。

②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):

經大正注逐字錨
407「S. 56. 41. Cintā.」0108c28
408「S. 56. 8. Cintā.」0109a27
409「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」0109b19
410「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」0109c04
411「S. 56. 10. Kathā.」0109c07
412「S. 56. 9. Viggāhikā.」0109c22
413大正注未記—
414大正注未記—
415大正注未記—
416「S. 56. 15. Dhāraṇa.」0110b15
417「S. 56. 20, 27. Tathā.」0110b27
418「S. 56. 16. Dhāraṇa.」0110c13
419大正注未記—
420大正注未記—
421「S. 56. 42. Papāta.」0111a20
422「S. 56. 43. Pariḷāha.」0111b10
423「S. 56. 46. Andhakāra.」0111b25
424大正注未記—
425大正注未記—
426大正注未記—
427「S. 56. 29. Pariññeyya.」0112a11
428「S. 56. 2. Paṭisallāṇa.」0112a18
429「S. 56. 1. Samādhi.」0112a25
430「S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」0112b03
431「cf. S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」0112b12
432大正注未記—
433大正注未記—
434大正注未記—
435大正注未記—
436「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」0113a12
437「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」0113b02
438「S. 56. 36. Pāṇā.」0113b19
439「S. 56. 49-50. Sineru.」0113b28
440「S. 56. 52. Pokkharaṇī.」;經末列舉「S. 56. 53-54. Sambhejja.」0113c13;0113c27
441「S. 56. 55-60. Pathavī &c.」0114a01
442「S. 56. 51. Nakhasikha.」;經末列舉「以下 S. 56. 61-70. Aññatra, Pacāyika.」0114a21;0114b02
443大正注未記—
444大正注未記—
445「S. 14. 14. Hīnādhimutti.」0115a05
446「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」0115a12
447「S. 14. 15. Kamma.」0115a24
448「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」0115b24
449「S. 14. 12. Sanidāna.」0115c06
450經末列舉「以下 S. 14. 21-24. Appassnta &c.」0115c23
451「S. 14. 1. Dhātu.」0115c27
452「S. 14. 2-6. Samphassa.」0116a05
453「S. 14. 2-6. Samphassa &c.」0116a22
454「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c.」0116b14

大正注三十六條,記於三十四經(經440·442 各二條,一在經首,一在經末列舉;經431 一條為「cf.」互見);經407–442 屬「S. 56.」,經445–454 屬「S. 14.」;經413·414·415·419·420·424·425·426·432·433·434·435·443·444 十四經未記。經450 一條錨在經末列舉之首,經首未記。經409·410 同記「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」,經436·437 同記「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」,經446·448 同記「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」,經452·453 同號而後者加「&c.」,照原錄。經407「Cintā.」與經408「Cintā.」同名而號異,照原錄。

大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「世間思惟 Lokacinta.」(0109a03);「薩羅多吒迦 Seyyathīdaṃ(?)」(0113c27);「Gaṅgā.」(0113c27);「Yamunā.」「Sarabhū.」「Aciravatī.」「Mahī.」(0113c28);「大迦葉 Mahā-Kasyapa.」(0115b01);「頭陀行 Dhuta.」「Sāriputta.」(0115b03);「大目揵連 Mahā-Moggalāna.」(0115b05);「Anuruddha.」(0115b06);「Upāli.」(0115b11);「富樓那 Puṇṇa.」(0115b13);「Ānanda.」(0115b16);「Devadatta.」(0115b19)。經文作「頭陀苦行」〔T02 0115b03〕,注作「頭陀行」,照錄。

③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。經中譬喻與專名之見於攝事分者,已列目三、目六;其餘——四種軍·藕孔·深嶮巖·大熱地獄·大闇地獄·千日千月·小千中千·五節相續輪·登階道·隥梯·鏘·水虫·土石·湖池·渧·團土·梨果·爪甲·甲上土·眼藥丸·小木·巨海·膠漆·珂乳·世間思惟·貪覺·恚覺·害覺·親里覺·國土人民覺·不死覺·波斯匿·頻婆娑羅·須達·黠慧·無間等·憍陳如·大迦葉·舍利弗·目揵連·阿那律·二十億耳·陀驃·優波離·富樓那·迦旃延·羅睺羅·提婆達多·阿難·種種界·界俱·界和合——論文所對之段未見其詞〔查無:以各詞逐字搜攝事分諦之擇攝與界之擇攝全段,未見〕。

Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 16 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第十六」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 16”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; the chapter title 「雜因誦第三品之四」—“Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Four”; forty-eight discourses (discourse numbers 407 to 454); two verses (Discourses 446 and 448, the two verses identical in wording); no summary verse; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第十六」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 16.” There are 10,114 Chinese characters in the fascicle. There are two dwelling places: Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove (Discourses 407–434, 439, 440, 447, and 448), and Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 435, 438, 441–446, and 449–454); Discourses 410, 436, and 437 do not record a dwelling place. Speakers: in Discourses 407–415 the World-Honored One, knowing what the bhikṣus were thinking in their minds, or hearing with the divine ear while in meditation, goes to the dining hall and addresses them, or asks and the bhikṣus answer the Buddha; in Discourses 416–418 the World-Honored One first asks 「持我所說四聖諦不」—“Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?” and a bhikṣu answers; in Discourses 421–424 the World-Honored One addresses them, a certain bhikṣu asks ‘is there … surpassing this?’, and the World-Honored One answers; in Discourse 434 the World-Honored One asks and the bhikṣus answer the Buddha; in Discourse 435 the householder Sudatta asks; Discourses 436 and 437 follow the pattern of the preceding discourse (a certain bhikṣu asks · Ānanda asks); in Discourses 438–442 the World-Honored One puts a question, the bhikṣus answer the Buddha, and the World-Honored One addresses them; the remaining discourses are the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus. The first thirty-six discourses belong to the truths (Discourses 407–442), Discourse 443 carries on from them, and the last eleven discourses belong to the elements (Discourses 444–454). The mirror set against it is the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi, the sūtra-topics, the selective summary of dependent arising, nutriment, the truths, and the elements (fascicle 95 of the treatise, the selective summary of the truths; fascicle 96 of the treatise, the selective summary of the elements). The collation notes of the Taishō record fifty-five variant readings (five of them revisions in the current edition), see the ninth topic; the coordinates carried in the Taishō notes number thirty-six, see the tenth topic.


I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement

The place of Fascicle 16—the head of the fascicle in the base text:

「雜阿含經」—“Saṃyukta Āgama”〔T02 0108c24〕「卷第十六」—“Fascicle 16”〔T02 0108c24〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0108c26〕 「雜因誦第三品之四」—“Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Four”〔T02 0108c27〕

The closing title at the end of the fascicle reads 「雜阿含經卷第十六」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 16”〔T02 0116c06〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (407): 「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0108c28〕. This fascicle is the fourth fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements.

Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):

  • Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove—「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0108c28〕: Discourse 407; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0109a27〕〔T02 0109b19〕〔T02 0109c07〕〔T02 0109c22〕〔T02 0110a03〕〔T02 0110a19〕〔T02 0110b05〕〔T02 0110b15〕〔T02 0110b27〕〔T02 0110c13〕〔T02 0111a01〕〔T02 0111a12〕〔T02 0111a20〕〔T02 0111b10〕〔T02 0111b25〕〔T02 0111c08〕〔T02 0111c26〕〔T02 0112a03〕〔T02 0112a11〕〔T02 0112a18〕〔T02 0112a25〕〔T02 0112b03〕〔T02 0112b12〕〔T02 0112b21〕〔T02 0112c02〕〔T02 0112c10〕: Discourses 408, 409, and 411–434; and also at〔T02 0113b28〕〔T02 0113c13〕〔T02 0115a24〕〔T02 0115b24〕: Discourses 439, 440, 447, and 448. In Discourse 448 the phrase is followed directly by 「……如上廣說已,即說偈言:」—“… having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse:”〔T02 0115b25〕.
  • Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0112c21〕: Discourse 435; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0113b19〕〔T02 0114a01〕〔T02 0114a21〕〔T02 0114c20〕〔T02 0114c27〕〔T02 0115a05〕〔T02 0115a12〕〔T02 0115c06〕〔T02 0115c15〕〔T02 0115c27〕〔T02 0116a05〕〔T02 0116a22〕〔T02 0116b14〕: Discourses 438, 441–446, and 449–454.
  • No dwelling place recorded—Discourse 410, 「如是我聞:一時……如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」—“Thus have I heard. At one time… as explained at length above. The difference is: giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, thoughts of not dying”〔T02 0109c04〕; Discourse 436, 「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」—“As the householder Sudatta asked, a certain bhikṣu asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113a12〕; Discourse 437, 「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」—“As a certain bhikṣu asked, what Ānanda asked was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113b02〕. Discourses 436 and 437 lack 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”; recorded as they stand, not supplied.

The types of the forty-eight discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):

DiscourseAnchorTypeWhat is asked · what is said (verbatim)
407〔T02 0108c28〕The World-Honored One knows what the bhikṣus are thinking in their minds → goes to the dining hall → addresses the bhikṣus (telling within it of a past event: the man thinks himself mad → speaks to the crowd → the crowd takes him for mad) → the Buddha tells the bhikṣus the truth of it「時,有眾多比丘集於食堂,思惟世間而思惟」—“At that time many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall, thinking worldly thoughts”〔T02 0108c29〕; 「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」—“Bhikṣus, take care not to think worldly thoughts”〔T02 0109a02〕; 「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」—“he saw four kinds of army—elephants, horses, chariots, and foot soldiers—measureless and countless, all entering into a single lotus-root hole”〔T02 0109a10〕; 「然彼士夫非狂失性,所見真實」—“Yet that man had not gone mad and lost his senses; what he saw was real”〔T02 0109a17〕
408〔T02 0109a27〕The World-Honored One, sitting in meditation in a certain place, hears with the divine ear → goes to the dining hall → asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha (omission within the discourse) → the Buddha addresses them「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」—“some said the world is eternal, some said the world is not eternal”〔T02 0109a29〕; 「以天耳聞諸比丘集於食堂論議之聲」—“heard with the divine ear the sound of the bhikṣus gathered in the dining hall discussing”〔T02 0109b05〕; 「汝等比丘眾多聚集,何所言說?」—“You bhikṣus have gathered in numbers; what were you discussing?”〔T02 0109b07〕; 「汝等莫作如是論議」—“Do not discuss in this way”〔T02 0109b10〕
409〔T02 0109b19〕The World-Honored One knows what the bhikṣus are thinking in their minds → goes to the dining hall → addresses the bhikṣus「或有貪覺覺者,或瞋覺覺者,或害覺覺者」—“some were thinking thoughts of greed, some thoughts of hatred, some thoughts of harming”〔T02 0109b20〕; 「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」—“Do not think thoughts of greed, do not think thoughts of hatred, do not think thoughts of harming”〔T02 0109b23〕; 「汝等當起苦聖諦覺、苦集聖諦覺、苦滅聖諦覺、苦滅道跡聖諦覺」—“You should give rise to the thought of the noble truth of suffering, the thought of the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the thought of the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and the thought of the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0109b26〕
410〔T02 0109c04〕Abbreviated text (recording only the difference)「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」—“as explained at length above. The difference is: giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, thoughts of not dying”〔T02 0109c04〕
411〔T02 0109c07〕The World-Honored One, in meditation, hears with the divine ear → goes to the dining hall → asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha (omission within the discourse) → the Buddha addresses them「或論王事、賊事、鬪戰事、錢財事、衣被事、飲食事、男女事、世間言語事、事業事、說諸海中事」—“some discussed matters of kings, of thieves, of battles, of money, of clothing, of food and drink, of men and women, of worldly talk, of business, and spoke of matters of the oceans”〔T02 0109c09〕; 「汝等比丘眾多聚集,為何所說?」—“You bhikṣus have gathered in numbers; what are you saying?”〔T02 0109c13〕; 「若論說者,應當論說」—“If you would discuss, you should discuss”〔T02 0109c16〕
412〔T02 0109c22〕The bhikṣus quarrel → the World-Honored One, in meditation, hears with the divine ear → omission within the discourse「我知法、律,汝等不知我所說成就」—“I know the Dharma and Discipline; you do not. What I say is well founded”〔T02 0109c24〕; 「我論是汝等不如,能答者當答。」—“My argument is right and yours falls short; let him who can answer, answer.”〔T02 0109c27〕; 「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」—“the sound of quarrelling… explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0109c29〕
413〔T02 0110a03〕Hears with the divine ear → goes to the dining hall → asks → the bhikṣus report the matter above → the Buddha addresses them「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」—“King Prasenajit or King Bimbisāra—which has the greater power? Which has the greater wealth?”〔T02 0110a04〕; 「汝等用說諸王大力、大富為?」—“Why do you speak of the great power and great wealth of kings?”〔T02 0110a09〕
414〔T02 0110a19〕Hears with the divine ear → goes to the dining hall → asks → the bhikṣus report what was said above → the Buddha addresses them「汝等宿命作何等業?為何工巧?以何自活?」—“What work did you do in your former lives? What craft did you follow? By what did you live?”〔T02 0110a20〕; 「汝等比丘莫作是說:『宿命所作。』」—“You bhikṣus should not speak thus: ‘What was done in former lives.’”〔T02 0110a25〕
415〔T02 0110b05〕The bhikṣus discuss leaving the coarse food → hears with the divine ear → omission within the discourse「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」—“Such-and-such a donor prepares coarse, plain food; when we have eaten it, it is tasteless and without strength”〔T02 0110b07〕; 「比丘乞食時得好食,又見好色,時聞好聲,多人所識」—“When a bhikṣu goes on almsround, he gets fine food, sees fine sights, from time to time hears fine sounds, and is known to many”〔T02 0110b09〕; 「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」—“at once went to the dining hall… explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0110b12〕
416〔T02 0110b15〕The World-Honored One asks → a certain bhikṣu answers the Buddha → the Buddha asks again → the bhikṣu answers → the Buddha says “Good”「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」—“Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?”〔T02 0110b16〕; 「汝云何受持四聖諦?」—“How do you hold the four noble truths?”〔T02 0110b19〕; 「我說苦聖諦,汝真實受持」—“I teach the noble truth of suffering, and you truly hold it”〔T02 0110b23〕
417〔T02 0110b27〕The World-Honored One asks → a bhikṣu answers the Buddha → the Buddha asks again → the bhikṣu answers → the Buddha says “Good”「時,有比丘從座起,整衣服,偏袒右肩」—“Then a bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, and bared his right shoulder”〔T02 0110b29〕; 「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」—“thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted; what the noble ones hold as truth”〔T02 0110c04〕; 「汝真實持我所說四聖諦」—“You truly hold the four noble truths I have taught”〔T02 0110c09〕
418〔T02 0110c13〕The World-Honored One asks → a certain bhikṣu answers the Buddha (asking and answering himself) → the Buddha says “Good” → the Buddha goes on to speak of ascetics and brāhmaṇas「云何四諦?」—“What are the four truths?”〔T02 0110c17〕; 「若沙門、婆羅門作如是說,如沙門瞿曇所說苦聖諦」—“If there were ascetics or brāhmaṇas who said: ‘The noble truth of suffering as taught by the ascetic Gautama”〔T02 0110c20〕; 「我當捨,更立苦聖諦者,但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」—“I will set aside, and set up another noble truth of suffering’—that would be mere words; when questioned he would not know, and his doubt would only grow, for it is beyond his range”〔T02 0110c22〕
419〔T02 0111a01〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「若比丘於佛有疑者,則於苦聖諦有疑」—“If a bhikṣu has doubt about the Buddha, he has doubt about the noble truth of suffering”〔T02 0111a02〕; 「若於佛不疑惑者,則於苦聖諦不疑惑」—“If he is without doubt about the Buddha, he is without doubt about the noble truth of suffering”〔T02 0111a06〕
420〔T02 0111a12〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑」—“If ascetics or brāhmaṇas have doubt about the noble truth of suffering, they have doubt about the Buddha”〔T02 0111a13〕; 「若於苦聖諦無疑者,則於佛無疑」—“If they are without doubt about the noble truth of suffering, they are without doubt about the Buddha”〔T02 0111a16〕
421〔T02 0111a20〕The World-Honored One addresses them → goes with the great assembly to the deep precipice → a certain bhikṣu asks → the Buddha, knowing his mind, answers「汝等共行至深嶮巖」—“Let us go together to the deep precipice”〔T02 0111a21〕; 「然復有一極深嶮極嶮於此,甚可怖畏者不?」—“yet is there one still deeper and steeper, steeper than this, and still more fearful?”〔T02 0111a26〕; 「佛知其意,即告言」—“The Buddha, knowing his mind, said to him”〔T02 0111a27〕; 「彼於生本諸行樂著」—“They delight in and cling to the formations that are the root of birth”〔T02 0111b02〕
422〔T02 0111b10〕The World-Honored One addresses them → a certain bhikṣu asks → the answer (the answering sentence has no introductory 「佛告」—“the Buddha said to”)「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」—“There is the great hot hell; if beings are born there, they are wholly ablaze”〔T02 0111b11〕; 「唯此大熱,復有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上」—“Is there only this great heat? Is there a heat greater than this, still more fearful, with none beyond it?”〔T02 0111b14〕; 「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」—“the great heat blazes. This, bhikṣu, is called the great heat burning”〔T02 0111b21〕
423〔T02 0111b25〕The World-Honored One addresses them → a certain bhikṣu asks → the Buddha addresses him「有大闇地獄」—“There is the great dark hell”〔T02 0111b26〕; 「不見自身分」—“cannot see the parts of their own bodies”〔T02 0111b27〕; 「墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇之中」—“fall into the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering”〔T02 0111c03〕
424〔T02 0111c08〕The World-Honored One addresses them → a certain bhikṣu asks → the Buddha addresses him「如日遊行,照諸世界,乃至千日千月照千世界」—“As the sun travels and illuminates the worlds, so on up to a thousand suns and a thousand moons illuminating a thousand worlds”〔T02 0111c09〕; 「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」—“Between these thousand worlds there is darkness; the light of sun and moon, for all its great power, does not reach them”〔T02 0111c14〕; 「有大闇冥過於此者」—“There is a great darkness surpassing this”〔T02 0111c19〕
425〔T02 0111c26〕The World-Honored One addresses them (abbreviated text)「從小千世界數滿至千,是名中千世界」—“Small thousandfold worlds, counted up to a full thousand, are called a middling thousandfold world”〔T02 0111c27〕; 「如前所說,乃至」—“as said before, up to”〔T02 0111c29〕
426〔T02 0112a03〕The World-Honored One addresses them (abbreviated with 「乃至」—“up to”)「從中千世界數滿至千,是名三千大千世界」—“Middling thousandfold worlds, counted up to a full thousand, are called a great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds”〔T02 0112a04〕; 「日月遊行,普照世界,而彼不見,乃至」—“though sun and moon travel and shine everywhere upon the worlds, their light does not reach there, up to”〔T02 0112a06〕
427〔T02 0112a11〕The World-Honored One addresses them → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse「我今當說四聖諦。諦聽!諦聽!善思念之」—“I shall now teach the four noble truths. Listen carefully, listen carefully, and consider it well”〔T02 0112a12〕; 「如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說」—“As with ‘I shall teach,’ so with ‘there are’ and ‘should be known,’ likewise as said above”〔T02 0112a17〕
428〔T02 0112a18〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心」—“Strive diligently in meditative reflection, rouse right endeavour, and inwardly still the mind”〔T02 0112a19〕; 「謂此苦聖諦如實顯現」—“This noble truth of suffering becomes manifest as it really is”〔T02 0112a21〕
429〔T02 0112a25〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「當修無量三摩提,專心正念」—“Cultivate the measureless samādhi with single-minded right mindfulness”〔T02 0112a26〕
430〔T02 0112b03〕The Buddha addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of throwing a stick)「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick into the air: it falls straight back, landing on its root, on its middle, or on its head”〔T02 0112b04〕; 「當知是沙門、婆羅門或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼」—“know that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas fall into hell, into the animal realm, or among the hungry ghosts”〔T02 0112b08〕
431〔T02 0112b12〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of throwing a stick)「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick so that it is set in the air: it must fall back down, falling on clean ground or on unclean ground”〔T02 0112b13〕; 「以不如實知故,或生善趣,或生惡趣」—“because they do not know as it really is, they are born in a good destination or in an evil destination”〔T02 0112b17〕
432〔T02 0112b21〕The Buddha addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of the wheel of five spokes)「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」—“It is like a wheel of five linked spokes that a strong man sets spinning fast”〔T02 0112b22〕; 「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」—“turn through the five destinations, turning swiftly”〔T02 0112b25〕; 「還墮惡道,長夜輪轉」—“then falling again into the evil paths, turning through the long night”〔T02 0112b27〕
433〔T02 0112c02〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」—“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, teaches the Dharma supremely, namely the four noble truths—disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare”〔T02 0112c03〕
434〔T02 0112c10〕The World-Honored One asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha says “Good”「何等為黠慧?」—“What is wisdom?”〔T02 0112c11〕; 「如我解世尊所說,於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧」—“As we understand what the World-Honored One has said, one who knows the four noble truths as they really are—this is wisdom”〔T02 0112c14〕
435〔T02 0112c21〕The householder Sudatta asks → the Buddha addresses the householder (twice 「佛告長者」—“The Buddha said to the householder”) → two similes「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」—“Are these four noble truths attained in unbroken comprehension gradually, or attained in unbroken comprehension all at once?”〔T02 0112c23〕; 「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」—“These four noble truths are attained in unbroken comprehension gradually, not all at once”〔T02 0112c24〕; 「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」—“to join two thin tree-leaves into a vessel to hold water and carry it—this is impossible”〔T02 0113a02〕; 「取蓮華葉連合為器,盛水遊行,斯有是處」—“to take lotus leaves and join them into a vessel to hold water and walk about—this is possible”〔T02 0113a05〕
436〔T02 0113a12〕The pattern of the preceding discourse (a certain bhikṣu asks · only the simile differs) → the Buddha addresses the bhikṣu, two similes「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」—“As the householder Sudatta asked, a certain bhikṣu asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113a12〕; 「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」—“It is like a stairway of four steps leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113a13〕
437〔T02 0113b02〕The pattern of the preceding discourse (Ānanda asks · only the simile differs) → the Buddha addresses Ānanda, two similes「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」—“As a certain bhikṣu asked, what Ānanda asked was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113b02〕; 「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」—“It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113b03〕
438〔T02 0113b19〕The World-Honored One puts a question → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha addresses them「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」—“Suppose all the grass and trees of the great earth were taken and made into spears and thrust into the great ocean: could they impale every creature in the water?”〔T02 0113b20〕; 「眾生界無數無量」—“The realm of beings is countless and measureless”〔T02 0113b24〕
439〔T02 0113b28〕The World-Honored One, holding earth and stones in his hand, asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha addresses them「爾時,世尊手執土石,問諸比丘」—“Then the World-Honored One, holding earth and stones in his hand, asked the bhikṣus”〔T02 0113b29〕; 「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」—“Are the earth and stones in this hand more, or are the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains more?”〔T02 0113c01〕; 「如我手中所執土石」—“are like the earth and stones I hold in my hand”〔T02 0113c06〕
440〔T02 0113c13〕The World-Honored One addresses them and puts a question → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha addresses them → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」—“Suppose there were a lake fifty leagues deep and wide, brimming with water”〔T02 0113c14〕; 「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」—“has cut off the roots of suffering like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, becoming in future lives one not subject to birth”〔T02 0113c21〕; 「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦」—“As with the simile of the water of the great lake, so with the Saluoduozhajia”〔T02 0113c27〕
441〔T02 0114a01〕The World-Honored One, holding a lump of clay in his hand, asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha addresses them → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse「手捉團土,大如梨果」—“holding in his hand a lump of clay the size of a pear”〔T02 0114a02〕; 「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」—“As with the king of Snow Mountains, so with Mount Nimindhara, Mount Vinataka”〔T02 0114a16〕; 「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」—“As with the pear, so with the āmalaka fruit”〔T02 0114a19〕
442〔T02 0114a21〕The World-Honored One, lifting soil on his fingernail, asks → the bhikṣus answer the Buddha → the Buddha addresses them → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse (a long list)「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」—“Is the soil on my fingernail more, or the soil of this great earth?”〔T02 0114a23〕; 「如甲上土者,若諸眾生,形可見者,亦復如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those beings whose forms can be seen”〔T02 0114a26〕; 「如甲上土,如是成就聖慧眼者」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those who have attained the noble eye of wisdom”〔T02 0114b07〕
443〔T02 0114c20〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」—“When I had not yet heard the Dharma, I attained right reflection on this noble truth of suffering, and right view arose”〔T02 0114c21〕; 「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」—“As with ‘arise,’ so with ‘is roused,’ ‘is practised,’ ‘is cultivated,’ ‘is much cultivated,’ ‘is touched,’ and ‘is realized,’ likewise”〔T02 0114c26〕
444〔T02 0114c27〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (the simile of the ball of eye-salve)「譬如眼藥丸,深廣一由旬」—“Suppose there were a ball of eye-salve a league deep and wide”〔T02 0114c28〕; 「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」—“and a man took that salve and set it out element by element”〔T02 0114c29〕; 「當善界學,善種種界」—“train well in the elements and be skilled in the various elements”〔T02 0115a02〕
445〔T02 0115a05〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”〔T02 0115a06〕; 「不善心時與不善界俱」—“with an unwholesome mind, they go together with an unwholesome element”〔T02 0115a08〕
446〔T02 0115a12〕Abbreviated text → the World-Honored One speaks a verse「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言:」—“Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as explained at length above. The difference is that he then spoke this verse:”〔T02 0115a13〕
447〔T02 0115a24〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (within the Buddha’s words it is told how thirteen venerables, each with many bhikṣus, were walking to and fro nearby)「云何與界俱?」—“How is it that they go together with the elements?”〔T02 0115a26〕; 「時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是上座多聞大德」—“At that time the venerable Kauṇḍinya, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all elders of great learning and virtue”〔T02 0115a28〕; 「時,提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是習眾惡行」—“At that time Devadatta, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all given to many evil deeds”〔T02 0115b19〕
448〔T02 0115b24〕Abbreviated text → speaks a verse「如上廣說已,即說偈言:」—“Having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse:”〔T02 0115b25〕
449〔T02 0115c06〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (omission within the discourse)「如是廣說,乃至」—“explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0115c08〕; 「殺生時與殺界俱」—“when killing, one goes together with the element of killing”〔T02 0115c09〕; 「與,飲酒界俱」—“one goes together with, the element of drinking”〔T02 0115c10〕
450〔T02 0115c15〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → the compilers’ restatement at the end of the discourse「不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱」—“When faithless, one goes together with the element of faithlessness; when breaking the precepts, with the element of breaking the precepts”〔T02 0115c17〕; 「信心時與信界俱」—“When one has a mind of faith, one goes together with the element of faith”〔T02 0115c19〕; 「如信、不信,如是精進、不精進」—“As with faith and faithlessness, so with striving and not striving”〔T02 0115c23〕
451〔T02 0115c27〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「我今當說種種諸界」—“I shall now teach the various elements”〔T02 0115c28〕; 「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」—“Namely the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element”〔T02 0116a01〕
452〔T02 0116a05〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (taught in forward order · the reverse denied)「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」—“Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings”〔T02 0116a06〕; 「云何種種界?謂十八界」—“What are the various elements? Namely the eighteen elements”〔T02 0116a08〕; 「非緣種種愛生種種受」—“It is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings”〔T02 0116a15〕
453〔T02 0116a22〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (taught in forward order · link by link 「非緣」—“it is not that conditioned by” and 「但緣」—“only conditioned by”)「謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」—“Namely, conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element; only conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact”〔T02 0116a28〕; 「是名比丘當善分別種種界」—“This, bhikṣus, is called: you should discern well the various elements”〔T02 0116b11〕
454〔T02 0116b14〕The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (taught in forward order · the reverse denied)「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」—“conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires; conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts; conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers; conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests”〔T02 0116b17〕; 「緣意想生意覺」—“conditioned by mind-perception arises mind-thought”〔T02 0116b25〕; 「非緣種種覺生種種想」—“not that conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various perceptions”〔T02 0116b29〕

How the discourses group together (by the discourses’ own form; only shared forms are recorded, their meaning is not judged):

  1. Discourses 407–415—the nine discourses of the dining hall: many bhikṣus gathered in the dining hall are thinking worldly thoughts (407), or discussing the fourteen views (408), or giving rise to thoughts of greed, hatred, and harming (409), or to thoughts of kin, of country and people, and of not dying (410, abbreviated text), or discussing the ten matters such as the affairs of kings (411), or quarrelling over the Dharma and Discipline (412), or discussing the great power and great wealth of two kings (413), or discussing former lives, crafts, and livelihood (414), or proposing to leave the coarse food and go on almsround (415); the World-Honored One in every case checks them with the phrase 「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」—“of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct,” and has them reflect on and discuss the four noble truths.
  2. Discourses 416–418—the three discourses on holding the four noble truths: the World-Honored One asks alike 「持我所說四聖諦不」—“Do you hold the four noble truths as I have taught them?”; in Discourse 416 the bhikṣu only names the four truths, in Discourse 417 the bhikṣu adds 「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒」—“thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted,” and in Discourse 418 the bhikṣu asks and answers himself 「云何四諦」—“What are the four truths?”, and the Buddha goes on to speak of those who would set up four other noble truths.
  3. Discourses 419 and 420—two discourses on doubting the Three Jewels and doubting the four noble truths, one spoken with regard to bhikṣus, the other with regard to ascetics and brāhmaṇas, the order reversed.
  4. Discourses 421–426—six discourses of the deep precipice, the great heat, the great darkness, and the darkness between the worlds: Discourse 421 the deep precipice, Discourse 422 the great hot hell, Discourse 423 the great dark hell, Discourse 424 the darkness between the small thousandfold worlds, Discourse 425 the middling thousandfold world (abbreviated text), Discourse 426 the great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds (abbreviated with 「乃至」—“up to”); in Discourses 421–424 a certain bhikṣu asks in each case ‘is there … surpassing this?’, and the Buddha answers with those who do not know the four noble truths as they really are.
  5. Discourses 427–429—teaching the four noble truths · meditative reflection · the measureless samādhi; all three discourses are direct teaching.
  6. Discourses 430–434—two discourses of throwing a stick (430, 431), the wheel of five spokes (432), teaching the Dharma supremely (433), wisdom (434).
  7. Discourses 435–437—three discourses on gradual unbroken comprehension: in Discourse 435 the householder Sudatta asks, and the two similes are vessels of leaves; in Discourse 436 a certain bhikṣu asks, and the two similes are a stairway of four steps; in Discourse 437 Ānanda asks, and the two similes are a ladder of four rungs. Discourses 436 and 437 both carry on from the preceding discourse with 「唯譬差別」—“only the simile differs.”
  8. Discourses 438–442—five discourses comparing much and little: grass and trees made into spears to impale the creatures of the water (438), earth and stones in the hand and the Snow Mountains (439), drops taken from a lake (440), a lump of clay and the king of Snow Mountains (441), soil on the fingernail and soil of the great earth (442); at the end of Discourses 440, 441, and 442 each there is a list restated by the compilers.
  9. Discourse 443—right view arose; restated by the compilers at the end of the discourse.
  10. Discourses 444–454—the eleven discourses on the elements: the ball of eye-salve (444); six discourses on going together with the elements (445–450: 445 wholesome, unwholesome, superior, base; 446 abbreviated text with a verse; 447 the companies of the thirteen venerables; 448 abbreviated text with a verse; 449 killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, drinking; 450 faith, precepts, shame and scruple, with a list of twelve pairs at the end of the discourse); the eighteen elements (451); three discourses on contact, feeling, and craving arising conditioned by the elements (452, 453, 454; 454 extends to perception, desire, thought, fever, and quest).

Speakers: as to the World-Honored One’s coming in Discourses 407–415, in Discourses 407 and 409 it is 「知諸比丘心之所念」—“knowing what the bhikṣus were thinking in their minds,” in Discourse 408 it is 「一處坐禪,以天耳聞」—“sitting in meditation in a certain place, heard with the divine ear,” and in Discourses 411–415 it is 「於禪定中,以天耳聞」—“in meditation, heard with the divine ear”; in Discourses 408, 411, 413, and 414 the World-Honored One asks first, the bhikṣus answer the Buddha, and then the Buddha addresses them; in Discourses 407 and 409 the World-Honored One addresses them directly; in Discourses 412 and 415 the middle section is omitted with 「如是廣說,乃至」—“explained at length in this way, up to.” The words of 「士夫」—“the man” and of 「大眾」—“the crowd” in Discourse 407 belong to a past event told by the World-Honored One, at an inner level within the World-Honored One’s words. The one who answers in Discourse 416 is 「異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu,” in Discourse 417 「有比丘」—“a bhikṣu” (without the word 「異」—“certain”), and in Discourse 418 「異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu”; recorded as they stand, unchanged. In Discourses 421–424 the one who asks is in each case 「異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu”; in Discourse 421 the Buddha’s answer begins with 「佛知其意,即告言」—“The Buddha, knowing his mind, said to him,” and in Discourse 422 the Buddha’s answering sentence has no introductory 「佛告」—“the Buddha said to”: the base text runs straight on into the words 「如是,比丘」—“So it is, bhikṣu”〔T02 0111b15〕; recorded as it stands, not supplied. In Discourse 434 those who answer are the bhikṣus. In Discourse 435 the one who asks is the householder Sudatta, and the Buddha addresses the householder twice in all (「佛告長者」—“The Buddha said to the householder”〔T02 0112c24〕〔T02 0112c25〕). In Discourse 436 the one who asks is a certain bhikṣu; in Discourse 437 the one who asks is Ānanda. In Discourses 438–442 those who answer are the bhikṣu or the bhikṣus. In Discourse 447 the thirteen venerables—Kauṇḍinya, Mahākāśyapa, Śāriputra, Mahāmaudgalyāyana, Aniruddha, Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa, Dravya, Upāli, Pūrṇa, Kātyāyana, Ānanda, Rāhula, and Devadatta—each with many bhikṣus walking to and fro nearby, are at an inner level within the World-Honored One’s words, matters told, not speakers; of Devadatta’s company it is said 「一切皆是習眾惡行」—“they were all given to many evil deeds”〔T02 0115b20〕, recorded as it stands.

Verses: two in this fascicle (see the seventh topic)—the verse of Discourse 446, nine lines of eighteen five-character half-lines; the verse of Discourse 448, nine lines of eighteen five-character half-lines; the two verses are identical word for word. This fascicle has no summary verse.

Abbreviated texts (eight abbreviated discourses, five omissions within a discourse, and six lists restated by the compilers at the end of a discourse):

DiscourseKindAbbreviated text (verbatim)AnchorWhat it refers to
410Abbreviated discourse「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」—“as explained at length above. The difference is: giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, thoughts of not dying”〔T02 0109c04〕The dining-hall form of 「覺覺」—“thinking thoughts” in Discourse 409
425Abbreviated discourse「如前所說,乃至」—“as said before, up to”〔T02 0111c29〕The darkness between the worlds in Discourse 424
426Abbreviated discourse「日月遊行,普照世界,而彼不見,乃至」—“though sun and moon travel and shine everywhere upon the worlds, their light does not reach there, up to”〔T02 0112a06〕The question of a certain bhikṣu and the Buddha’s answer in Discourse 424
436Abbreviated discourse「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」—“As the householder Sudatta asked, a certain bhikṣu asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113a12〕Discourse 435
437Abbreviated discourse「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」—“As a certain bhikṣu asked, what Ānanda asked was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113b02〕Discourse 436
446Abbreviated discourse「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言:」—“Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as explained at length above. The difference is that he then spoke this verse:”〔T02 0115a13〕Going together with the elements in Discourse 445
448Abbreviated discourse「如上廣說已,即說偈言:」—“Having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse:”〔T02 0115b25〕Going together with the elements in Discourse 447 (the same dwelling place)
449Abbreviated discourse「如是廣說,乃至」—“explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0115c08〕; the preceding sentence 「眾生常與界俱,與界和合……」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements…”〔T02 0115c07〕Going together with the elements in Discourse 445
407Omission within the discourse「世間所無,而我今見,如上廣說」—“what does not exist in the world, I have now seen—as explained at length above”〔T02 0109a15〕What the man saw, in the text above in this discourse
408Omission within the discourse「或說有常,或說無常……」—“some said it is eternal, some said it is not eternal…”〔T02 0109b09〕; followed by 「如上廣說」—“as explained at length above”The fourteen views in the text above in this discourse
411Omission within the discourse「或論說王事……」—“some discussed matters of kings…”〔T02 0109c15〕; followed by 「如上廣說」—“as explained at length above”The ten matters in the text above in this discourse
412Omission within the discourse「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」—“the sound of quarrelling… explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0109c29〕The section, in the dining-hall discourses of this fascicle, in which the World-Honored One goes there, checks the discussion, and has them discuss the four noble truths (Discourses 408 and 411)
415Omission within the discourse「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」—“at once went to the dining hall… explained at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0110b12〕As above
427Compilers’ restatement「如當說,如是有、如是當知,亦如上說」—“As with ‘I shall teach,’ so with ‘there are’ and ‘should be known,’ likewise as said above”〔T02 0112a17〕The 「當說」—“I shall teach” of this discourse
440Compilers’ restatement「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,及四大海,其譬亦如上說」—“As with the simile of the water of the great lake, so with the Saluoduozhajia—the Gaṅgā, the Yamunā, the Sarayū, the Airāvatī, and the Mahī—and the four great oceans; the simile is likewise as said above”〔T02 0113c27〕The simile of the lake in this discourse
441Compilers’ restatement「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」—“As with the king of Snow Mountains, so with Mount Nimindhara, Mount Vinataka”〔T02 0114a16〕; 「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」—“As with the pear, so with the āmalaka fruit”〔T02 0114a19〕As at leftThe king of Snow Mountains and the pear in this discourse
442Compilers’ restatement「如陸地,如是水性亦爾」—“As on dry land, so too in the water”〔T02 0114b02〕; …… 「如地獄,畜生、餓鬼亦如是」—“As with hell, so with the animals and the hungry ghosts, likewise”〔T02 0114c19〕As at leftThe soil on the fingernail and the soil of the great earth in this discourse (「如甲上土」—“As with the soil on the nail” fourteen times, 「如大地土」—“As with the soil of the great earth” fourteen times)
443Compilers’ restatement「如已生,如是今生、當生」—“As with ‘arose,’ so with ‘arises now’ and ‘will arise’”〔T02 0114c25〕; 「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」—“As with ‘arise,’ so with ‘is roused,’ ‘is practised,’ ‘is cultivated,’ ‘is much cultivated,’ ‘is touched,’ and ‘is realized,’ likewise”〔T02 0114c26〕As at leftThe 「正見已生」—“right view arose” of this discourse
450Compilers’ restatement「如信、不信,如是精進、不精進」—“As with faith and faithlessness, so with striving and not striving”〔T02 0115c23〕; 「如上經如是廣說」—“explained at length as in the discourse above”〔T02 0115c26〕As at leftGoing together with the elements of faith and faithlessness in this discourse (twelve pairs)

The uddāna of the Compendium of Topics (fascicles 95 and 96 of the treatise, three verses, recording only their order; for their correspondence with this fascicle see the tenth topic, ①):

「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、」—“The Reasoned, Inclusion, The Truth of Arising, Attainment, Characteristics, The Basis, Function, Obstacles,”〔T30n1579 0840b24〕 「過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」—“Faults, Black Ripening and the Rest, The Great Meaning, Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain.”〔T30n1579 0840b25〕 「總義等、光等、受等最為後。」—“The General Meaning and the rest, Light and the rest, Feeling and the rest last of all.”〔T30n1579 0846c15〕 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」—“The General Meaning, Distinction by Kind, Arising in Kind, Finally, the Three Quests.”〔T30n1579 0846c17〕 「三七界相攝、見想、與希奇、」—“Mutual Inclusion of the Three and the Seven Elements, Views and Notions, and the Marvellous,”〔T30n1579 0847b07〕 「差別性、安立、寂靜、愚夫後。」—“The Nature of Difference, Establishment, Quiescence, Finally, the Fool.”〔T30n1579 0847b08〕

The twelve items of the first verse are the selective summary of the truths and correspond to the place of Discourses 407–443 of this fascicle, but the treatise follows the order of its own topics and does not run item by item with the order of the discourses; the second verse is the general uddāna and the particular uddāna, and the four items of the particular uddāna are the first section of the selective summary of the elements and correspond to the place of Discourses 444–454 of this fascicle; the seven items of the third verse are the next section of the selective summary of the elements, and in this fascicle only the two items 「差別性」—“The Nature of Difference” and 「愚夫後」—“Finally, the Fool” have shared words (the third topic · the tenth topic, ①).

II. Collation with the Alternate Translations

For the forty-eight discourses of this fascicle, no corresponding discourse is found in the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100)—among the Taishō notes for this fascicle not one gives a discourse number of the alternate translation; there is only one cross-reference note marked 「cf.」—“cf.,” at Discourse 431, and what it points to is a coordinate, not the alternate translation (「cf. S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」—“cf. S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.,” 0112b12, see the tenth topic, ②). This fascicle has no collation notes against the alternate translation. No parallel is constructed here.

III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)

The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the discourses of this fascicle, are the passages of the treatise text in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.

Worldly thinking · the fourteen views · evil thoughts · the kinds of talk (Discourses 407–415 · Obstacles)

  • Sūtra: 「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」—“You bhikṣus, take care not to think worldly thinking”〔T02 0109a02〕; 「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」—“some say the world is eternal, some say the world is not eternal”〔T02 0109a29〕; 「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」—“Do not give rise to thoughts of greed, do not give rise to thoughts of hatred, do not give rise to thoughts of harming”〔T02 0109b23〕; 「我知法、律,汝等不知我所說成就」—“I know the Dharma and Discipline; you do not know it; what I say is accomplished”〔T02 0109c24〕; 「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」—“King Prasenajit or King Bimbisāra—which has the greater power? Which has the greater wealth?”〔T02 0110a04〕; 「汝等宿命作何等業?為何工巧?以何自活?」—“In your former lives what work did you do? What craft did you practise? By what did you live?”〔T02 0110a20〕; 「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」—“Such-and-such a donor prepares coarse, plain food; when we have eaten it, it has no flavour and gives no strength”〔T02 0110b07〕
  • Treatise: 「若邪思惟、若邪尋思、若邪戲論,是名放逸」—“Wrong reflection, wrong deliberation, wrong idle discourse: this is called heedlessness”〔T30n1579 0844c27〕; 「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」—“Some think about the world, saying the world is eternal, and so on in full. Thus some say the world has an end, and so on in full. Some think about sentient beings, saying the soul is the body, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a03〕; 「如來滅後若有若無,乃至廣說」—“after his passing the Tathāgata exists or does not exist, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a08〕; 「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」—“Thinking thus about the world and such things can lead to what is without benefit”〔T30n1579 0845a16〕; 「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」—“Wrong deliberation, it should be known, is deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0845a17〕; 「邪戲論者,復有六種。謂顛倒戲論、唐捐戲論、諍競戲論、於他分別勝劣戲論、分別工巧養命戲論、耽染世間財食戲論」—“Wrong idle discourse is further of six kinds: namely, inverted idle discourse, futile idle discourse, contentious idle discourse, idle discourse that discriminates others as superior or inferior, idle discourse that discriminates crafts and ways of livelihood, and idle discourse steeped in worldly wealth and food”〔T30n1579 0845a18〕

The shared words are 「思惟」—“think,” 「世間」—“world,” 「世間有邊」—“the world has an end,” 「諍」—“contend,” 「工巧」—“craft,” and 「食」—“food”; the sūtra has 「世間思惟」—“worldly thinking,” the treatise 「思惟世間等法」—“thinking about the world and such things”; the sūtra 「世間有常」—“the world is eternal,” the treatise 「謂世間常」—“saying the world is eternal”; the sūtra 「是命是身」—“the soul is the body,” the treatise 「謂命即身」—“saying the soul is the body”; the sūtra 「如來死後」—“after the Tathāgata’s death,” the treatise 「如來滅後」—“after the Tathāgata’s passing”; the sūtra 「非義饒益」—“of no benefit in meaning,” the treatise 「能引無義」—“can lead to what is without benefit”; the sūtra 「貪覺覺」—“thoughts of greed,” 「恚覺覺」—“thoughts of hatred,” and 「害覺覺」—“thoughts of harming,” the treatise 「欲等尋思」—“deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”; the sūtra 「諍論」—“quarrelsome talk,” the treatise 「諍競戲論」—“contentious idle discourse”; the sūtra 「何者大力?何者大富」—“which has the greater power? which has the greater wealth,” the treatise 「於他分別勝劣戲論」—“idle discourse that discriminates others as superior or inferior”; the sūtra 「為何工巧?以何自活」—“what craft did you practise? by what did you live,” the treatise 「分別工巧養命戲論」—“idle discourse that discriminates crafts and ways of livelihood”; the sūtra 「麁疎食」—“coarse, plain food” and 「乞食」—“begging for food,” the treatise 「耽染世間財食戲論」—“idle discourse steeped in worldly wealth and food”; the words differ. The treatise names these three together heedlessness, the fourth of the four kinds of obstacle to the direct realization of the truths.

Holding the four noble truths · suchness · setting up four other noble truths (Discourses 416–418 · Obstacles · The Basis · Characteristics)

  • Sūtra: 「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」—“Yes; the four noble truths taught by the World-Honored One, I hold them all”〔T02 0110b18〕; 「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」—“thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted: this is what the noble ones hold as truth”〔T02 0110c04〕; 「但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」—“it would be mere words; asked, he does not know, and his doubt and confusion increase, because it is beyond his range”〔T02 0110c22〕; 「更立餘四聖諦者」—“one who sets up four other noble truths”〔T02 0110c24〕
  • Treatise: 「世尊弟子,為斷如是聖諦現觀四種障礙,由三行相任持聖諦」—“The disciples of the World-Honored One, to cut off these four kinds of obstacle to the direct realization of the noble truths, uphold the noble truths by three aspects”〔T30n1579 0845a23〕; 「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」—“Here wisdom born of hearing, just as it has heard, can rightly uphold ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a26〕; 「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」—“Namely, because the noble ones know them to be truths, they are called noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845a28〕; 「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」—“First, by the nature of things: by the meaning of the true and real they are called truths”〔T30n1579 0845b01〕; 「如實了知是苦聖諦,乃至廣說是道聖諦」—“knowing fully as it really is ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full up to ‘this is the noble truth of the path’”〔T30n1579 0844a13〕; 「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」—“Any good physician, likewise, should give only this much true remedy. Therefore there is no fifth noble truth”〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

The shared words are 「持」—“hold,” 「是苦聖諦」—“this is the noble truth of suffering,” 「聖」—“noble,” 「諦」—“truth,” 「真」—“true,” and 「實」—“real”; the sūtra has 「受持」—“hold,” the treatise 「任持」—“uphold”; the sūtra 「是聖所諦」—“this is what the noble ones hold as truth,” the treatise 「聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」—“because the noble ones know them to be truths, they are called noble truths”; the sūtra 「更立餘四聖諦」—“sets up four other noble truths,” the treatise 「更無第五聖諦」—“there is no fifth noble truth”; the words differ.

Doubt about the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha · doubt about the four noble truths (Discourses 419 and 420 · Inclusion · Obstacles)

  • Sūtra: 「若比丘於佛有疑者,則於苦聖諦有疑」—“If a bhikṣu has doubt about the Buddha, then he has doubt about the noble truth of suffering”〔T02 0111a02〕; 「若沙門、婆羅門於苦聖諦有疑者,則於佛有疑」—“If ascetics or brāhmaṇas have doubt about the noble truth of suffering, then they have doubt about the Buddha”〔T02 0111a13〕
  • Treatise: 「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」—“he then, in regard to the Buddha, or the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, deeply gives rise to aversion and shame”〔T30n1579 0842a25〕; 「言不信者,復有三種。一、於諦現觀不生信解;二、於僧善行不生信解;三、於佛菩提不生信解」—“As for lack of faith, it is further of three kinds: first, not giving rise to confident understanding of the direct realization of the truths; second, not giving rise to confident understanding of the good practice of the Saṅgha; third, not giving rise to confident understanding of the awakening of the Buddha”〔T30n1579 0844b27〕; 「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」—“in regard to the truths and realities, far removed from doubt and confusion”〔T30n1579 0845b06〕

The shared words are 「佛」—“Buddha,” 「法」—“Dharma,” 「僧」—“Saṅgha,” 「諦」—“truth,” and 「疑惑」—“doubt and confusion”; the sūtra has 「有疑」—“has doubt,” the treatise 「深生厭恥」—“deeply gives rise to aversion and shame” and 「不生信解」—“does not give rise to confident understanding”; the sūtra 「不疑惑」—“has no doubt or confusion,” the treatise 「遠離疑惑」—“far removed from doubt and confusion”; the words differ.

The deep precipice · the great heat · the great darkness · the darkness between the worlds (Discourses 421–426 · Faults · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「彼於生本諸行樂著」—“they delight in and cling to the formations that are the root of birth”〔T02 0111b02〕; 「墮於生深嶮之處」—“they fall into the deep precipice of birth”〔T02 0111b04〕; 「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」—“the great heat blazes: this, bhikṣus, is called being burned by the great heat”〔T02 0111b21〕; 「墮於生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦大闇之中」—“they fall into the great darkness of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, distress, and suffering”〔T02 0111c03〕; 「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」—“between these thousand worlds there is darkness; the light of the sun and moon shines, of great virtue and power, yet there it is not seen”〔T02 0111c14〕
  • Treatise: 「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」—“namely, in the formations that are the root of birth, which can lead to the lower evil destinies, they deeply give rise to love and delight”〔T30n1579 0845b11〕; 「大生熱惱常所燒然」—“they are constantly burned by the great fever of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b15〕; 「廣說乃至墮於生闇」—“and so on at length up to falling into the darkness of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b18〕; 「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」—“as if born between three kinds of world, they fall into the black darkness of three kinds of false view”〔T30n1579 0845b19〕; 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“For those born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕

The shared words are 「生本」—“root of birth,” 「行」—“formations,” 「燒然」—“burn,” 「墮於生」—“fall into … of birth,” 「世界中間」—“between the worlds,” and 「闇」—“darkness”; the sūtra has 「諸行樂著」—“delight in and cling to the formations,” the treatise 「行中,深起愛樂」—“in the formations, deeply give rise to love and delight”; the sūtra 「大熱」—“great heat,” the treatise 「熱惱」—“fever”; the sūtra 「大熱地獄」—“the great hot hell,” the treatise 「那落迦」—“the hells”; for the sūtra’s 「燒然」—“burn” the treatise also writes 「燒燃」—“burning” (a difference of character form, recorded as found); the sūtra 「大闇」—“great darkness” and 「闇冥」—“darkness,” the treatise 「生闇」—“darkness of birth” and 「黑闇」—“black darkness”; the words differ.

I shall teach the four noble truths · meditative reflection · the measureless samādhi (Discourses 427–429)

  • Sūtra: 「我今當說四聖諦」—“I shall now teach the four noble truths”〔T02 0112a12〕; 「當勤禪思,正方便起,內寂其心」—“Strive diligently in meditative reflection, rouse right endeavour, and inwardly still the mind”〔T02 0112a19〕; 「當修無量三摩提,專心正念」—“Cultivate the measureless samādhi with single-minded right mindfulness”〔T02 0112a26〕
  • Treatise: No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse.

Throwing a stick · the wheel of five linked spokes · teaching the Dharma supremely · wisdom (Discourses 430–434 · Black Ripening and the Rest)

  • Sūtra: 「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick into the air: it at once falls back, landing now on its root end, now on its middle, now on its head end”〔T02 0112b04〕; 「當知是沙門、婆羅門或墮地獄,或墮畜生,或墮餓鬼」—“know that these ascetics and brāhmaṇas fall now into hell, now among the animals, now among the hungry ghosts”〔T02 0112b08〕; 「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick so that it is set in the air: it must fall back, falling now on clean ground, now on unclean ground”〔T02 0112b13〕; 「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」—“It is like a wheel of five linked spokes that a strong man sets spinning fast”〔T02 0112b22〕; 「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」—“turn through the five destinations, turning swiftly”〔T02 0112b25〕; 「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」—“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One teaches the Dharma supremely, namely the four noble truths: disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare”〔T02 0112c03〕; 「如我解世尊所說,於四聖諦如實知者,此為黠慧」—“As I understand what the World-Honored One has said, to know the four noble truths as they really are—this is wisdom”〔T02 0112c14〕
  • Treatise: 「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」—“It is like throwing a stick: on its root end it falls into the hells, on its middle into the animal destination, on its tip into the realm of hungry ghosts”〔T30n1579 0845b27〕; 「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」—“Through these mixed deeds, as with throwing a stick, one falls now into the unclean place of the evil destinies, now into the somewhat clean place of the good destinies”〔T30n1579 0845b29〕; 「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」—“birth and death in the five destinations is like a wheel of five spokes, turning without rest”〔T30n1579 0845c04〕; 「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」—“The teaching in words connected with the noble truths that the Tathāgatas speak—know that this teaching is, in the ultimate sense, the teaching that makes one rise upward”〔T30n1579 0845c07〕; 「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」—“One called intelligent by the knowledge of the truths is, in the ultimate sense, called intelligent”〔T30n1579 0845c11〕

The shared words are 「擲杖」—“throwing a stick,” 「墮」—“fall,” 「餓鬼」—“hungry ghosts,” 「淨」—“clean,” 「惡趣」—“evil destinies,” 「善趣」—“good destinies,” 「五趣」—“five destinations,” 「輪」—“wheel,” 「旋轉」—“turning,” 「如來」—“Tathāgata,” and 「聖諦」—“noble truths”; the sūtra has 「或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」—“now on its root end, now on its middle, now on its head end,” the treatise ‘on its root end it falls … on its middle it falls … on its tip it falls’; the sūtra 「地獄」—“hell” and 「畜生」—“animals,” the treatise 「那落迦」—“the hells” and 「傍生趣」—“the animal destination”; the sūtra 「淨地」—“clean ground” and 「不淨地」—“unclean ground,” the treatise 「少清淨處」—“the somewhat clean place” and 「不清淨處」—“the unclean place”; the sūtra 「五節相續輪」—“a wheel of five linked spokes,” the treatise 「五輻輪」—“a wheel of five spokes”; the sūtra 「增上說法」—“teaches the Dharma supremely,” the treatise 「令上昇教」—“the teaching that makes one rise upward”; the sūtra 「黠慧」—“wisdom,” the treatise 「聰慧」—“intelligence”; the words differ, recorded together without judging them the same.

Unbroken comprehension in sequence · a vessel of leaves · a stairway of four steps · a ladder of four rungs (Discourses 435–437 · The Great Meaning · Function)

  • Sūtra: 「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」—“Are these four noble truths comprehended unbrokenly in sequence? Or comprehended unbrokenly all at once?”〔T02 0112c23〕; 「此四聖諦漸次無間等,非頓無間等」—“These four noble truths are comprehended unbrokenly in sequence, not unbrokenly all at once”〔T02 0112c24〕; 「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」—“to join two thin tree-leaves into a vessel, to hold water and carry it—this is impossible”〔T02 0113a02〕; 「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」—“as when there is a stairway of four steps leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113a13〕; 「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」—“It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113b03〕
  • Treatise: 「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」—“The knowledge of the first noble truth can enter the direct realization of the noble truths in sequence, like the first foothold”〔T30n1579 0845c14〕; 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like four steps of a stair, able to make one rise up into the hall of great wisdom”〔T30n1579 0845c17〕; 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like a ladder of four rungs, able to make one climb up to liberation and quiescent cessation”〔T30n1579 0845c18〕; 「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」—“Again, all the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed in sequence, are called the direct realization of the truths, not lacking any one”〔T30n1579 0844b12〕; 「苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」—“the knowledge of the truth of suffering or another, lacking the other three knowledges, is like a śamī leaf”〔T30n1579 0844b15〕

The shared words are 「四聖諦」—“four noble truths,” 「漸次」—“in sequence,” 「四」—“four,” 「階」—“step,” 「隥」—“rung,” 「昇」—“rise up,” 「殿」—“hall,” 「梯」—“ladder,” and 「葉」—“leaf”; the sūtra has 「無間等」—“unbroken comprehension,” the treatise 「現觀」—“direct realization”; the sūtra 「殿堂」—“hall,” the treatise 「大智慧殿」—“the hall of great wisdom”; the sūtra 「四隥梯」—“a ladder of four rungs,” the treatise 「四桄梯」—“a ladder of four rungs” (another word); the sūtra 「細樹葉」—“thin tree-leaves,” the treatise 「睒彌葉」—“a śamī leaf”; the words differ.

Creatures in the water · earth and stones and the Snow Mountains · the lake · the lump of clay · the soil on the fingernail (Discourses 438–442 · The Great Meaning · Distinction by Kind)

  • Sūtra: 「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」—“Suppose all the grass and trees of the great earth were taken and made into spears and thrust into the great ocean: could they impale every creature in the water?”〔T02 0113b20〕; 「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」—“Are the earth and stones in this hand more, or are the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains more?”〔T02 0113c01〕; 「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」—“Suppose there were a lake fifty leagues deep and wide, brimming with water”〔T02 0113c14〕; 「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」—“cutting off the roots of suffering like cutting off the crown of a palmyra tree, so that in the future they become things that do not arise”〔T02 0113c21〕; 「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦」—“As with the simile of the water of the great lake, so with the Saluoduozhajia”〔T02 0113c27〕; 「手捉團土,大如梨果」—“holding in his hand a lump of clay the size of a pear”〔T02 0114a02〕; 「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」—“As with the king of Snow Mountains, so with Mount Nimindhara, Mount Vinataka”〔T02 0114a16〕; 「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」—“Is the soil on my fingernail more, or the soil of this great earth more?”〔T02 0114a23〕
  • Treatise: 「當知此中,有三種愛,譬如三槍,諸惡魔羅執持撓攪生死大海」—“It should be known that here there are three kinds of craving, like three spears that the evil Māras grasp to stir the great ocean of birth and death”〔T30n1579 0845c19〕; 「當知一切皆少分在,多分已斷」—“It should be known that in all of them a small part remains and the greater part is already cut off”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕; 「譬如礫石及大雪山」—“like gravel and the great Snow Mountains”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕; 「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」—“like a great pool brimming with water, from which two or three drops are taken up”〔T30n1579 0846a02〕; 「如大陂湖,餘如前說」—“like a great reservoir; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a05〕; 「又如大海,餘如前說」—“again, like the great ocean; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a06〕; 「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」—“again, the simile of the great Snow Mountains, of the golden mountains, of Sumeru, and of the great earth; again there are six kinds of simile of gravel; again the simile of the lump of clay”〔T30n1579 0846a08〕; 「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」—“Although eighteen kinds of element can be found, yet because within each single element deeds, destinations, and sentient beings differ in many classes, they should be known as measureless”〔T30n1579 0846c24〕

The shared words are 「大海」—“great ocean,” 「雪山」—“Snow Mountains,” 「其水盈滿」—“brimming with water,” 「大地」—“great earth,” 「團」—“lump,” and 「無量」—“measureless”; the sūtra has 「鏘」—“spear,” the treatise 「槍」—“spear” (another character); the sūtra 「土石」—“earth and stones,” the treatise 「礫石」—“gravel”; the sūtra 「湖池」—“lake,” the treatise 「池沼」—“pool” and 「陂湖」—“reservoir”; the sūtra 「渧」—“drop,” the treatise 「滴」—“drop” (another character); the sūtra 「團土」—“lump of clay,” the treatise 「泥團」—“lump of clay” (another word); the sūtra 「須彌山王」—“Sumeru, king of mountains,” the treatise 「蘇迷盧」—“Sumeru” (another transliteration); the sūtra 「斷諸苦本」—“cutting off the roots of suffering” and 「餘不盡者」—“what remains unended,” the treatise 「多分已斷」—“the greater part is already cut off” and 「少分在」—“a small part remains”; the words differ. The 「眾生界無數無量」—“the realm of beings is countless and measureless” of Discourse 438 shares words with the 「當知無量」—“they should be known as measureless” of the treatise’s selective summary on the elements; but the treatise speaks of the classes within the elements, the sūtra of the number of beings; recorded together without a judgment.

The noble eye of wisdom · mother and father · ascetics and brāhmaṇas · fear of wrongdoing · giving, the fast, and the precepts · the ten wholesome ways · rebirth among the destinations (the enumeration at the end of Discourse 442 · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain · Attainment)

  • Sūtra: 「如甲上土,如是成就聖慧眼者」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those who have accomplished the noble eye of wisdom”〔T02 0114b07〕; 「如甲上土,如是眾生知有父母亦爾」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who know that there are mother and father”〔T02 0114b13〕; 「如甲上土,如是知有沙門、婆羅門家之尊長」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those who know that there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas and the elders of the family”〔T02 0114b15〕; 「作所應作作福,此世他世畏罪行施,受齋持戒亦爾」—“who do what should be done and make merit, who, fearing wrongdoing in this world and the next, practise giving, and who keep the fast and hold the precepts—so it is likewise”〔T02 0114b16〕; 「如甲上土,如是眾生持十善者亦如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who keep the ten wholesome ways”〔T02 0114c01〕; 「如甲上土,如是眾生從地獄命終生人中者亦如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who die in hell and are born among humans”〔T02 0114c04〕
  • Treatise: 「於中所有現量聖智,能斷見道所斷煩惱,爾時說名生聖慧眼」—“The noble knowledge of direct perception therein, which can cut off the afflictions to be cut off by the path of seeing—at that time it is said that the noble eye of wisdom has arisen”〔T30n1579 0843b12〕; 「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」—“Again, the noble bright eye, the trainee who has seen the truths, is harder still to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a16〕; 「謂於父母識恩養等諸善業道」—“namely, the wholesome courses of action such as recognizing the kindness and nurture of mother and father”〔T30n1579 0846a22〕; 「是名善識父母恩養」—“this is called rightly recognizing the kindness and nurture of mother and father”〔T30n1579 0846a28〕; 「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」—“this is called rightly knowing the ascetics and the brāhmaṇas there are”〔T30n1579 0846b02〕; 「如是名為於此世罪深見怖畏」—“this is called deeply seeing the danger of wrongdoing in this world”〔T30n1579 0846b15〕; 「如是名為於他世罪深見怖畏」—“this is called deeply seeing the danger of wrongdoing in the next world”〔T30n1579 0846b18〕; 「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」—“this together is called giving and making merit, keeping the fast and training in the precepts”〔T30n1579 0846b22〕; 「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」—“As for the ten courses of action, they are taught distinguished by twos, threes, and so on”〔T30n1579 0846b23〕; 「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」—“Again, sentient beings, once born in the evil destinies, are hard to free; once born in the good destinies, they are swiftly parted from them”〔T30n1579 0846b25〕

The shared words are 「聖慧眼」—“noble eye of wisdom,” 「父母」—“mother and father,” 「沙門」—“ascetics,” 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇas,” 「此世」—“this world,” 「他世」—“the next world,” 「罪」—“wrongdoing,” 「作福」—“make merit,” 「受齋」—“keep the fast,” and 「戒」—“precepts”; the sūtra has 「畏罪」—“fearing wrongdoing,” the treatise 「深見怖畏」—“deeply seeing the danger”; the sūtra 「十善」—“the ten wholesome ways,” the treatise 「十業道」—“the ten courses of action”; the sūtra 「行施」—“practise giving,” the treatise 「惠施」—“giving”; the sūtra 「持戒」—“hold the precepts,” the treatise 「學戒」—“training in the precepts”; for the sūtra’s 「從地獄命終生人中者」—“those who die in hell and are born among humans” and the rest, the treatise has 「生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」—“once born in the evil destinies, they are hard to free; once born in the good destinies, they are swiftly parted from them”; the words differ; in this passage the treatise also writes 「聖明眼」—“noble bright eye.”

Right view has arisen · arises now, will arise · practised, much cultivated (Discourse 443 · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)

  • Sūtra: 「我本未聞法時,得正思惟此苦聖諦,正見已生」—“When I had not yet heard the Dharma, I attained right reflection on this noble truth of suffering, and right view arose”〔T02 0114c21〕; 「如已生,如是今生、當生」—“As with ‘arose,’ so with ‘arises now’ and ‘will arise’”〔T02 0114c25〕; 「如生,如是起、習、近修、多修、觸、作證亦如是」—“As with ‘arise,’ so with ‘is roused,’ ‘is practised,’ ‘is cultivated,’ ‘is much cultivated,’ ‘is touched,’ and ‘is realized,’ likewise”〔T02 0114c26〕
  • Treatise: 「又見諦故,無有差別正見生起」—“Again, because the truths are seen, right view without distinction arises”〔T30n1579 0846b27〕; 「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」—“in the past it is called having arisen, in the present it is called arising now, in the future it is called going to arise”〔T30n1579 0846b28〕; 「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」—“as was said before, practising, cultivating, and much cultivating—their meaning should be known”〔T30n1579 0846b29〕; 「若有學正見并其斷果,應隨觸證」—“the right view of the trainee, together with its fruit of abandoning, should accordingly be touched and realized”〔T30n1579 0846c02〕

The shared words are 「正見」—“right view,” 「已生」—“arose,” 「今生」—“arises now,” 「當生」—“will arise” (the treatise adding 「起」—“arise” to each), 「習」—“practise,” 「修」—“cultivate,” 「多修」—“much cultivate,” 「觸」—“touch,” and 「證」—“realize”; the sūtra’s 「近修」—“cultivated” has no counterpart word in the treatise.

The ball of eye-salve · element by element · skilled in the various elements (Discourse 444 · Distinction by Kind · Finally, the Fool)

  • Sūtra: 「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」—“and a man took that salve and set it out element by element”〔T02 0114c29〕; 「當知諸界,其數無量」—“Know that the elements are countless in number”〔T02 0115a01〕; 「當善界學,善種種界」—“you should train well in the elements and be skilled in the various elements”〔T02 0115a02〕
  • Treatise: 「譬如世間大惡叉聚」—“like a great heap of akṣa nuts in the world”〔T30n1579 0846c26〕; 「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」—“so within each single element there are measureless differences of class”〔T30n1579 0846c27〕; 「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」—“What is it not to gain skill in the four bases? Namely, in the elements, the sense bases, dependent arising, and what is possible and impossible, not to comprehend any of them”〔T30n1579 0850a18〕

The shared words are 「界」—“element” and 「無量」—“measureless”; the sūtra has 「眼藥丸」—“ball of eye-salve,” the treatise 「大惡叉聚」—“great heap of akṣa nuts”; the sūtra 「善界學」—“train well in the elements,” the treatise the reverse, ‘in the elements … not to gain skill’; the words differ.

Going together with the elements · joining with the elements · like with like · the assemblies walking to and fro · faith, precepts, shame and scruple (Discourses 445–450 · Arising in Kind · Finally, the Three Quests)

  • Sūtra: 「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”〔T02 0115a06〕; 「不善心時與不善界俱」—“when they act with an unwholesome mind, they go together with an unwholesome element”〔T02 0115a08〕; 「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」—“join with what is like them, and grow alike.”〔T02 0115a23〕; 「時,尊者憍陳如與眾多比丘於近處經行,一切皆是上座多聞大德」—“At that time the venerable Kauṇḍinya, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby; they were all elders of great learning and virtue”〔T02 0115a28〕; 「不信時與不信界俱,犯戒時與犯戒界俱」—“when without faith they go together with the element of no faith; when breaking the precepts they go together with the element of breaking the precepts”〔T02 0115c17〕; 「信心時與信界俱,持戒時與持戒界俱,慚愧心時與慚愧界俱」—“when with a mind of faith they go together with the element of faith; when keeping the precepts they go together with the element of keeping the precepts; when with a mind of shame and scruple they go together with the element of shame and scruple”〔T02 0115c19〕; 「難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足」—“hard to support and easy to support, hard to satisfy and easy to satisfy, of many wishes and of few wishes, content and not content”〔T02 0115c25〕
  • Treatise: 「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕; 「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」—“namely, they go back and forth together, gather together, dwell together, are alike in view, in intention, and in resolve”〔T30n1579 0847a03〕; 「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“For this reason it is said: the elements of sentient beings nourish one another and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a05〕; 「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」—“Further, by the dominant power of the quest for pure conduct, faith is spoken of first; next, one proceeds by taking up the training in śīla; next, regarding whatever faults one commits, one gives rise to shame by regard for oneself and regard for others”〔T30n1579 0847a07〕; 「由心定故,得如實智」—“because the mind is concentrated, one attains knowledge as it really is”〔T30n1579 0847a11〕; 「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」—“namely, worldly right view, delight in practising generosity, being easy to support, easy to satisfy, of few wishes, and content, and the four means of gathering”〔T30n1579 0847a14〕; 「成就如是梵行求者,還與此界諸有情類共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“those who accomplish such a quest for pure conduct in turn nourish one another with sentient beings of this element and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a17〕

The shared words are 「善界」—“good element,” 「相似」—“alike,” 「界」—“element,” 「信」—“faith,” 「易養」—“easy to support,” 「易滿」—“easy to satisfy,” and 「少欲」—“of few wishes”; the sūtra has 「不善界」—“unwholesome element,” the treatise 「惡界」—“evil element”; the sūtra 「與界和合」—“join with the elements,” the treatise 「共相滋潤」—“nourish one another”; the sūtra 「於近處經行」—“walking to and fro nearby,” the treatise 「相往來、同聚、同住」—“go back and forth together, gather together, dwell together”; the sūtra 「慚愧」—“shame and scruple,” the treatise 「羞恥」—“shame”; the sūtra 「持戒」—“keeping the precepts,” the treatise 「尸羅受學」—“taking up the training in śīla”; the sūtra 「不失念」—“not losing mindfulness,” the treatise 「能無忘失」—“able to be without forgetting”; the sūtra 「正受」—“attainment,” the treatise 「心得定」—“the mind is concentrated”; the sūtra 「善慧」—“good wisdom,” the treatise 「如實智」—“knowledge as it really is”; the sūtra 「知足」—“content,” the treatise 「喜足」—“content” (another word); the words differ.

The eighteen elements · conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, feelings, and cravings · perception, desire, thought, fever, quest (Discourses 451–454 · The General Meaning · The Nature of Difference · Finally, the Three Quests)

  • Sūtra: 「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」—“namely, the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element”〔T02 0116a01〕; 「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」—“conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings”〔T02 0116a06〕; 「云何種種界?謂十八界」—“What are the various elements? Namely, the eighteen elements”〔T02 0116a08〕; 「非緣種種愛生種種受」—“it is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings”〔T02 0116a15〕; 「謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」—“namely, conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element; only conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact”〔T02 0116a28〕; 「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」—“conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires; conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts; conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers; conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests”〔T02 0116b17〕
  • Treatise: 「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」—“It should be known that the elements are in brief of two kinds: first, the element abiding in its own nature; second, the element grown by habituation”〔T30n1579 0846c18〕; 「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕; 「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」—“The nature of difference from other kinds is: the eye element is different, the form element is different, the eye-consciousness element is different, and so on up to the mind-consciousness element is different”〔T30n1579 0849b22〕; 「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」—“The nature of difference within its own kind is: those very elements accord now with painful feeling, now with pleasant feeling, now with feeling neither painful nor pleasant. With this as condition, they can give rise to the three feelings”〔T30n1579 0849b23〕; 「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」—“It should be known that here the fruit depends on the cause, and not the cause on the fruit”〔T30n1579 0847a19〕; 「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」—“because the elements of the six sense bases followed by the element of ignorance differ as conditions and supports, contact with ignorance arises in its various classes”〔T30n1579 0847a20〕; 「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」—“with this perception as condition, desire arises toward objects”〔T30n1579 0847a29〕; 「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」—“because fever of body and mind is the condition, the various classes and distinctions of seeking toward objects can all be known”〔T30n1579 0847b03〕; 「當知建立有十八界」—“It should be known that eighteen elements are established”〔T30n1579 0850a22〕

The shared words are 「十八界」—“eighteen elements,” 「眼界」—“eye element,” 「色界」—“form element,” 「眼識界」—“eye-consciousness element,” 「意識界」—“mind-consciousness element,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「受」—“feeling,” 「想」—“perception,” 「熱」—“fever,” and 「緣」—“condition”; the sūtra has 「種種」—“various,” the treatise 「種種品類」—“various classes”; the sūtra 「愛」—“craving,” the treatise 「貪愛」—“craving” (「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛」—“craving arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance”; see the fourth topic); the sūtra 「欲」—“desire,” the treatise 「希欲」—“desire” (another word); the sūtra 「覺」—“thought,” the treatise 「尋思」—“deliberation”; the sūtra 「熱」—“fever,” the treatise 「身心熱惱」—“fever of body and mind”; the sūtra 「求」—“quest,” the treatise 「思求」—“seeking”; the sūtra 「非緣種種愛生種種受」—“it is not that conditioned by the various cravings arise the various feelings,” the treatise 「果依於因,非因依果」—“the fruit depends on the cause, and not the cause on the fruit”; the words differ. In Discourse 454 「受」—“feeling” stands between contact and perception, while the treatise’s passage on desire and quest goes straight from contact to perception; recorded together without a judgment.

IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage

This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The Selection on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, reading from the 「攝」—“Inclusion” of the selection and gathering on the truths in fascicle ninety-five of the treatise to the 「愚夫後」—“Finally, the Fool” of the selection and gathering on the elements in fascicle ninety-six, are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.

1. Inclusion—relying on the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha (shares with Discourse 419 the words 「佛」—“Buddha,” 「法」—“Dharma,” and 「僧」—“Saṅgha”)

「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」—“he then, in regard to the Buddha, or the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, deeply gives rise to aversion and shame”〔T30n1579 0842a25〕

2. Attainment—the arising of the noble eye of wisdom (shares with the enumeration of Discourse 442 the words 「聖慧眼」—“noble eye of wisdom”)

「於中所有現量聖智,能斷見道所斷煩惱,爾時說名生聖慧眼」—“The noble knowledge of direct perception therein, which can cut off the afflictions to be cut off by the path of seeing—at that time it is said that the noble eye of wisdom has arisen”〔T30n1579 0843b12〕

3. Characteristics—there is no fifth noble truth (shares with Discourse 418 the words 「聖諦」—“noble truth”)

「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」—“Any good physician, likewise, should give only this much true remedy. Therefore there is no fifth noble truth”〔T30n1579 0843c21〕

4. The Basis—knowing fully as it really is “this is the noble truth of suffering” (shares with Discourse 416 the words 「是苦聖諦」—“this is the noble truth of suffering”)

「如實了知是苦聖諦,乃至廣說是道聖諦」—“knowing fully as it really is ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full up to ‘this is the noble truth of the path’”〔T30n1579 0844a13〕

5. Function—gathered and completed in sequence · the śamī leaf · the suffering of burning (shares with Discourse 435 the words 「漸次」—“in sequence” and 「葉」—“leaf”; shares with Discourse 422 the word 「燒燃」—“burning,” with a difference of character form)

「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」—“Again, all the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed in sequence, are called the direct realization of the truths, not lacking any one”〔T30n1579 0844b12〕 「苦等諦智闕餘三智,如睒彌葉」—“the knowledge of the truth of suffering or another, lacking the other three knowledges, is like a śamī leaf”〔T30n1579 0844b15〕 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“For those born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕

6. Obstacles—lack of faith · heedlessness · upholding the noble truths (shares with Discourses 407–415 the words 「思惟」—“think,” 「世間」—“world,” 「世間有邊」—“the world has an end,” 「諍」—“contend,” 「工巧」—“craft,” and 「食」—“food”; shares with Discourses 416–420 the words 「持」—“hold,” 「諦」—“truth,” and 「疑惑」—“doubt and confusion”)

「復次,若有為修聖諦現觀,當知略有四種障礙」—“Further, for one who would cultivate the direct realization of the noble truths, it should be known that there are, in brief, four kinds of obstacle”〔T30n1579 0844b25〕 「言不信者,復有三種。一、於諦現觀不生信解;二、於僧善行不生信解;三、於佛菩提不生信解」—“As for lack of faith, it is further of three kinds: first, not giving rise to confident understanding of the direct realization of the truths; second, not giving rise to confident understanding of the good practice of the Saṅgha; third, not giving rise to confident understanding of the awakening of the Buddha”〔T30n1579 0844b27〕 「若邪思惟、若邪尋思、若邪戲論,是名放逸」—“Wrong reflection, wrong deliberation, wrong idle discourse: this is called heedlessness”〔T30n1579 0844c27〕 「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」—“Some think about the world, saying the world is eternal, and so on in full. Thus some say the world has an end, and so on in full. Some think about sentient beings, saying the soul is the body, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a03〕 「如來滅後若有若無,乃至廣說」—“after his passing the Tathāgata exists or does not exist, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a08〕 「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」—“Thinking thus about the world and such things can lead to what is without benefit”〔T30n1579 0845a16〕 「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」—“Wrong deliberation, it should be known, is deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0845a17〕 「邪戲論者,復有六種。謂顛倒戲論、唐捐戲論、諍競戲論、於他分別勝劣戲論、分別工巧養命戲論、耽染世間財食戲論」—“Wrong idle discourse is further of six kinds: namely, inverted idle discourse, futile idle discourse, contentious idle discourse, idle discourse that discriminates others as superior or inferior, idle discourse that discriminates crafts and ways of livelihood, and idle discourse steeped in worldly wealth and food”〔T30n1579 0845a18〕 「世尊弟子,為斷如是聖諦現觀四種障礙,由三行相任持聖諦」—“The disciples of the World-Honored One, to cut off these four kinds of obstacle to the direct realization of the noble truths, uphold the noble truths by three aspects”〔T30n1579 0845a23〕 「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」—“Here wisdom born of hearing, just as it has heard, can rightly uphold ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a26〕 「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」—“Namely, because the noble ones know them to be truths, they are called noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845a28〕 「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」—“First, by the nature of things: by the meaning of the true and real they are called truths”〔T30n1579 0845b01〕 「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」—“in regard to the truths and realities, far removed from doubt and confusion”〔T30n1579 0845b06〕

7. Faults—the formations that are the root of birth · burning · the darkness of birth · between the worlds (shares with Discourses 421–426 the words 「生本」—“root of birth,” 「行」—“formations,” 「燒然」—“burn,” 「墮於生」—“fall into … of birth,” 「世界中間」—“between the worlds,” and 「闇」—“darkness”)

「復次,若有沙門、或婆羅門,於聖諦智而未相應,於諸聖諦未成現觀,當知略有四種過患」—“Further, if there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas not yet joined with the knowledge of the noble truths, who have not yet accomplished the direct realization of the noble truths, it should be known that there are, in brief, four kinds of fault”〔T30n1579 0845b09〕 「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」—“namely, in the formations that are the root of birth, which can lead to the lower evil destinies, they deeply give rise to love and delight”〔T30n1579 0845b11〕 「大生熱惱常所燒然」—“they are constantly burned by the great fever of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b15〕 「廣說乃至墮於生闇」—“and so on at length up to falling into the darkness of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b18〕 「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」—“as if born between three kinds of world, they fall into the black darkness of three kinds of false view”〔T30n1579 0845b19〕

8. Black Ripening and the Rest—throwing a stick · the wheel of five spokes · the teaching that makes one rise upward · intelligence (shares words with Discourses 430–434)

「復次,或有一類,於諸聖諦不得善巧,造作增長黑黑異熟業已,能感那落迦、傍生、鬼趣」—“Further, there are some who, not having gained skill in the noble truths, having done and increased deeds that are black with black ripening, can bring about the hells, the animals, and the ghost destination”〔T30n1579 0845b24〕 「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」—“It is like throwing a stick: on its root end it falls into the hells, on its middle into the animal destination, on its tip into the realm of hungry ghosts”〔T30n1579 0845b27〕 「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」—“Through these mixed deeds, as with throwing a stick, one falls now into the unclean place of the evil destinies, now into the somewhat clean place of the good destinies”〔T30n1579 0845b29〕 「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」—“birth and death in the five destinations is like a wheel of five spokes, turning without rest”〔T30n1579 0845c04〕 「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」—“The teaching in words connected with the noble truths that the Tathāgatas speak—know that this teaching is, in the ultimate sense, the teaching that makes one rise upward”〔T30n1579 0845c07〕 「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」—“One called intelligent by the knowledge of the truths is, in the ultimate sense, called intelligent”〔T30n1579 0845c11〕

9. The Great Meaning—direct realization in sequence · four steps of a stair · a ladder of four rungs · gravel and the Snow Mountains · the pool · the reservoir · the great ocean · the lump of clay (shares words with Discourses 435–442)

「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」—“The knowledge of the first noble truth can enter the direct realization of the noble truths in sequence, like the first foothold”〔T30n1579 0845c14〕 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like four steps of a stair, able to make one rise up into the hall of great wisdom”〔T30n1579 0845c17〕 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like a ladder of four rungs, able to make one climb up to liberation and quiescent cessation”〔T30n1579 0845c18〕 「當知此中,有三種愛,譬如三槍,諸惡魔羅執持撓攪生死大海」—“It should be known that here there are three kinds of craving, like three spears that the evil Māras grasp to stir the great ocean of birth and death”〔T30n1579 0845c19〕 「當知一切皆少分在,多分已斷」—“It should be known that in all of them a small part remains and the greater part is already cut off”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕 「譬如礫石及大雪山」—“like gravel and the great Snow Mountains”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕 「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」—“like a great pool brimming with water, from which two or three drops are taken up”〔T30n1579 0846a02〕 「如大陂湖,餘如前說」—“like a great reservoir; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a05〕 「又如大海,餘如前說」—“again, like the great ocean; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a06〕 「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」—“again, the simile of the great Snow Mountains, of the golden mountains, of Sumeru, and of the great earth; again there are six kinds of simile of gravel; again the simile of the lump of clay”〔T30n1579 0846a08〕 「少苦在故,當知聖諦如實現觀有大義利」—“Because only a little suffering remains, it should be known that the direct realization of the noble truths as they really are is of great meaning and benefit”〔T30n1579 0846a12〕 「謂諸有學,最極七生人天苦在」—“namely, for trainees there remains at most the suffering of seven births among humans and gods”〔T30n1579 0846a13〕

10. Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain—the noble bright eye · mother and father · ascetics and brāhmaṇas · wrongdoing in the two worlds · giving, the fast, and the precepts · the ten courses of action · right view in the three times (shares words with the enumeration of Discourse 442 and with Discourse 443)

「若住是身入諦現觀,當知此身最為難得」—“If one abides in this body and enters the direct realization of the truths, it should be known that this body is the hardest of all to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a15〕 「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」—“Again, the noble bright eye, the trainee who has seen the truths, is harder still to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a16〕 「謂於父母識恩養等諸善業道」—“namely, the wholesome courses of action such as recognizing the kindness and nurture of mother and father”〔T30n1579 0846a22〕 「是名善識父母恩養」—“this is called rightly recognizing the kindness and nurture of mother and father”〔T30n1579 0846a28〕 「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」—“this is called rightly knowing the ascetics and the brāhmaṇas there are”〔T30n1579 0846b02〕 「如是名為於此世罪深見怖畏」—“this is called deeply seeing the danger of wrongdoing in this world”〔T30n1579 0846b15〕 「如是名為於他世罪深見怖畏」—“this is called deeply seeing the danger of wrongdoing in the next world”〔T30n1579 0846b18〕 「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」—“this together is called giving and making merit, keeping the fast and training in the precepts”〔T30n1579 0846b22〕 「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」—“As for the ten courses of action, they are taught distinguished by twos, threes, and so on”〔T30n1579 0846b23〕 「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」—“Again, sentient beings, once born in the evil destinies, are hard to free; once born in the good destinies, they are swiftly parted from them”〔T30n1579 0846b25〕 「又見諦故,無有差別正見生起」—“Again, because the truths are seen, right view without distinction arises”〔T30n1579 0846b27〕 「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」—“in the past it is called having arisen, in the present it is called arising now, in the future it is called going to arise”〔T30n1579 0846b28〕 「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」—“as was said before, practising, cultivating, and much cultivating—their meaning should be known”〔T30n1579 0846b29〕 「若有學正見并其斷果,應隨觸證」—“the right view of the trainee, together with its fruit of abandoning, should accordingly be touched and realized”〔T30n1579 0846c02〕

11. The General Meaning—the element abiding in its own nature · the eighteen elements (fascicle ninety-six of the treatise · shares with Discourses 451–454 the words 「十八界」—“eighteen elements”)

「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」—“It should be known that the elements are in brief of two kinds: first, the element abiding in its own nature; second, the element grown by habituation”〔T30n1579 0846c18〕 「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕

12. Distinction by Kind—the various classes · they should be known as measureless (shares with Discourses 438 and 444 the words 「界」—“element” and 「無量」—“measureless”)

「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」—“Although eighteen kinds of element can be found, yet because within each single element deeds, destinations, and sentient beings differ in many classes, they should be known as measureless”〔T30n1579 0846c24〕 「譬如世間大惡叉聚」—“like a great heap of akṣa nuts in the world”〔T30n1579 0846c26〕 「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」—“so within each single element there are measureless differences of class”〔T30n1579 0846c27〕

13. Arising in Kind—resolve gathers into good and evil elements · moving on alike (shares with Discourses 445–450 the words 「善界」—“good element,” 「相似」—“alike,” and 「界」—“element”)

「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕 「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」—“namely, they go back and forth together, gather together, dwell together, are alike in view, in intention, and in resolve”〔T30n1579 0847a03〕 「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“For this reason it is said: the elements of sentient beings nourish one another and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a05〕

14. Finally, the Three Quests—the quest for pure conduct · the quest for existence · the quest for sensual desire (shares with Discourse 450 the words 「信」—“faith,” 「易養」—“easy to support,” 「易滿」—“easy to satisfy,” and 「少欲」—“of few wishes”; shares with Discourses 452–454 the words 「觸」—“contact,” 「受」—“feeling,” 「想」—“perception,” 「熱」—“fever,” and 「求」—“quest”)

「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」—“Further, by the dominant power of the quest for pure conduct, faith is spoken of first; next, one proceeds by taking up the training in śīla; next, regarding whatever faults one commits, one gives rise to shame by regard for oneself and regard for others”〔T30n1579 0847a07〕 「由心定故,得如實智」—“because the mind is concentrated, one attains knowledge as it really is”〔T30n1579 0847a11〕 「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」—“namely, worldly right view, delight in practising generosity, being easy to support, easy to satisfy, of few wishes, and content, and the four means of gathering”〔T30n1579 0847a14〕 「成就如是梵行求者,還與此界諸有情類共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“those who accomplish such a quest for pure conduct in turn nourish one another with sentient beings of this element and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a17〕 「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」—“It should be known that here the fruit depends on the cause, and not the cause on the fruit”〔T30n1579 0847a19〕 「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」—“because the elements of the six sense bases followed by the element of ignorance differ as conditions and supports, contact with ignorance arises in its various classes”〔T30n1579 0847a20〕 「起無明觸所生諸受為緣貪愛;愛為緣故,而有其取;廣說乃至大苦蘊集」—“craving arises conditioned by the feelings born of contact with ignorance; because of craving as condition, there is clinging; explained at length, up to the arising of the great mass of suffering”〔T30n1579 0847a24〕 「當知是名依有求故,建立諸界」—“It should be known that this is called establishing the elements by way of the quest for existence”〔T30n1579 0847a26〕 「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」—“with this perception as condition, desire arises toward objects”〔T30n1579 0847a29〕 「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」—“because fever of body and mind is the condition, the various classes and distinctions of seeking toward objects can all be known”〔T30n1579 0847b03〕 「如是當知依欲求故,安立諸界」—“Thus it should be known that the elements are set up by way of the quest for sensual desire”〔T30n1579 0847b04〕

15. The Nature of Difference—of other kinds · within its own kind (fascicle ninety-six of the treatise · shares with Discourses 451–453 the words 「眼界」—“eye element,” 「色界」—“form element,” 「眼識界」—“eye-consciousness element,” 「意識界」—“mind-consciousness element,” and 「受」—“feeling”)

「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」—“The nature of difference from other kinds is: the eye element is different, the form element is different, the eye-consciousness element is different, and so on up to the mind-consciousness element is different”〔T30n1579 0849b22〕 「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」—“The nature of difference within its own kind is: those very elements accord now with painful feeling, now with pleasant feeling, now with feeling neither painful nor pleasant. With this as condition, they can give rise to the three feelings”〔T30n1579 0849b23〕

16. Finally, the Fool—not gaining skill in the four bases · the establishment of the eighteen elements (shares with Discourse 444 the word 「界」—“element”; shares with Discourses 452–454 the words 「十八界」—“eighteen elements”)

「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」—“What is it not to gain skill in the four bases? Namely, in the elements, the sense bases, dependent arising, and what is possible and impossible, not to comprehend any of them”〔T30n1579 0850a18〕 「當知建立有十八界」—“It should be known that eighteen elements are established”〔T30n1579 0850a22〕

Of the twelve items of the selection on the truths, the two items 「如理」—“The Reasoned” and 「集諦」—“The Truth of Arising” have no shared words in this fascicle; of the selection on the elements, the five items 「三七界相攝」—“Mutual Inclusion of the Three and the Seven Elements,” 「見想」—“Views and Notions,” 「與希奇」—“And the Marvellous,” 「安立」—“Establishment,” and 「寂靜」—“Quiescence” share with the text of the discourses of this fascicle only scattered characters (「施設」—“laying down,” 「恚」—“hatred,” 「害」—“harming,” 「精進」—“vigour,” 「建立」—“establishing,” 「寂」—“still”), which do not form correspondences, and are not listed.

V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators

This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.

VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)

The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle; among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: knowing as it really is · nirvāṇa · Rāhula · Śāriputra (carried over from Fascicle 1); Ānanda (carried over from Fascicle 2); the crown of the palmyra tree · meditative reflection (carried over from Fascicle 3); Jambudvīpa · league · attainment (carried over from Fascicle 5); wisdom · asura · heightened desire (carried over from Fascicle 7); the measureless samādhi · thoughts of greed (carried over from Fascicle 8); Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa · Kātyāyana (carried over from Fascicle 9); unbroken comprehension · the noble eye of wisdom · loss of mindfulness · animals · the dining hall (carried over from Fascicle 10); Maudgalyāyana (carried over from Fascicle 11); the Dharma not apart from suchness · the Dharma not other than suchness (carried over from Fascicle 12); Pūrṇa (carried over from Fascicle 13); shamelessness · shame and scruple (carried over from Fascicle 14); the four noble truths · Kauṇḍinya · hungry ghosts · the five destinations · the names of the thousand heavens of the Four Great Kings and the other heavens (carried over from the previous fascicle).

TermFirst occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim)AnchorThe Compendium of Topics
Worldly thinking (世間思惟)「汝等比丘慎莫思惟世間思惟」—“You bhikṣus, take care not to think worldly thinking”〔T02 0109a02〕The treatise reads 「思惟世間等法」—“thinking about the world and such things”: 「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」—“Thinking thus about the world and such things can lead to what is without benefit”〔T30n1579 0845a16〕
The Kauṣṭhila Pond (拘絺羅池)「於拘絺羅池側正坐思惟」—“sat upright beside the Kauṣṭhila Pond, thinking”〔T02 0109a09〕Not explained in the treatise
The four kinds of army · the lotus-root hole (四種軍·藕孔)「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」—“he saw four kinds of army—elephant troops, horse troops, chariot troops, and foot troops—beyond measure and number, all entering into a single lotus-root hole”〔T02 0109a10〕Not explained in the treatise
The world is eternal … after death the Tathāgata neither exists nor does not exist (世間有常……如來死後非有非無)「或謂世間有常,或謂世間無常」—“some say the world is eternal, some say the world is not eternal”〔T02 0109a29〕「或思世間,謂世間常,乃至廣說。如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說。或思有情,謂命即身,乃至廣說」—“Some think about the world, saying the world is eternal, and so on in full. Thus some say the world has an end, and so on in full. Some think about sentient beings, saying the soul is the body, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a03〕
Thoughts of greed · thoughts of hatred · thoughts of harming (貪覺覺·恚覺覺·害覺覺)「汝等莫起貪覺覺,莫起恚覺覺,莫起害覺覺」—“Do not give rise to thoughts of greed, do not give rise to thoughts of hatred, do not give rise to thoughts of harming”〔T02 0109b23〕The treatise reads 「欲等尋思」—“deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”: 「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」—“Wrong deliberation, it should be known, is deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0845a17〕
Thoughts of kin · thoughts of country and people · thoughts of not dying (親里覺·國土人民覺·不死覺)「如上廣說。差別者,起親里覺、國土人民覺、不死覺」—“As explained at length above. The difference is: giving rise to thoughts of kin, thoughts of country and people, and thoughts of not dying”〔T02 0109c04〕Not explained in the treatise
Affairs of kings, affairs of thieves … affairs of the seas (王事賊事……海中事)「或論王事、賊事、鬪戰事、錢財事、衣被事、飲食事、男女事、世間言語事、事業事、說諸海中事」—“some talked of the affairs of kings, of thieves, of battles, of money and wealth, of clothing, of food and drink, of men and women, of worldly talk, and of work and business, and told of the affairs within the seas”〔T02 0109c09〕Not explained in the treatise; for the treatise’s six kinds of idle discourse see the third topic
King Prasenajit · King Bimbisāra (波斯匿王·頻婆娑羅王)「波斯匿王、頻婆娑羅王,何者大力?何者大富?」—“King Prasenajit or King Bimbisāra—which has the greater power? Which has the greater wealth?”〔T02 0110a04〕Not explained in the treatise
Donor · coarse, plain food (檀越·麁疎食)「某甲檀越作麁疎食,我等食已,無味無力」—“Such-and-such a donor prepares coarse, plain food; when we have eaten it, it has no flavour and gives no strength”〔T02 0110b07〕Not explained in the treatise
Hold (受持)「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」—“Yes; the four noble truths taught by the World-Honored One, I hold them all”〔T02 0110b18〕The treatise reads 「任持」—“uphold”: 「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」—“Here wisdom born of hearing, just as it has heard, can rightly uphold ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a26〕
Thus and so · not departing from thusness · not other than thusness · true · real · certain · not inverted (如如·不離如·不異如·真·實·審諦·不顛倒)「如如、不離如、不異如,真、實、審諦、不顛倒,是聖所諦」—“thus and so, not departing from thusness, not other than thusness; true, real, certain, not inverted: this is what the noble ones hold as truth”〔T02 0110c04〕「一、法性故,由真實義說名為諦」—“First, by the nature of things: by the meaning of the true and real they are called truths”〔T30n1579 0845b01〕; 「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」—“Namely, because the noble ones know them to be truths, they are called noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845a28〕
Mere words · beyond his range (但有言數·非其境界)「我當捨,更立苦聖諦者,但有言數,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」—“one who says ‘I shall set it aside and set up another noble truth of suffering’ has mere words; asked, he does not know, and his doubt and confusion increase, because it is beyond his range”〔T02 0110c22〕Not explained in the treatise
The deep precipice (深嶮巖)「汝等共行至深嶮巖」—“Let us go together to the deep precipice”〔T02 0111a21〕Not explained in the treatise
The great hot hell (大熱地獄)「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」—“There is a great hot hell; if beings are born in it, they are wholly ablaze”〔T02 0111b11〕The treatise reads 「那落迦」—“the hells” and 「燒燃苦」—“the suffering of burning”: 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“For those born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕
The great dark hell (大闇地獄)「有大闇地獄」—“There is a great dark hell”〔T02 0111b26〕Not explained in the treatise (the treatise speaks of 「生闇」—“the darkness of birth” and 「黑闇」—“black darkness”; see the third topic)
Sumeru · Pūrvavideha · Aparagodānīya · Uttarakuru (須彌山·弗婆提·拘耶尼·欝單越)「千須彌山、千弗婆提、千閻浮提、千拘耶尼、千欝單越」—“a thousand Sumerus, a thousand Pūrvavidehas, a thousand Jambudvīpas, a thousand Aparagodānīyas, a thousand Uttarakurus”〔T02 0111c10〕The treatise reads 「蘇迷盧」—“Sumeru” (a simile of the Great Meaning; see the third topic)
The small thousandfold world (小千世界)「是名小千世界」—“this is called a small thousandfold world”〔T02 0111c13〕Not explained in the treatise
The middling thousandfold world (中千世界)「從小千世界數滿至千,是名中千世界」—“When small thousandfold worlds are counted up to a thousand, this is called a middling thousandfold world”〔T02 0111c27〕Not explained in the treatise
The great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds (三千大千世界)「從中千世界數滿至千,是名三千大千世界」—“When middling thousandfold worlds are counted up to a thousand, this is called the great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds”〔T02 0112a04〕Not explained in the treatise; the treatise uses it only as a comparison for persons: 「一切三千大千世界補特伽羅無與等者」—“among the persons of the whole great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds there is none equal”〔T30n1579 0850c09〕
The wheel of five linked spokes (五節相續輪)「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」—“It is like a wheel of five linked spokes that a strong man sets spinning fast”〔T02 0112b22〕The treatise reads 「五輻輪」—“a wheel of five spokes”: 「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」—“birth and death in the five destinations is like a wheel of five spokes, turning without rest”〔T30n1579 0845c04〕
Teaching the Dharma supremely · disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare (增上說法·開示施設建立分別散說顯現表露)「如來、應、等正覺增上說法,謂四聖諦,開示、施設、建立、分別、散說、顯現、表露」—“The Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One teaches the Dharma supremely, namely the four noble truths: disclosing, designating, establishing, analysing, expounding, revealing, and laying bare”〔T02 0112c03〕The treatise reads 「聖諦相應言教」—“the teaching in words connected with the noble truths”: 「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」—“The teaching in words connected with the noble truths that the Tathāgatas speak—know that this teaching is, in the ultimate sense, the teaching that makes one rise upward”〔T30n1579 0845c07〕
The householder Sudatta (須達長者)「時,須達長者往詣佛所」—“At that time the householder Sudatta went to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0112c22〕Not explained in the treatise
Unbroken comprehension in sequence · unbroken comprehension all at once (漸次無間等·一頓無間等)「此四聖諦為漸次無間等?為一頓無間等?」—“Are these four noble truths comprehended unbrokenly in sequence? Or comprehended unbrokenly all at once?”〔T02 0112c23〕The treatise reads 「漸次現觀」—“direct realization in sequence”: 「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」—“The knowledge of the first noble truth can enter the direct realization of the noble truths in sequence, like the first foothold”〔T30n1579 0845c14〕
The stairway of four steps (四登階道)「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」—“as when there is a stairway of four steps leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113a13〕The treatise reads 「四階隥」—“four steps of a stair”: 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like four steps of a stair, able to make one rise up into the hall of great wisdom”〔T30n1579 0845c17〕
The ladder of four rungs (四隥梯)「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」—“It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113b03〕The treatise reads 「四桄梯」—“a ladder of four rungs”: 「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like a ladder of four rungs, able to make one climb up to liberation and quiescent cessation”〔T30n1579 0845c18〕
Spear · creatures in the water (鏘·水虫)「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」—“Suppose all the grass and trees of the great earth were taken and made into spears and thrust into the great ocean: could they impale every creature in the water?”〔T02 0113b20〕Not explained in the treatise
The realm of beings (眾生界)「眾生界無數無量」—“the realm of beings is countless and measureless”〔T02 0113b24〕The treatise speaks of the classes of the elements as measureless: 「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」—“Although eighteen kinds of element can be found, yet because within each single element deeds, destinations, and sentient beings differ in many classes, they should be known as measureless”〔T30n1579 0846c24〕
The Snow Mountains (雪山)「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」—“Are the earth and stones in this hand more, or are the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains more?”〔T02 0113c01〕「譬如礫石及大雪山」—“like gravel and the great Snow Mountains”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕
Saluoduozhajia · Gaṅgā · Yamunā · Sarayū · Airāvatī · Mahī · the four great oceans (薩羅多吒迦·恒伽·耶符那·薩羅遊·伊羅跋提·摩醯·四大海)「如大湖水譬,如是薩羅多吒迦——恒伽、耶符那、薩羅遊、伊羅跋提、摩醯,及四大海,其譬亦如上說」—“As with the simile of the water of the great lake, so with the Saluoduozhajia—the Gaṅgā, the Yamunā, the Sarayū, the Airāvatī, and the Mahī—and the four great oceans; the simile is likewise as said above”〔T02 0113c27〕Not explained in the treatise (the treatise has only the similes of the 「大陂湖」—“great reservoir” and the 「大海」—“great ocean”)
Lump of clay · pear (團土·梨果)「手捉團土,大如梨果」—“holding in his hand a lump of clay the size of a pear”〔T02 0114a02〕The treatise reads 「泥團」—“lump of clay”: 「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」—“again, the simile of the great Snow Mountains, of the golden mountains, of Sumeru, and of the great earth; again there are six kinds of simile of gravel; again the simile of the lump of clay”〔T30n1579 0846a08〕
the eight mountains beginning with Mount Nimindhara (尼民陀羅山等八山)「如雪山王,如是尼民陀羅山、毘那多迦山」—“As with the king of Snow Mountains, so with Mount Nimindhara, Mount Vinataka”〔T02 0114a16〕The treatise reads 「金山」—“golden mountains” and 「蘇迷盧」—“Sumeru”; see above
the five fruits beginning with the āmalaka fruit (阿摩勒迦果等五果)「如梨果,如是阿摩勒迦果」—“As with the pear, so with the āmalaka fruit”〔T02 0114a19〕Not explained in the treatise
Soil on the fingernail (爪甲上土)「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」—“Is the soil on my fingernail more, or the soil of this great earth more?”〔T02 0114a23〕Not explained in the treatise
The middle country · the border lands (中國·邊地)「如甲上土,如是生中國者亦爾」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with those born in the middle country”〔T02 0114b05〕Not explained in the treatise
Equally knowing · universally knowing (等知·普知)「如知,如是等知、普知,正想、正覺、正解、法無間等亦如是」—“As with ‘knowing,’ so with ‘equally knowing,’ ‘universally knowing,’ ‘right perception,’ ‘right awakening,’ ‘right understanding,’ and ‘unbroken comprehension of the Dharma,’ likewise”〔T02 0114b11〕Not explained in the treatise
The five precepts · the eight precepts · the ten wholesome ways (五戒·八戒·十善)「如大地土,如是不持五戒者亦爾」—“As with the soil of the great earth, so it is with those who do not keep the five precepts”; 「如甲上土,如是眾生持八戒者亦如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who keep the eight precepts”〔T02 0114b28〕; 「如甲上土,如是眾生持十善者亦如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings who keep the ten wholesome ways”〔T02 0114c01〕〔T02 0114b27〕The treatise reads 「受齋學戒」—“keeping the fast and training in the precepts” and 「十業道」—“the ten courses of action”: 「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」—“this together is called giving and making merit, keeping the fast and training in the precepts”〔T30n1579 0846b22〕; 「十業道者,謂二三等差別宣說」—“As for the ten courses of action, they are taught distinguished by twos, threes, and so on”〔T30n1579 0846b23〕
Ball of eye-salve · setting it out element by element (眼藥丸·界界安置)「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」—“and a man took that salve and set it out element by element”〔T02 0114c29〕Not explained in the treatise
Element · the various elements (界·種種界)「當善界學,善種種界」—“you should train well in the elements and be skilled in the various elements”〔T02 0115a02〕「當知諸界略有二種。一、住自性界,二、習增長界」—“It should be known that the elements are in brief of two kinds: first, the element abiding in its own nature; second, the element grown by habituation”〔T30n1579 0846c18〕
Going together with the elements · joining with the elements (界俱·界和合)「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”〔T02 0115a06〕「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕
Superior mind · base mind (勝心·鄙心)「勝心時與勝界俱,鄙心時與鄙界俱」—“when they act with a superior mind, they go together with a superior element; when they act with a base mind, they go together with a base element”〔T02 0115a09〕Not explained in the treatise
Glue and lacquer · conch and milk (膠漆·珂乳)「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」—“Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind.”; 「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」—“conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,”〔T02 0115a22〕〔T02 0115a21〕The treatise speaks of it as 「相似而轉」—“moving on alike”: 「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“For this reason it is said: the elements of sentient beings nourish one another and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a05〕
Mahākāśyapa · austere ascetic practice (大迦葉·頭陀苦行)「復有尊者大迦葉與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“Also the venerable Mahākāśyapa, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”; 「一切皆是少欲知足,頭陀苦行,不畜遺餘」—“they were all of few wishes and content, austere in ascetic practice, keeping nothing in store”〔T02 0115b02〕〔T02 0115b01〕Not explained in the treatise
Mahāmaudgalyāyana · Aniruddha · Dravya · Upāli (大目揵連·阿那律陀·陀驃·優波離)「時,尊者大目揵連與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“At that time the venerable Mahāmaudgalyāyana, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”; 「時,阿那律陀與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“At that time Aniruddha, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”〔T02 0115b06〕; 「時,尊者陀驃與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“At that time the venerable Dravya, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”〔T02 0115b10〕; 「時,尊者優波離與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“At that time the venerable Upāli, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”〔T02 0115b11〕〔T02 0115b05〕Not explained in the treatise
Devadatta (提婆達多)「時,提婆達多與眾多比丘於近處經行」—“At that time Devadatta, with many bhikṣus, was walking to and fro nearby”〔T02 0115b19〕Not explained in the treatise
The element of killing · the element of drinking (殺界·飲酒界)「殺生時與殺界俱」—“when killing living beings they go together with the element of killing”〔T02 0115c09〕Not explained in the treatise
The element of faith · the element of keeping the precepts · the element of shame and scruple (信界·持戒界·慚愧界)「信心時與信界俱,持戒時與持戒界俱,慚愧心時與慚愧界俱」—“when with a mind of faith they go together with the element of faith; when keeping the precepts they go together with the element of keeping the precepts; when with a mind of shame and scruple they go together with the element of shame and scruple”〔T02 0115c19〕「復次,由梵行求增上力故,先說起信;次於尸羅受學而轉;次於現行所有過罪,觀自、觀他而生羞恥」—“Further, by the dominant power of the quest for pure conduct, faith is spoken of first; next, one proceeds by taking up the training in śīla; next, regarding whatever faults one commits, one gives rise to shame by regard for oneself and regard for others”〔T30n1579 0847a07〕
Easy to support · easy to satisfy · of few wishes · content (易養·易滿·少欲·知足)「難養、易養,難滿、易滿,多欲、少欲,知足、不知足」—“hard to support and easy to support, hard to satisfy and easy to satisfy, of many wishes and of few wishes, content and not content”〔T02 0115c25〕「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」—“namely, worldly right view, delight in practising generosity, being easy to support, easy to satisfy, of few wishes, and content, and the four means of gathering”〔T30n1579 0847a14〕
Eye element · form element · eye-consciousness element … mind-consciousness element (眼界·色界·眼識界……意識界)「謂眼界、色界、眼識界」—“namely, the eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element”〔T02 0116a01〕「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」—“The nature of difference from other kinds is: the eye element is different, the form element is different, the eye-consciousness element is different, and so on up to the mind-consciousness element is different”〔T30n1579 0849b22〕
The eighteen elements (十八界)「云何種種界?謂十八界」—“What are the various elements? Namely, the eighteen elements”〔T02 0116a08〕「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕
The various contacts · the various feelings · the various cravings (種種觸·種種受·種種愛)「緣種種界生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種受,緣種種受生種種愛」—“conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various feelings; conditioned by the various feelings arise the various cravings”〔T02 0116a06〕「無明界所隨六處諸界為緣所依別故,起無明觸種種品類」—“because the elements of the six sense bases followed by the element of ignorance differ as conditions and supports, contact with ignorance arises in its various classes”〔T30n1579 0847a20〕
The various perceptions · desires · thoughts · fevers · quests (種種想·欲·覺·熱·求)「緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」—“conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires; conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts; conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers; conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests”〔T02 0116b17〕「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」—“with this perception as condition, desire arises toward objects”〔T30n1579 0847a29〕; 「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」—“because fever of body and mind is the condition, the various classes and distinctions of seeking toward objects can all be known”〔T30n1579 0847b03〕

The ‘first occurrence’ of this table is measured line by line against the transcription of the earlier fascicles: what is listed are words not seen in the transcription of the earlier fascicles; the words of the two rows ‘hold’ and ‘mere words · beyond his range’ have been seen in earlier fascicles, but are used for the first time in this fascicle of holding the four noble truths and of setting up other truths, and are listed for that new context, not called first occurrences. Where a word runs across a line, the line-by-line comparison may not see it, and the table lists only what can be seen. Of the names of the thirteen venerables of Discourse 447, Śāriputra · Ānanda · Rāhula · Kātyāyana · Pūrṇa · Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa · Maudgalyāyana · Kauṇḍinya have been seen in earlier fascicles and enter the carried-over list; Mahākāśyapa · Aniruddha · Dravya · Upāli · Devadatta first occur in this fascicle and enter the table. The transliterations of personal names, place names, mountain names, and fruit names follow the base text, with no character changed.

VII. Similes and Rhetoric

Twenty similes:

  1. The four armies enter a lotus-root hole (Discourse 407)—「見四種軍——象軍、馬軍、車軍、步軍,無量無數,皆悉入於一藕孔中」—“he saw four kinds of army—elephant troops, horse troops, chariot troops, and foot troops—beyond measure and number, all entering into a single lotus-root hole”〔T02 0109a10〕; the Buddha explains what it really was: 「有諸天阿修羅興四種軍,戰於空中」—“the devas and asuras raised four kinds of army and fought in the sky”〔T02 0109a19〕.
  2. The deep precipice (Discourse 421)—「汝等共行至深嶮巖」—“Let us go together to the deep precipice”〔T02 0111a21〕; applied to the Dharma: 「墮於生深嶮之處」—“they fall into the deep precipice of birth”〔T02 0111b04〕.
  3. The great hot hell (Discourse 422)—「有大熱地獄,若眾生生於彼中,一向與烔然」—“There is a great hot hell; if beings are born in it, they are wholly ablaze”〔T02 0111b11〕; applied to the Dharma: 「大熱熾然,是名比丘大熱燒然」—“the great heat blazes: this, bhikṣus, is called being burned by the great heat”〔T02 0111b21〕.
  4. The great dark hell (Discourse 423)—「有大闇地獄」—“There is a great dark hell”〔T02 0111b26〕; 「不見自身分」—“one cannot see the parts of one’s own body”〔T02 0111b27〕.
  5. The darkness between the thousand worlds (Discourses 424, 425, and 426)—「此千世界,中間闇冥,日月光照,有大德力,而彼不見」—“between these thousand worlds there is darkness; the light of the sun and moon shines, of great virtue and power, yet there it is not seen”〔T02 0111c14〕; applied to the Dharma: 「是名比丘有大闇冥過於世界中間闇冥」—“this, bhikṣus, is called a great darkness surpassing the darkness between the worlds”—which in the base text begins at 〔T02 0111c21〕.
  6. The thrown stick falls back (Discourse 430)—「如人擲杖於虛空中,尋即還墮,或根著地,或腹著地,或頭著地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick into the air: it at once falls back, landing now on its root end, now on its middle, now on its head end”〔T02 0112b04〕.
  7. The thrown stick falls on clean or unclean ground (Discourse 431)—「如人擲杖置虛空中,其必還墮,或墮淨地,或墮不淨地」—“It is like a man throwing a stick so that it is set in the air: it must fall back, falling now on clean ground, now on unclean ground”〔T02 0112b13〕.
  8. The wheel of five linked spokes (Discourse 432)—「譬如五節相續輪,大力士夫令速旋轉」—“It is like a wheel of five linked spokes that a strong man sets spinning fast”〔T02 0112b22〕; applied to the Dharma: 「輪迴五趣,而速旋轉」—“turn through the five destinations, turning swiftly”〔T02 0112b25〕.
  9. A vessel of thin tree-leaves · a vessel of lotus leaves (Discourse 435)—「兩細樹葉連合為器,盛水持行,無有是處」—“to join two thin tree-leaves into a vessel, to hold water and carry it—this is impossible”〔T02 0113a02〕; 「取蓮華葉連合為器,盛水遊行,斯有是處」—“to take lotus leaves and join them into a vessel, to hold water and walk about—this is possible”〔T02 0113a05〕.
  10. The stairway of four steps (Discourse 436)—「如有四登階道,昇於殿堂」—“as when there is a stairway of four steps leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113a13〕.
  11. The ladder of four rungs (Discourse 437)—「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」—“It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall”〔T02 0113b03〕.
  12. Grass and trees made into spears to impale the creatures in the water (Discourse 438)—「譬如大地草木,悉取為鏘,貫大海中,一切水虫悉能貫不?」—“Suppose all the grass and trees of the great earth were taken and made into spears and thrust into the great ocean: could they impale every creature in the water?”〔T02 0113b20〕; applied to the Dharma: 「眾生界無數無量」—“the realm of beings is countless and measureless”〔T02 0113b24〕.
  13. The earth and stones in the hand · the earth and stones of the Snow Mountains (Discourse 439)—「此手中土石為多?彼大雪山土石為多?」—“Are the earth and stones in this hand more, or are the earth and stones of the great Snow Mountains more?”〔T02 0113c01〕; applied to the Dharma: 「如彼雪山土石,其數無量」—“like the earth and stones of those Snow Mountains, measureless in number”〔T02 0113c08〕.
  14. Drops of water from the lake · cutting off the crown of the palmyra tree (Discourse 440)—「譬如湖池,深廣五十由旬,其水盈滿」—“Suppose there were a lake fifty leagues deep and wide, brimming with water”〔T02 0113c14〕; 「斷諸苦本如截多羅樹頭,於未來世成不生法」—“cutting off the roots of suffering like cutting off the crown of a palmyra tree, so that in the future they become things that do not arise”〔T02 0113c21〕.
  15. A lump of clay the size of a pear · the king of Snow Mountains (Discourse 441)—「手捉團土,大如梨果」—“holding in his hand a lump of clay the size of a pear”〔T02 0114a02〕.
  16. The soil on the fingernail · the soil of the great earth (Discourse 442)—「我爪甲上土為多?此大地土多?」—“Is the soil on my fingernail more, or the soil of this great earth more?”〔T02 0114a23〕; applied to the Dharma: 「如甲上土者,若諸眾生,形可見者,亦復如是」—“As with the soil on the nail, so it is with the beings whose forms can be seen”〔T02 0114a26〕.
  17. The ball of eye-salve set out element by element (Discourse 444)—「譬如眼藥丸,深廣一由旬」—“Suppose there were a ball of eye-salve a league deep and wide”〔T02 0114c28〕; 「若有士夫取此藥丸,界界安置」—“and a man took that salve and set it out element by element”〔T02 0114c29〕.
  18. Grasping a small log and entering the great sea (the verses of Discourses 446 and 448)—「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」—“Like one who grasps a small log and goes out into the great sea,”〔T02 0115a16〕.
  19. Glue and lacquer · fire and wind (the verses of Discourses 446 and 448)—「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」—“Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind.”〔T02 0115a21〕.
  20. Conch and milk are one in colour (the verses of Discourses 446 and 448)—「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」—“conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,”〔T02 0115a22〕.

The similes the treatise uses in common with the sūtra: the stick · the wheel · the steps · the stair · the ladder · the leaf · the Snow Mountains · the great ocean · the water of the pool · the lump · the great earth (third topic); the sūtra’s wheel of five linked spokes the treatise gives as a wheel of five spokes; the sūtra’s ladder of four rungs the treatise gives as a ladder of four rungs in another word; the sūtra’s lake the treatise gives as a pool and a reservoir; the sūtra’s earth and stones the treatise gives as gravel; the sūtra’s lump of clay the treatise gives as a lump of clay in another word; the sūtra’s spear the treatise gives as a spear in another character; the treatise has no simile of the four armies and the lotus-root hole, the deep precipice, the thousand worlds, the ball of eye-salve, the small log and the great sea, glue and lacquer, or conch and milk; the treatise uses a great heap of akṣa nuts as a simile for the measurelessness of the elements, a simile the sūtra does not have.

Verse (Discourse 446)—spoken by the World-Honored One, nine lines of eighteen phrases, five characters to the phrase:

「常會故常生,相離生則斷,」—“Always meeting, so always arising; parted, arising is cut off.”〔T02 0115a15〕 「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」—“Like one who grasps a small log and goes out into the great sea,”〔T02 0115a16〕 「人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。」—“man and log sink together; so too with those who keep company with the slothful.”〔T02 0115a17〕 「當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進,」—“Leave sloth behind, and lowly striving;”〔T02 0115a18〕 「賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。」—“the noble are not slothful; they dwell settled in seclusion.”〔T02 0115a19〕 「慇懃精進禪,超度生死流,」—“Earnest in striving and meditation, they cross the stream of birth and death.”〔T02 0115a20〕 「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」—“Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind;”〔T02 0115a21〕 「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」—“conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,”〔T02 0115a22〕 「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」—“join with what is like them, and grow alike.”〔T02 0115a23〕

Verse (Discourse 448)—nine lines of eighteen phrases, five characters to the phrase, verbatim the same as the verse of Discourse 446:

「常會故常生,相離生則斷,」—“Always meeting, so always arising; parted, arising is cut off.”〔T02 0115b26〕 「如人執小木,而入於巨海,」—“Like one who grasps a small log and goes out into the great sea,”〔T02 0115b27〕 「人木則俱沒,懈怠俱亦然。」—“man and log sink together; so too with those who keep company with the slothful.”〔T02 0115b28〕 「當離於懈怠,卑劣之精進,」—“Leave sloth behind, and lowly striving;”〔T02 0115b29〕 「賢聖不懈怠,安住於遠離。」—“the noble are not slothful; they dwell settled in seclusion.”〔T02 0115c01〕 「慇懃精進禪,超度生死流,」—“Earnest in striving and meditation, they cross the stream of birth and death.”〔T02 0115c02〕 「膠漆得其素,火得風熾然。」—“Glue and lacquer take the colour of their base; fire blazes when it meets the wind;”〔T02 0115c03〕 「珂乳則同色,眾生與界俱,」—“conch and milk are one in colour. Beings go together with the elements,”〔T02 0115c04〕 「相似共和合,增長亦復然。」—“join with what is like them, and grow alike.”〔T02 0115c05〕

The first three lines speak of always meeting and of parting, using the small log that enters the sea as a simile for those who keep company with the slothful and sink with them; the next three lines urge leaving sloth and striving earnestly; the last three lines, with the three similes of glue and lacquer, fire and wind, and conch and milk, conclude with 「眾生與界俱,相似共和合」—“Beings go together with the elements, join with what is like them.” Before the two verses, Discourse 446 has 「廣說如上。差別者,即說偈言」—“as explained at length above. The difference is that he then spoke this verse,” and Discourse 448 has 「如上廣說已,即說偈言」—“having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse”; the prose of both is abbreviated. In the eighth line of the verse of Discourse 448, 「眾生與界俱」—“Beings go together with the elements,” the 「界」—“elements” is printed 果 (“fruit”) in the original Taishō edition (see the ninth topic); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】.

Fixed formulas:

FormulaAnchorDiscourse
「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」—“of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct”〔T02 0109a03〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0109a22〕〔T02 0109b11〕〔T02 0109b25〕〔T02 0110a11〕〔T02 0110a26〕407 · 408 · 409 · 413 · 414 (Discourse 411 reads 「論說王事,乃至不向涅槃」—“talking of the affairs of kings, and so on up to not heading toward nirvāṇa”〔T02 0109c16〕)
「義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」—“of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct”「如此思惟則義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」—“Thinking thus is of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct”〔T02 0109a07〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0109b15〕〔T02 0109b28〕〔T02 0109c19〕〔T02 0110a14〕〔T02 0110b01〕407 · 408 · 409 · 411 · 413 · 414
「此苦聖諦、此苦集聖諦、此苦滅聖諦、此苦滅道跡聖諦」—“this noble truth of suffering, this noble truth of the arising of suffering, this noble truth of the cessation of suffering, this noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0109a05〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0109b13〕407 · 408 (Discourses 411, 413, and 414 read 「此苦聖諦、苦集聖諦、苦滅聖諦、苦滅道跡聖諦」—“this noble truth of suffering, the noble truth of the arising of suffering, the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering”)
「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」—“one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension”〔T02 0110a15〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0110c26〕〔T02 0111b07〕〔T02 0111b22〕〔T02 0111c04〕〔T02 0111c22〕〔T02 0112a08〕〔T02 0112b18〕〔T02 0112b27〕〔T02 0112c06〕〔T02 0112c17〕〔T02 0113a09〕〔T02 0113b25〕〔T02 0113c09〕〔T02 0113c24〕〔T02 0114a12〕413 · 418 · 421–424 · 426 · 431–435 · 438–441 (Discourse 408 reads 「於四聖諦未無間等,當勤方便」—“not yet having attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths, one should strive with skilful means”〔T02 0109b16〕; Discourse 412 reads 「當勤起方便」—“should strive to rouse skilful means”〔T02 0110a01〕; Discourse 414 reads 「依於四聖諦未無間等者」—“one who, with regard to the four noble truths, has not yet attained unbroken comprehension”〔T02 0110b02〕; in Discourse 425 it stands after 「如前所說,乃至」—“as said before, up to”〔T02 0111c29〕; Discourse 430 reads 「當勤方便,學無間等」—“should strive with skilful means and train in unbroken comprehension”〔T02 0112b10〕, and Discourse 442 the same〔T02 0114a29〕)
「汝等持我所說四聖諦不?」—“Do you hold the four noble truths I have taught?”〔T02 0110b16〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0110b28〕; Discourse 418 reads 「汝持我所說四聖諦不?」—“Do you hold the four noble truths I have taught?” (in the singular)〔T02 0110c14〕416 · 417 · 418
「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」—“Yes; the four noble truths taught by the World-Honored One, I hold them all”〔T02 0110b18〕; Discourse 417 「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉受持」—“Yes; the four noble truths taught by the World-Honored One, I hold them all”〔T02 0110c01〕; Discourse 418 reads 「唯然,世尊所說四聖諦,我悉持之」—“Yes; the four noble truths taught by the World-Honored One, I hold them all” (in other words)〔T02 0110c16〕416 · 417 · 418
「善哉!善哉!」—“Good, good!”〔T02 0110b23〕〔T02 0110c09〕〔T02 0110c19〕〔T02 0112c15〕416 · 417 · 418 · 434
「時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛」—“Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha”〔T02 0110c15〕〔T02 0111a24〕〔T02 0111b12〕〔T02 0111b27〕〔T02 0111c16〕418 · 421–424 (Discourse 416 reads 「正衣服」—“straightened his robes”〔T02 0110b17〕; Discourse 417 reads 「時,有比丘從座起,整衣服,偏袒右肩」—“Then a bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robes, bared his right shoulder”〔T02 0110b29〕)
「無有是處」—“this is impossible,” 「斯有是處」—“this is possible”「無間等者,無有是處」—“unbroken comprehension … this is impossible”〔T02 0113a01〕; 「盛水遊行,斯有是處」—“to hold water and walk about—this is possible”〔T02 0113a06〕; 「不登初階,而登第二、第三、第四階昇堂殿者,無有是處」—“to go up into the hall by climbing the second, third, and fourth steps without climbing the first step—this is impossible”〔T02 0113a14〕; 「不由初隥,而登第二、第三、第四隥昇殿堂者,無有是處」—“to go up into the hall by climbing the second, third, and fourth rungs without going by the first rung—this is impossible”〔T02 0113b04〕435 · 436 · 437
「於意云何」—“What do you think?”「於意云何」—“What do you think?”〔T02 0113b29〕; 「於意云何:我爪甲上土為多?」—“What do you think: is the soil on my fingernail more?”〔T02 0114a23〕439 · 442
「如是,比丘」—“So it is, bhikṣu”〔T02 0111a27〕〔T02 0111b15〕〔T02 0113a17〕421 · 422 · 436
「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”〔T02 0115a06〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0115a25〕〔T02 0115c07〕〔T02 0115c16〕; the concluding phrase of Discourse 447 reads 「是名比丘常與界俱,與界和合」—“This is called bhikṣus always going together with the elements, joining with the elements”〔T02 0115b20〕445 · 447 · 449 · 450
「善種種界」—“skilled in the various elements”〔T02 0115a02〕〔T02 0115a10〕; 「當善分別種種諸界」—“you should discern well the various elements”〔T02 0115b21〕〔T02 0115c20〕; 「當善分別種種界」—“you should discern well the various elements”〔T02 0115c12〕〔T02 0116b11〕As at left444 · 445 · 447 · 449 · 450 · 453

The forms of question and answer—the questions and answers of this fascicle are of five forms: first, the World-Honored One comes to the dining hall and first asks 「何所言說」—“what were you talking about,” the bhikṣus tell the Buddha, and then the World-Honored One stops them (Discourses 408, 411, 413, and 414); second, the World-Honored One first asks 「持我所說四聖諦不」—“do you hold the four noble truths I have taught,” a bhikṣu answers, the World-Honored One asks again 「云何受持」—“how do you hold them,” the bhikṣu answers again, and the World-Honored One says “good” (Discourses 416 and 417); in Discourse 418 the bhikṣu asks and answers himself, and the World-Honored One does not ask again; third, the World-Honored One speaks of one thing, a certain bhikṣu asks ‘is there anything … surpassing this,’ and the World-Honored One answers with those who do not know the four noble truths as they really are (Discourses 421–424); fourth, the World-Honored One poses a question by a simile, the bhikṣus answer, and the World-Honored One applies it to the Dharma (Discourses 438–442; Discourse 438 asks ‘could they impale,’ Discourses 439–442 ask 「為多」—“which is more”); in Discourse 434 the World-Honored One asks 「何等為黠慧」—“what is wisdom,” and the bhikṣus answer with what they understand; fifth, a lay disciple asks and the Buddha answers (in Discourse 435 the householder Sudatta asks whether it is in sequence or all at once), and Discourses 436 and 437 take up his question with 「唯譬差別」—“only the simile differs.”

Repeated sentence patterns—in each of the nine Discourses 407–415, the two sides 「非義饒益,非法饒益,非梵行饒益」—“of no benefit in meaning, of no benefit in Dharma, of no benefit to pure conduct” and 「義饒益、法饒益、梵行饒益」—“of benefit in meaning, of benefit in Dharma, of benefit to pure conduct” recur; at the end of the discourses from Discourse 413 on, the exhortation 「於四聖諦未無間等者,當勤方便,起增上欲,學無間等」—“one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths should strive with skilful means, give rise to heightened desire, and train in unbroken comprehension” mostly recurs; Discourses 419 and 420 set doubt and no doubt as two sides, and the Buddha and the Dharma and Saṅgha as two parts, paired four times; Discourses 421–424 share the three steps of the World-Honored One speaking of one thing, a certain bhikṣu asking, and the World-Honored One answering 「過於此者」—“surpassing this”; Discourses 435–437 each give one simile for each of the two sides 「無有是處」—“this is impossible” and 「有是處」—“this is possible”; at the end of Discourse 442 the two phrases 「如甲上土」—“as with the soil on the nail” and 「如大地土」—“as with the soil of the great earth” are paired fourteen times; Discourses 445–450 repeat pair by pair ‘when … they go together with the element of …’; Discourses 452–454 first state in forward order ‘conditioned by the various … arise the various …’ and then deny in reverse ‘it is not that conditioned by the various … arise the various …’, and Discourse 453 adds under each link the further phrase ‘it is not that conditioned by … but only conditioned by …’.

The carried-over discourse form—Discourse 436, 「如須達長者所問,有異比丘問,亦如是說,唯譬有差別」—“As the householder Sudatta asked, so a certain bhikṣu asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113a12〕, and Discourse 437, 「如異比丘問,阿難所問,亦如是說,唯譬差別」—“As a certain bhikṣu asked, so Ānanda asked, and it was taught likewise; only the simile differs”〔T02 0113b02〕, neither opens with 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”; each takes the question of the previous discourse as its own question, changing only the simile.

The form of the verses—the two verses of this fascicle both have five characters to the phrase, nine lines of eighteen phrases; the verse of Discourse 446 stands after 「差別者,即說偈言」—“the difference is that he then spoke this verse,” the verse of Discourse 448 after 「如上廣說已,即說偈言」—“having explained at length as above, he then spoke this verse”; the prose of both is replaced by abbreviated text, and the two verses are verbatim the same. This fascicle has no summary verse.

Groups of abbreviated phrases and the compilers’ restatements—eight abbreviated discourses, five omissions within a discourse, and six lists restated by the compilers at the end of a discourse: see the abbreviation table of the first topic. The lists restated by the compilers all stand after 「佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practised accordingly”; they are the words of the compilers, not the words of the Buddha.

VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward

  • Shared words in the Compendium of Topics—the places where the text of the discourses of this fascicle shares words with the Compendium of Topics have already been listed verbatim in the third, fourth, and sixth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0842a25〕〔T30n1579 0843b12〕〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔T30n1579 0844a13〕〔T30n1579 0844b12〕〔T30n1579 0844b15〕〔T30n1579 0844b18〕〔T30n1579 0844b25〕〔T30n1579 0844b27〕〔T30n1579 0844c27〕〔T30n1579 0845a03〕〔T30n1579 0845a04〕〔T30n1579 0845a08〕〔T30n1579 0845a16〕〔T30n1579 0845a17〕〔T30n1579 0845a19〕〔T30n1579 0845a20〕〔T30n1579 0845a23〕〔T30n1579 0845a26〕〔T30n1579 0845a28〕〔T30n1579 0845b01〕〔T30n1579 0845b06〕〔T30n1579 0845b09〕〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔T30n1579 0845b15〕〔T30n1579 0845b18〕〔T30n1579 0845b19〕〔T30n1579 0845b24〕〔T30n1579 0845b27〕〔T30n1579 0845b29〕〔T30n1579 0845c04〕〔T30n1579 0845c07〕〔T30n1579 0845c11〕〔T30n1579 0845c14〕〔T30n1579 0845c17〕〔T30n1579 0845c18〕〔T30n1579 0845c19〕〔T30n1579 0845c29〕〔T30n1579 0846a02〕〔T30n1579 0846a05〕〔T30n1579 0846a06〕〔T30n1579 0846a08〕〔T30n1579 0846a12〕〔T30n1579 0846a13〕〔T30n1579 0846a15〕〔T30n1579 0846a16〕〔T30n1579 0846a22〕〔T30n1579 0846a28〕〔T30n1579 0846b02〕〔T30n1579 0846b15〕〔T30n1579 0846b18〕〔T30n1579 0846b22〕〔T30n1579 0846b23〕〔T30n1579 0846b25〕〔T30n1579 0846b27〕〔T30n1579 0846b28〕〔T30n1579 0846b29〕〔T30n1579 0846c02〕〔T30n1579 0846c18〕〔T30n1579 0846c19〕〔T30n1579 0846c24〕〔T30n1579 0846c26〕〔T30n1579 0846c27〕〔T30n1579 0847a01〕〔T30n1579 0847a03〕〔T30n1579 0847a05〕〔T30n1579 0847a07〕〔T30n1579 0847a11〕〔T30n1579 0847a14〕〔T30n1579 0847a17〕〔T30n1579 0847a19〕〔T30n1579 0847a20〕〔T30n1579 0847a24〕〔T30n1579 0847a26〕〔T30n1579 0847a29〕〔T30n1579 0847b03〕〔T30n1579 0847b04〕〔T30n1579 0849b22〕〔T30n1579 0849b23〕〔T30n1579 0850a18〕〔T30n1579 0850a19〕〔T30n1579 0850a22〕〔T30n1579 0850c09〕.
  • Carrying forward the uddānas—the section of the one verse of twelve items of fascicle ninety-five of the treatise, 「如理、攝、集諦、得、相、處、業、障、過、黑異熟等、大義、後難得。」—“The Reasoned, Inclusion, The Truth of Arising, Attainment, Characteristics, The Basis, Function, Obstacles, Faults, Black Ripening and the Rest, The Great Meaning, Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain.”〔T30n1579 0840b24〕, corresponds in place to Discourses 407–443 of this fascicle, but the treatise follows the order of its topics and the sūtra the order of its discourses: Obstacles corresponds to Discourses 407–420, Faults to Discourses 421–426, Function to Discourses 422 and 435, Black Ripening and the Rest to Discourses 430–434, The Great Meaning to Discourses 435–442, Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain to Discourses 442 and 443, Attainment to Discourse 442, Characteristics to Discourse 418, The Basis to Discourse 416, and Inclusion to Discourse 419; the two items The Reasoned and The Truth of Arising share no words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (fourth topic). The section of the four items of the particular uddāna of fascicle ninety-six of the treatise, 「總義、自類別、似轉、後三求。」—“The General Meaning, Distinction by Kind, Arising in Kind, Finally, the Three Quests.”〔T30n1579 0846c17〕, corresponds in place to Discourses 444–454 of this fascicle: The General Meaning corresponds to Discourses 451–454, Distinction by Kind to Discourses 438, 444, and 447, Arising in Kind to Discourses 445–450, and Finally, the Three Quests to Discourses 450 and 452–454. Of the section of seven items that follows, 「三七界相攝、見想、與希奇、差別性、安立、寂靜、愚夫後。」—“Mutual Inclusion of the Three and the Seven Elements, Views and Notions, and the Marvellous, The Nature of Difference, Establishment, Quiescence, Finally, the Fool.”〔T30n1579 0847b07〕, in this fascicle only The Nature of Difference corresponds to Discourses 451–453, and Finally, the Fool to Discourses 444 and 451–454.
  • Carrying forward within the fascicle (only shared forms are recorded)—Discourses 407–415 form one group: all begin with 「有眾多比丘集於食堂」—“many bhikṣus had gathered in the dining hall,” all stop the talk with 「非義饒益」—“of no benefit in meaning,” and put the four noble truths in its place; Discourse 410 takes up Discourse 409 with 「差別者」—“the difference is,” and Discourses 412 and 415 take up the World-Honored One’s words in the discourses before them with 「如是廣說,乃至」—“as explained at length thus, up to.” Discourses 416–418 form one group: all begin with 「汝等持我所說四聖諦不」—“do you hold the four noble truths I have taught,” and the words of the answers successively increase. Discourses 421–426 form one group: all have the question 「過於此者」—“surpassing this” and the answer 「不如實知」—“do not know as they really are”; Discourses 425 and 426 take up Discourse 424 with 「如前所說」—“as said before” and 「乃至」—“up to.” Discourses 430–434 form one group: all, by simile or by statement, speak of the fall of those who do not know as they really are and the wisdom of those who know as they really are. Discourses 435–437 form one group: Discourse 436 takes up Discourse 435 with 「如須達長者所問」—“as the householder Sudatta asked,” and Discourse 437 takes up Discourse 436 with 「如異比丘問」—“as a certain bhikṣu asked.” Discourses 438–442 form one group, all of the form in which the World-Honored One poses a simile and asks and answers: Discourse 438 applies it to the measurelessness of the realm of beings, Discourses 439 and 441 to the fewness of those who know, Discourse 440 to the much suffering already cut off and the little remaining for those who have seen the truths, Discourse 442 to the soil on the nail and the soil of the great earth with an enumeration at the end of the discourse; the enumerations at the end of Discourses 440, 441, and 442 each extend their simile. Discourses 445–450 form one group: all begin with 「眾生常與界俱,與界和合」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements”; Discourses 446 and 448 take up their prose with abbreviated text and speak the same verse. Discourses 452–454 form one group: all begin with 「緣種種界生種種觸」—“conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts,” sharing the form of forward statement and reverse denial; Discourse 454 extends the links to perception, desire, thought, fever, and quest.
  • Beyond this fascicle—what is taken up by 「如上廣說」—“as explained at length above” in Discourse 410, 「如是廣說,乃至」—“as explained at length thus, up to” in Discourses 412 and 415, 「如前所說」—“as said before” in Discourse 425, 「廣說如上」—“as explained at length above” in Discourse 446, 「如上廣說」—“as explained at length above” in Discourse 448, and 「如是廣說」—“as explained at length thus” in Discourse 449 is in each case looked for among the discourses of the same form within this fascicle (the abbreviation table of the first topic); no discourse outside this fascicle is specified. 「如上經如是廣說」—“as explained at length thus in the discourse above” at the end of Discourse 450〔T02 0115c26〕 points to the discourse above in the same group.

IX. Placement Among the Recensions

The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to fifty-five variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【宮-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「無」—“lacks it” = that edition lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 002, 004, 011, 046, and 048, five in all, are rows of revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes):

No.AnchorCurrent readingVariant readings
0010109a19修 (practise)【宋】【元】脩 (a variant form)
0020109c10說 (tell)【大】無 (lacks it); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】【磧-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0030109c29諍論 (quarrelsome talk)【宋】【元】【明】論諍 (the two characters reversed)
0040109c29未 (not yet)【大】無 (lacks it) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0050110b06說論 (talking)【宋】【元】【明】論說 (the two characters reversed)
0060110b17正 (straightened)【宋】【元】【明】整 (arranged)
0070111a15於 (about)【大】苦 (suffering); 【宮-CB】【宋】【元】【明】於 (about)
0080111b21燒 (burn)【宋】【元】【明】熾 (blaze)
0090111c12魔 (ma, of Yāma)【宋】【元】【明】摩 (a variant transliteration character)
0100112b11聞 (heard)【宋】【元】間 (between)
0110112c25等 (comprehension, of 無間等)【大】無 (lacks it) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0120113a13登 (steps)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant); 【元】【明】隥 (rungs)
0130113a13昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0140113a15三 (third)【宋】三橙 (third, with a graphic variant for step); 【元】【明】三隥 (third rung)
0150113a15階 (step)【宋】無 (lacks it)
0160113a16登 (climb)【宋】無 (lacks it)
0170113a17昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0180113a20昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0190113a21昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0200113a23昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0210113b03昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0220113b03於 (to)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0230113b04隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0240113b05隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0250113b05昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0260113b11隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0270113b11昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0280113b12登 (climb)【元】【明】隥 (rung)
0290113b12隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0300113b12昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0310113b13隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0320113b13登 (climb)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0330113b14隥 (rung)【宋】橙 (a graphic variant)
0340113b14昇 (go up)【明】陞 (a variant form)
0350113b23於 (in)【宋】【元】【明】極 (extremely)
0360113b26是 (this)【宋】【元】【明】此 (this, another word)
0370113c16渧 (drop)【宋】【元】【明】滴 (drop, another character)
0380113c17渧 (drop)【宋】【元】【明】滴 (drop, another character)
0390113c18渧 (drop)【宋】【元】【明】滴 (drop, another character)
0400113c23渧 (drop)【宋】【元】【明】滴 (drop, another character)
0410114a24上 (on)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0420114b07復 (also)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0430114b09復 (also)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0440114b10者 (those who)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0450114c25生 (arise)【宋】【元】【明】生亦如是 (arise, likewise)
0460115a06孤 (orphan, of Anāthapiṇḍada)【大】狐 (fox); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0470115b21界 (elements)【宋】【元】【明】眾 (assembly)
0480115c04界 (elements)【大】果 (fruit); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0490115c13種 (various)【宋】【元】【明】種諸 (the various)
0500116a12觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0510116a12觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0520116a12觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0530116a13觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0540116a14觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0550116a14觸生 (contact-born)【元】【明】無 (lack it)

The 「於」—“about” of no. 007 is printed 苦 (suffering) in the original Taishō edition, and the Taishō note records 於 (about) for the three editions; the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 and the three editions; the current collated text records this row as a change of character, not a supplement; it is copied as it stands without adjudication.

Ten matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication):

  1. The reading in Discourse 407 (no. 001)—in 「有諸天阿修羅興四種軍」—“the devas and asuras raised four kinds of army,” the 「修」—“su” (0109a19): 【宋】【元】 read 脩 (a variant form). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  2. Readings in Discourses 411 and 412 (nos. 002–004)—in 「說諸海中事」—“told of the affairs within the seas,” the 「說」—“told” (0109c10): 【大】 lacks it, that is, 【大】 reads ‘the affairs within the seas,’ and the current reading supplies it following 【麗-CB】【磧-CB】 (a revision in the current edition); in Discourse 412, in 「諍論之聲」—“the sound of quarrelsome talk,” the 「諍論」—“quarrelsome talk” (0109c29): the three editions read 論諍 (the two characters reversed); in 「於四聖諦未無間等者」—“one who has not yet attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths,” the 「未」—“not yet” (0109c29): 【大】 lacks it, that is, 【大】 reads ‘one who has attained unbroken comprehension of the four noble truths,’ and the current reading supplies it (a revision in the current edition). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  3. Readings in Discourses 415 and 416 (nos. 005 · 006)—in 「作如是說論」—“were talking in this way,” the 「說論」—“talking” (0110b06): the three editions read 論說 (the two characters reversed); in Discourse 416, in 「正衣服」—“straightened his robes,” the 「正」—“straightened” (0110b17): the three editions read 整 (arranged), that is, the three editions agree with 「整衣服」—“arranged his robes” of Discourses 417, 418, and 421–424. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  4. Readings in Discourses 420, 422, and 424 (nos. 007–009)—in Discourse 420, in the line 「則於佛有疑,於法、僧有疑」—“then they have doubt about the Buddha, doubt about the Dharma and the Saṅgha,” the 「於」—“about” (0111a15): 【大】 reads 苦 (suffering), and the current reading follows 【宮-CB】 and the three editions; in Discourse 422, in 「大熱燒然」—“burned by the great heat,” the 「燒」—“burned” (0111b21): the three editions read 熾 (blazing), that is, the three editions read ‘the great heat blazes,’ the same as 「大熱熾然」—“the great heat blazes” earlier in the same sentence; in Discourse 424, in 「千炎魔天」—“a thousand Yāma heavens,” the 「魔」—“ma” (0111c12): the three editions read 摩 (a variant transliteration character). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  5. Readings in Discourses 430 and 435 (nos. 010 · 011)—at the end of Discourse 430, in 「諸比丘聞佛所說」—“the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said,” the 「聞」—“heard” (0112b11): 【宋】【元】 read 間 (between); in Discourse 435, in 「此四聖諦漸次無間等」—“these four noble truths are comprehended unbrokenly in sequence,” the 「等」—“comprehension” (0112c25): 【大】 lacks it, and the current reading supplies it (a revision in the current edition). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  6. Readings in Discourses 436 and 437 (nos. 012–034)—in 「四登階道」—“a stairway of four steps,” the 「登」—“steps” (0113a13): 【宋】 reads 橙 (a graphic variant), 【元】【明】 read 隥 (rungs); the character 「昇」—“go up” in ten places (0113a13 · 0113a17 · 0113a20 · 0113a21 · 0113a23 · 0113b03 · 0113b05 · 0113b11 · 0113b12 · 0113b14): 【明】 reads 陞 (a variant form) in every case; in 「第三」—“third,” the 「三」—“third” (0113a15): 【宋】 reads 三橙 (third, with a graphic variant for step), 【元】【明】 read 三隥 (third rung); in 「第四階」—“fourth step,” the 「階」—“step” (0113a15): 【宋】 lacks it; in 「次登第二」—“then climb the second,” the 「登」—“climb” (0113a16): 【宋】 lacks it; in Discourse 437, in 「譬如四隥梯昇於殿堂」—“It is like a ladder of four rungs leading up to a hall,” the 「於」—“to” (0113b03): the three editions lack it; the character 「隥」—“rung” in six places (0113b04 · 0113b05 · 0113b11 · 0113b12 · 0113b13 · 0113b14): 【宋】 reads 橙 (a graphic variant) in every case; in 「次登」—“then climb” the 「登」—“climb” in two places (0113b12 · 0113b13): in one place 【元】【明】 read 隥 (rung), in the other 【宋】 reads 橙 (a graphic variant). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  7. Readings in Discourses 438 and 440 (nos. 035–040)—in Discourse 438, in 「或於細不可貫」—“some are too fine to impale,” the 「於」—“in” (0113b23): the three editions read 極 (extremely), that is, the three editions read ‘some are extremely fine and cannot be impaled’; in 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” the 「是」—“this” (0113b26): the three editions read 此 (this, another word); in Discourse 440, the character 「渧」—“drop” in four places (0113c16 · 0113c17 · 0113c18 · 0113c23): the three editions read 滴 (drop, another character) in every case. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  8. Readings in Discourses 442 and 443 (nos. 041–045)—in Discourse 442, in 「世尊甲上土甚少少耳」—“the soil on the World-Honored One’s nail is very, very little,” the 「上」—“on” (0114a24): the three editions lack it; in 「亦復如是」—“so it is likewise” of the enumeration at the end of the discourse, the 「復」—“also” in two places (0114b07 · 0114b09): the three editions lack it; in 「眾生不知法、律者」—“the beings who do not know the Dharma and Discipline,” the 「者」—“those who” (0114b10): the three editions lack it; at the end of Discourse 443, in 「如是今生、當生」—“so with ‘arises now’ and ‘will arise,’” the 「生」—“arise” (0114c25): the three editions read 生亦如是 (arise, likewise), that is, the three editions read ‘so with “arises now” and “will arise,” likewise.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  9. Readings in Discourses 445, 447, 448, and 449 (nos. 046–049)—in Discourse 445, in 「孤獨園」—“Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park,” the 「孤」—“orphan” (0115a06): 【大】 reads 狐 (fox), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a revision in the current edition); in Discourse 447, in 「是名比丘常與界俱」—“This is called bhikṣus always going together with the elements,” the 「界」—“elements” (0115b21): the three editions read 眾 (assembly), that is, the three editions read ‘always going together with the assembly’; in the verse of Discourse 448, in 「眾生與界俱」—“Beings go together with the elements,” the 「界」—“elements” (0115c04): 【大】 reads 果 (fruit), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a revision in the current edition), while the same phrase in Discourse 446〔T02 0115a22〕 has no collation note; in Discourse 449, in 「當善分別種種界」—“you should discern well the various elements,” the 「種」—“various” (0115c13): the three editions read 種諸 (the various). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  10. Readings in Discourse 452 (nos. 050–055)—in the sentences 「緣眼觸生眼觸生受,緣眼觸生受生眼觸生愛」—“conditioned by eye-contact arises contact-born feeling of the eye; conditioned by contact-born feeling of the eye arises contact-born craving of the eye” and 「緣意觸生意觸生受,緣意觸生受生意觸生愛」—“conditioned by mind-contact arises contact-born feeling of the mind; conditioned by contact-born feeling of the mind arises contact-born craving of the mind,” the 「觸生」—“contact-born” in six places (three at 0116a12 · one at 0116a13 · two at 0116a14): 【元】【明】 lack it in every case, that is, 【元】【明】 read in the form ‘conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-feeling; conditioned by eye-feeling arises eye-craving,’ close to the sentence 「緣眼觸生眼受」—“conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-feeling” of Discourse 453. The current reading follows 【大】; the plain rendering follows the current reading and makes the sense run by the context, without changing a character.

Punctuation: in Discourse 408 the base text reads 「或說有常,或說無常……」—“some said it is eternal, some said it is not eternal…”〔T02 0109b09〕; Discourse 411 reads 「或論說王事……」—“some talked of the affairs of kings…”〔T02 0109c15〕; Discourse 412 reads 「諍論之聲……如是廣說,乃至」—“the sound of quarrelsome talk… as explained at length thus, up to”〔T02 0109c29〕; Discourse 415 reads 「即詣食堂……如是廣說,乃至」—“at once went to the dining hall… as explained at length thus, up to”〔T02 0110b12〕; Discourse 410 reads 「如是我聞:一時……如上廣說」—“Thus have I heard. At one time… as explained at length above”〔T02 0109c04〕; Discourse 446 reads 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……廣說如上」—“Then the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as explained at length above”〔T02 0115a13〕; Discourse 448 reads 「竹園……如上廣說已」—“the Bamboo Grove… having explained at length as above”〔T02 0115b25〕; Discourse 449 reads 「眾生常與界俱,與界和合……」—“Beings always go together with the elements, join with the elements…”〔T02 0115c07〕; they mark the abbreviation with 「……」—“…”, and the plain rendering in every case records the abbreviation as it is without supplying what is passed over. The words of the certain bhikṣu in Discourse 422, 「唯此大熱,復有大熱過於此者,甚可怖畏,無有過上」—“Only this great heat—is there another great heat surpassing this, more fearful still, with nothing beyond it”〔T02 0111b14〕, end with 「。」—“.” in the base text; following the questioning sense of its 「復有」—“is there another,” the plain rendering gives it as a question; the World-Honored One’s answer after it opens directly in the base text with a quotation mark, 「如是,比丘」—“So it is, bhikṣu”〔T02 0111b15〕, without the words 「佛告」—“the Buddha said,” and the plain rendering records it without supplying them. In Discourse 422, 「一向與烔然」—“wholly ablaze”〔T02 0111b12〕 has no object after 「與」—“with”; it is copied as it stands. In Discourse 449, 「與,飲酒界俱」—“go together with the element of drinking”〔T02 0115c10〕 and 「與,不飲酒界俱」—“go together with the element of not drinking”〔T02 0115c12〕 have a comma after 「與」—“with” in the base text; the characters are copied as they stand, and the plain rendering reads straight through. In Discourse 452, 「緣眼觸生眼觸生受」—“conditioned by eye-contact arises contact-born feeling of the eye”〔T02 0116a11〕 is copied without change. Further, in the passages of Discourses 407, 435, 436, 437, 447, 452, 453, and 454, the base text opens each paragraph with an opening quotation mark and does not close it (as at the head of 「過去世時」—“In a past age” in Discourse 407〔T02 0109a08〕; in the passage of the thirteen venerables in Discourse 447, only the passage on Ānanda〔T02 0115b16〕 has no opening quotation mark), and the plain rendering closes them paragraph by paragraph; the man’s thought and speech in Discourse 407, 「宿命所作」—“what you did in former lives” in Discourse 414, and the words of someone in Discourse 436 all stand within inner quotation marks, and the plain rendering records them within inner quotation marks. The end of Discourse 447 reads 「佛說是經時。」—“When the Buddha was speaking this discourse.”〔T02 0115b22〕, copied without changing it to 「已」—“had spoken.” The line of the mind faculty in the forward statement of Discourse 454 reads 「緣意受生意想,緣意想生意覺」—“conditioned by mind-feeling arises mind-perception; conditioned by mind-perception arises mind-thought”〔T02 0116b25〕, without the link of 「欲」—“desire”; the passage of reverse denial reads 「非緣種種覺生種種想」—“it is not that conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various perceptions”〔T02 0116b29〕, likewise without the link of 「欲」—“desire”; copied without supplying it.

Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has no character of the private-use area, nor any character of the extension B area. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the verses: the one verse of Discourse 446 occupies nine lines in the base text (0115a15–0115a23), each line of two phrases; at the head of the first line stands the opening quotation mark of the World-Honored One’s words, and at the end of the last line the closing mark; the one verse of Discourse 448 occupies nine lines in the base text (0115b26–0115c05), in the same line form. The plain rendering records them both in verse form, each line of two phrases.

X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation

① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—only places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words or the same simile, verbatim, are taken as established, and one sentence of the treatise is cited for each; where the sense is close but the treatise lacks the words, it is passed over with one sentence in present-day language and marked 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕; where the treatise and the discourse share words but, by the method of correspondence, it is listed only for reference, it is marked 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddānas are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).

DiscourseMātṛkā (verbatim)AnchorShared words
407 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage on heedlessness, 「如是思惟世間等法,能引無義」—“Thinking thus about the world and such things can lead to what is without benefit”〔T30n1579 0845a16〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a16思惟·世間 (think · world)
408 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage on heedlessness, 「如是或謂世間有邊,乃至廣說」—“Thus some say the world has an end, and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a04〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a04世間有邊 (the world has an end) (the treatise 「謂世間常」—“saying the world is eternal,” the sūtra 「世間有常」—“the world is eternal”; the words differ)
409 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「邪尋思者,當知即是欲等尋思」—“Wrong deliberation, it should be known, is deliberation on sensual desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0845a17〕〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕0845a17—
410No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse (abbreviated text)——
411 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘idle discourse steeped in worldly wealth and food,’ one of the treatise’s six kinds of idle discourse〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a20世間 (world)
412 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘contentious idle discourse’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a19諍 (contend)
413 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘idle discourse that discriminates others as superior or inferior’〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——
414 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘idle discourse that discriminates crafts and ways of livelihood’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a20工巧 (craft)
415 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; ‘idle discourse steeped in worldly wealth and food’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a20食 (food)
416 (Obstacles · The Basis)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「此中聞慧如其所聞,能正任持是苦聖諦,乃至廣說」—“Here wisdom born of hearing, just as it has heard, can rightly uphold ‘this is the noble truth of suffering,’ and so on in full”〔T30n1579 0845a26〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a26持·是苦聖諦 (hold · this is the noble truth of suffering)
417 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「謂諸聖者知其是諦,故名聖諦」—“Namely, because the noble ones know them to be truths, they are called noble truths”〔T30n1579 0845a28〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845a28聖·諦·真·實 (noble · truth · true · real)
418 (Characteristics)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「諸有良醫,亦但應授爾所正法。是故更無第五聖諦」—“Any good physician, likewise, should give only this much true remedy. Therefore there is no fifth noble truth”〔T30n1579 0843c21〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0843c21聖諦 (noble truth) (the sūtra 「更立餘四聖諦」—“sets up four other noble truths,” the treatise 「更無第五聖諦」—“there is no fifth noble truth”; the words differ)
419 (Inclusion · Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「彼乃依佛、或法、或僧深生厭恥」—“he then, in regard to the Buddha, or the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, deeply gives rise to aversion and shame”〔T30n1579 0842a25〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0842a25佛·法·僧 (Buddha · Dharma · Saṅgha)
420 (Obstacles)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「於諸諦實遠離疑惑」—“in regard to the truths and realities, far removed from doubt and confusion”〔T30n1579 0845b06〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845b06諦·疑惑 (truth · doubt and confusion)
421 (Faults)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「謂於能往下分惡趣生本行中,深起愛樂」—“namely, in the formations that are the root of birth, which can lead to the lower evil destinies, they deeply give rise to love and delight”〔T30n1579 0845b11〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845b11生本·行 (root of birth · formations)
422 (Faults · Function)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「大生熱惱常所燒然」—“they are constantly burned by the great fever of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b15〕; 「生那落迦中略有二苦。一、燒燃苦,二、治罰苦。」—“For those born in the hells there are, in brief, two sufferings: first, the suffering of burning; second, the suffering of punishment.”〔T30n1579 0844b18〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845b15·0844b18燒然 (burn) (the treatise also writes 燒燃, a difference of character form)
423 (Faults)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「廣說乃至墮於生闇」—“and so on at length up to falling into the darkness of birth”〔T30n1579 0845b18〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845b18墮於生·闇 (fall into … of birth · darkness)
424 (Faults)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「如生三種世界中間,墮在三種妄見黑闇」—“as if born between three kinds of world, they fall into the black darkness of three kinds of false view”〔T30n1579 0845b19〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845b19世界中間·闇 (between the worlds · darkness)
425 (Faults)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse (abbreviated text); for the phrase on what lies between the worlds, see the correspondence for Discourse 424〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕——
426 (Faults · Finally, the Fool)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; for the phrase on what lies between the worlds, see the correspondence for Discourse 424; the word 「三千大千世界」—“the great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds” the treatise uses only as a comparison for persons〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0850c09三千大千世界 (the great thousandfold world of three thousand worlds)
427No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse——
428No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse——
429No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse——
430 (Black Ripening and the Rest)「譬如擲杖,根墮那落迦,中墮傍生趣,端墮餓鬼界」—“It is like throwing a stick: on its root end it falls into the hells, on its middle into the animal destination, on its tip into the realm of hungry ghosts”〔T30n1579 0845b27〕0845b27擲杖·墮·餓鬼 (throwing a stick · fall · hungry ghosts) (the treatise 「那落迦」—“the hells” and 「傍生」—“animals,” the sūtra 「地獄」—“hell” and 「畜生」—“animals”; the words differ)
431 (Black Ripening and the Rest)「由此雜業,譬如擲杖,或墮惡趣不清淨處,或墮善趣少清淨處」—“Through these mixed deeds, as with throwing a stick, one falls now into the unclean place of the evil destinies, now into the somewhat clean place of the good destinies”〔T30n1579 0845b29〕0845b29擲杖·墮·淨·惡趣·善趣 (throwing a stick · fall · clean · evil destinies · good destinies)
432 (Black Ripening and the Rest)「五趣生死如五輻輪,旋轉不住」—“birth and death in the five destinations is like a wheel of five spokes, turning without rest”〔T30n1579 0845c04〕0845c04五趣·輪·旋轉 (five destinations · wheel · turning) (the treatise 「五輻輪」—“a wheel of five spokes,” the sūtra 「五節相續輪」—“a wheel of five linked spokes”; the words differ)
433 (Black Ripening and the Rest)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「若諸如來所說聖諦相應言教,當知此教,是第一義令上昇教」—“The teaching in words connected with the noble truths that the Tathāgatas speak—know that this teaching is, in the ultimate sense, the teaching that makes one rise upward”〔T30n1579 0845c07〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0845c07如來·聖諦 (Tathāgata · noble truths)
434 (Black Ripening and the Rest)「若由諦智名聰慧者,是第一義名為聰慧」—“One called intelligent by the knowledge of the truths is, in the ultimate sense, called intelligent”〔T30n1579 0845c11〕0845c11慧 (wisdom) (the sūtra 「黠慧」—“wisdom,” the treatise 「聰慧」—“intelligence”; the words differ)
435 (The Great Meaning · Function)「初聖諦智能入聖諦漸次現觀,譬如本足」—“The knowledge of the first noble truth can enter the direct realization of the noble truths in sequence, like the first foothold”〔T30n1579 0845c14〕; 「又即一切四聖諦智漸次集成,名諦現觀,非隨闕一」—“Again, all the knowledges of the four noble truths, gathered and completed in sequence, are called the direct realization of the truths, not lacking any one”〔T30n1579 0844b12〕 (secondary)0845c14·0844b12四聖諦·漸次 (four noble truths · in sequence) (the sūtra 「無間等」—“unbroken comprehension,” the treatise 「現觀」—“direct realization”; the words differ)
436 (The Great Meaning)「又即如是四聖諦智,如四階隥,能令上昇大智慧殿」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like four steps of a stair, able to make one rise up into the hall of great wisdom”〔T30n1579 0845c17〕0845c17四·階·昇·殿 (four · step · rise up · hall)
437 (The Great Meaning)「又即如是四聖諦智,如四桄梯,能令隥上解脫寂滅」—“Again, these very knowledges of the four noble truths are like a ladder of four rungs, able to make one climb up to liberation and quiescent cessation”〔T30n1579 0845c18〕0845c18四·隥·梯 (four · rung · ladder)
438 (Distinction by Kind · The Great Meaning)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「雖界種類十八可得,然一一界業趣、有情,種種品類有差別故,當知無量」—“Although eighteen kinds of element can be found, yet because within each single element deeds, destinations, and sentient beings differ in many classes, they should be known as measureless”〔T30n1579 0846c24〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0846c24界·無量 (element · measureless) (the passage of the Great Meaning, ‘like three spears … stir the great ocean of birth and death,’ and the sūtra’s 「鏘」—“spear” and 「大海」—“great ocean”: recorded together)
439 (The Great Meaning)「譬如礫石及大雪山」—“like gravel and the great Snow Mountains”〔T30n1579 0845c29〕0845c29雪山·石 (Snow Mountains · stone)
440 (The Great Meaning)「如大池沼其水盈滿,於中沾引二滴、三滴」—“like a great pool brimming with water, from which two or three drops are taken up”〔T30n1579 0846a02〕; 「如大陂湖,餘如前說」—“like a great reservoir; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a05〕; 「又如大海,餘如前說」—“again, like the great ocean; the rest is as said before”〔T30n1579 0846a06〕 (the enumeration at the end of the discourse)0846a02·0846a05·0846a06其水盈滿·大海 (brimming with water · great ocean) (the sūtra 「渧」—“drop,” the treatise 「滴」—“drop,” which the three editions also read)
441 (The Great Meaning)「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地喻,又有六種礫石之喻,又泥團喻」—“again, the simile of the great Snow Mountains, of the golden mountains, of Sumeru, and of the great earth; again there are six kinds of simile of gravel; again the simile of the lump of clay”〔T30n1579 0846a08〕0846a08雪山·大地·團 (Snow Mountains · great earth · lump)
442 (The Great Meaning · Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain · Attainment)the simile of the great earth in 「又大雪山,若諸金山,若蘇迷盧及大地」—“again, the great Snow Mountains, the golden mountains, Sumeru, and the great earth”〔T30n1579 0846a08〕; for the enumeration at the end of the discourse: 「又聖明眼見諦有學轉甚難得」—“Again, the noble bright eye, the trainee who has seen the truths, is harder still to obtain”〔T30n1579 0846a16〕; 「是名善識父母恩養」—“this is called rightly recognizing the kindness and nurture of mother and father”〔T30n1579 0846a28〕; 「是名善知所有沙門、若婆羅門」—“this is called rightly knowing the ascetics and the brāhmaṇas there are”〔T30n1579 0846b02〕; 「如是總名惠施作福、受齋學戒」—“this together is called giving and making merit, keeping the fast and training in the precepts”〔T30n1579 0846b22〕; 「又諸有情生惡趣已,難可解脫;生善趣已,速疾乖離」—“Again, sentient beings, once born in the evil destinies, are hard to free; once born in the good destinies, they are swiftly parted from them”〔T30n1579 0846b25〕0846a08·0846a16·0846a28·0846b02·0846b22·0846b25大地·聖慧眼·父母·沙門·婆羅門·作福·受齋·戒·惡趣·善趣 (great earth · noble eye of wisdom, which the treatise also writes 聖明眼, noble bright eye · mother and father · ascetics · brāhmaṇas · make merit · keep the fast · precepts · evil destinies · good destinies)
443 (Finally, What Is Hard to Obtain)「於過去世名已生起,於現在世名今生起,於未來世名當生起」—“in the past it is called having arisen, in the present it is called arising now, in the future it is called going to arise”〔T30n1579 0846b28〕; 「如前所說若習、若修、若多修習,其義應知」—“as was said before, practising, cultivating, and much cultivating—their meaning should be known”〔T30n1579 0846b29〕0846b28·0846b29正見·已生·今生·當生·習·修·多修 (right view · arose · arises now · will arise · practise · cultivate · much cultivate)
444 (Distinction by Kind · Finally, the Fool)No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「如是於其一一界中,各有無量品類差別」—“so within each single element there are measureless differences of class”〔T30n1579 0846c27〕; 「云何四處不得善巧?謂於諸界、諸處、緣起、處非處中皆不了達」—“What is it not to gain skill in the four bases? Namely, in the elements, the sense bases, dependent arising, and what is possible and impossible, not to comprehend any of them”〔T30n1579 0850a18〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0846c27·0850a18界·無量 (element · measureless)
445 (Arising in Kind)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕0847a01善界·相似 (good element · alike) (the sūtra 「不善界」—“unwholesome element,” the treatise 「惡界」—“evil element”; the words differ)
446 (Arising in Kind)「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“For this reason it is said: the elements of sentient beings nourish one another and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a05〕0847a05相似·界 (alike · element) (the verse has 「相似共和合」—“join with what is like them”)
447 (Arising in Kind · Distinction by Kind)「謂相往來、同聚、同住、同見、同意勝解相似」—“namely, they go back and forth together, gather together, dwell together, are alike in view, in intention, and in resolve”〔T30n1579 0847a03〕0847a03相似 (alike) (the sūtra 「於近處經行」—“walking to and fro nearby,” the treatise 「同聚、同住」—“gather together, dwell together”; the words differ)
448 (Arising in Kind)「由是故言:有情諸界共相滋潤、相似而轉」—“For this reason it is said: the elements of sentient beings nourish one another and move on alike”〔T30n1579 0847a05〕0847a05相似·界 (alike · element)
449 (Arising in Kind)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕0847a01界 (element)
450 (Arising in Kind · Finally, the Three Quests)「先惡勝解,集成惡界;先善勝解,集成善界。隨所集成,還與如是相似有情同法而轉」—“Prior evil resolve gathers into an evil element; prior good resolve gathers into a good element. According to what is gathered, one in turn moves on in the same way as sentient beings who are alike”〔T30n1579 0847a01〕; the passage on the quest for pure conduct, 「謂世正見、好行慧捨、易養、易滿、少欲、喜足及四攝事」—“namely, worldly right view, delight in practising generosity, being easy to support, easy to satisfy, of few wishes, and content, and the four means of gathering”〔T30n1579 0847a14〕 (secondary · the enumeration at the end of the discourse)0847a01·0847a14界·信·易養·易滿·少欲 (element · faith · easy to support · easy to satisfy · of few wishes) (the sūtra 「知足」—“content,” the treatise 「喜足」—“content”; the words differ)
451 (The General Meaning · The Nature of Difference)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕; 「他類差別性者,謂眼界異、色界異、眼識界異,如是乃至意識界異」—“The nature of difference from other kinds is: the eye element is different, the form element is different, the eye-consciousness element is different, and so on up to the mind-consciousness element is different”〔T30n1579 0849b22〕0846c19·0849b22十八界·眼界·色界·眼識界·意識界 (eighteen elements · eye element · form element · eye-consciousness element · mind-consciousness element)
452 (The General Meaning · The Nature of Difference)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕; 「自類差別性者,謂即彼界,或順苦受、或順樂受、或順不苦不樂受。由是為緣,能生三受」—“The nature of difference within its own kind is: those very elements accord now with painful feeling, now with pleasant feeling, now with feeling neither painful nor pleasant. With this as condition, they can give rise to the three feelings”〔T30n1579 0849b23〕0846c19·0849b23十八界·受 (eighteen elements · feeling)
453 (The General Meaning · The Nature of Difference)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕; the passage on the quest for existence, 「當知此中,果依於因,非因依果故」—“It should be known that here the fruit depends on the cause, and not the cause on the fruit”〔T30n1579 0847a19〕 (secondary)0846c19·0847a19十八界 (eighteen elements)
454 (The General Meaning · Finally, the Three Quests)「住自性界者,謂十八界,墮自相續,各各決定差別種子」—“The element abiding in its own nature is the eighteen elements: the seeds, each determined and distinct, belonging to one’s own continuum”〔T30n1579 0846c19〕; the passage on the quest for sensual desire, 「此想為緣,於諸境界發起希欲」—“with this perception as condition, desire arises toward objects”〔T30n1579 0847a29〕; 「身心熱惱以為緣故,於諸境界種種品類思求差別皆可了知」—“because fever of body and mind is the condition, the various classes and distinctions of seeking toward objects can all be known”〔T30n1579 0847b03〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0846c19·0847a29·0847b03十八界·想·熱·求 (eighteen elements · perception · fever · quest) (the sūtra 「欲」—“desire,” the treatise 「希欲」—“desire”; the sūtra 「覺」—“thought,” the treatise 「尋思」—“deliberation”; the words differ)

Of the twelve items of the selection on the truths, those that correspond to the discourses of this fascicle have been listed in the table above; of them, the two items The Reasoned and The Truth of Arising have no shared words in this fascicle (fourth topic). The four items of the particular uddāna of the selection on the elements all have correspondences; of the seven items after them, only the two items The Nature of Difference and Finally, the Fool have shared words, and for the five items Mutual Inclusion of the Three and the Seven Elements · Views and Notions · And the Marvellous · Establishment · Quiescence, no direct mātṛkā gloss is found for these discourses.

② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):

DiscourseTaishō note (verbatim)Anchor
407「S. 56. 41. Cintā.」0108c28
408「S. 56. 8. Cintā.」0109a27
409「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」0109b19
410「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」0109c04
411「S. 56. 10. Kathā.」0109c07
412「S. 56. 9. Viggāhikā.」0109c22
413No Taishō note recorded—
414No Taishō note recorded—
415No Taishō note recorded—
416「S. 56. 15. Dhāraṇa.」0110b15
417「S. 56. 20, 27. Tathā.」0110b27
418「S. 56. 16. Dhāraṇa.」0110c13
419No Taishō note recorded—
420No Taishō note recorded—
421「S. 56. 42. Papāta.」0111a20
422「S. 56. 43. Pariḷāha.」0111b10
423「S. 56. 46. Andhakāra.」0111b25
424No Taishō note recorded—
425No Taishō note recorded—
426No Taishō note recorded—
427「S. 56. 29. Pariññeyya.」0112a11
428「S. 56. 2. Paṭisallāṇa.」0112a18
429「S. 56. 1. Samādhi.」0112a25
430「S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」0112b03
431「cf. S. 56. 33. Daṇḍa.」0112b12
432No Taishō note recorded—
433No Taishō note recorded—
434No Taishō note recorded—
435No Taishō note recorded—
436「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」0113a12
437「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」0113b02
438「S. 56. 36. Pāṇā.」0113b19
439「S. 56. 49-50. Sineru.」0113b28
440「S. 56. 52. Pokkharaṇī.」; at the enumeration at the end of the discourse, 「S. 56. 53-54. Sambhejja.」0113c13; 0113c27
441「S. 56. 55-60. Pathavī &c.」0114a01
442「S. 56. 51. Nakhasikha.」; at the enumeration at the end of the discourse, 「以下 S. 56. 61-70. Aññatra, Pacāyika.」—“From here on, S. 56. 61-70. Aññatra, Pacāyika.”0114a21; 0114b02
443No Taishō note recorded—
444No Taishō note recorded—
445「S. 14. 14. Hīnādhimutti.」0115a05
446「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」0115a12
447「S. 14. 15. Kamma.」0115a24
448「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」0115b24
449「S. 14. 12. Sanidāna.」0115c06
450At the enumeration at the end of the discourse, 「以下 S. 14. 21-24. Appassnta &c.」—“From here on, S. 14. 21-24. Appassnta &c.”0115c23
451「S. 14. 1. Dhātu.」0115c27
452「S. 14. 2-6. Samphassa.」0116a05
453「S. 14. 2-6. Samphassa &c.」0116a22
454「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c.」0116b14

The Taishō notes number thirty-six, recorded for thirty-four discourses (Discourses 440 and 442 have two each, one at the head of the discourse and one at the enumeration at the end of the discourse; the one note of Discourse 431 is a cross-reference marked 「cf.」—“cf.”); Discourses 407–442 fall under 「S. 56.」—“S. 56.” and Discourses 445–454 under 「S. 14.」—“S. 14.”; fourteen discourses, Discourses 413, 414, 415, 419, 420, 424, 425, 426, 432, 433, 434, 435, 443, and 444, have none recorded. The anchor of the one note of Discourse 450 is at the head of the enumeration at the end of the discourse; none is recorded at the head of the discourse. Discourses 409 and 410 both record 「S. 56. 7. Vitakkā.」, Discourses 436 and 437 both record 「S. 56. 44. Kūṭāgāra.」, Discourses 446 and 448 both record 「S. 14. 16. Sagātha.」, and Discourses 452 and 453 share a number, the latter adding 「&c.」—“&c.”; copied as originally recorded. 「Cintā.」 of Discourse 407 and 「Cintā.」 of Discourse 408 share a name but differ in number, and are copied as originally recorded.

The Taishō notes also carry notes of transcription for names within the discourses, recorded verbatim here for reference: 「世間思惟 Lokacinta.」 (0109a03, worldly thinking); 「薩羅多吒迦 Seyyathīdaṃ(?)」 (0113c27, Saluoduozhajia); 「Gaṅgā.」 (0113c27); 「Yamunā.」「Sarabhū.」「Aciravatī.」「Mahī.」 (0113c28); 「大迦葉 Mahā-Kasyapa.」 (0115b01, Mahākāśyapa); 「頭陀行 Dhuta.」 (ascetic practice) 「Sāriputta.」 (0115b03); 「大目揵連 Mahā-Moggalāna.」 (0115b05, Mahāmaudgalyāyana); 「Anuruddha.」 (0115b06); 「Upāli.」 (0115b11); 「富樓那 Puṇṇa.」 (0115b13, Pūrṇa); 「Ānanda.」 (0115b16); 「Devadatta.」 (0115b19). The text of the discourse reads 「頭陀苦行」—“austere in ascetic practice”〔T02 0115b03〕 and the note 「頭陀行」—“ascetic practice”; copied as found.

③ Variants of the Alternate Translation: no parallel discourse is found in the Alternate Translation (see the second topic). The similes and proper names of the discourses that appear in the Compendium of Topics have been listed in the third and sixth topics; the rest—the four kinds of army · the lotus-root hole · the deep precipice · the great hot hell · the great dark hell · the thousand suns and thousand moons · the small and middling thousandfold worlds · the wheel of five linked spokes · the stairway of steps · the ladder of rungs · the spear · the creatures in the water · earth and stones · the lake · the drop · the lump of clay · the pear · the fingernail · the soil on the nail · the ball of eye-salve · the small log · the great sea · glue and lacquer · conch and milk · worldly thinking · thoughts of greed · thoughts of hatred · thoughts of harming · thoughts of kin · thoughts of country and people · thoughts of not dying · Prasenajit · Bimbisāra · Sudatta · wisdom · unbroken comprehension · Kauṇḍinya · Mahākāśyapa · Śāriputra · Maudgalyāyana · Aniruddha · Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa · Dravya · Upāli · Pūrṇa · Kātyāyana · Rāhula · Devadatta · Ānanda · the various elements · going together with the elements · joining with the elements—are not found as words in the passages of the treatise text that correspond〔not found: each word was searched verbatim through the whole of the selection on the truths and the selection on the elements in the Compendium of Topics, and none was found〕.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0